For updates and more information visit www.searchpress.com
Search Press Ltd Wellwood, North Farm Road, Tunbridge Wells, Kent, TN2 3DR Tel: 01892 510850 Fax: 01892 515903 Email: sales@searchpress.com
www.searchpress.com
p.122
Photography from Sew Brilliant Bags by Debbie Shore, ISBN 978-178221-256-0 Photographer: Garie Hind
p.44
p.32
p.5
p.5
p.5
9781782211501 9781782210856 9781782212546
p.6
9781844488926
9781844484034 9781844489466 9781844485086
9781782213536 9781844489473
Back Cover: Photography from Mini Knitted Ocean by Sachiyo Ishii, ISBN 978-178221-232-4
p.5
9781782211082
p.120
9781844488193
p.82
p.5
9781782211471
p.77
p.121
9781782212218
p.52
9781844488674
p.33
9781782210818
9781782210399 9781844489435 9781782210740
p.95
p.47
9781782211563
p.119
2016
9781844488254
p.14
9781844488735
9781782210061 9781782210351
9781782210689
p.52
2015
p.1
9781782211563
p.29
p.26
9781844489022
p.7
9781844489985
p.70
9781782211488
9781782211495 9781782210207 9781782210672
p.71
p.121
9781782213468
p.26
p.34
p.65
Bestsellers
Search Press Complete Art and Craft Book Catalogue
WWW.SEARCHPRESS.COM
p.23
p.13
9781782210702
p.119
9781782211914
p.73
9781782211617
p.11
9781844488681
p.48
World's finest art and craft books since 1970
Search Press complete art and craft book catalogue 2016
Bestsellers
Malcolm Rigby
Head of UK Sales Search Press Ltd Wellwood North Farm Road Tunbridge Wells Kent TN2 3DR M: +44 (0)7803 118670 E: Linda.Ayres@searchpress.com
T: +44 (0)1786 823183 M: +44 (0)7885 136636 E: north.link@btinternet.com
Mike Bicknell
Areas: Kent, Sussex
Ireland T: +353 (0)1 413 5830 F: +353 (0)1 413 5828 E: info@hillsart.ie W: www.hillsart.ie
T: +44 (0)2920 411363 M: +44 (0)7747 536755 E: oftheabove@ntlworld.com
Subjects: Art and General Crafts
Areas: Devon, Somerset, Dorset, Glos, Cornwall, Wilts, Bristol, Hereford & Worcs, South and Mid-Wales
T: +353 (0)1 429 5110 E: info@wmtrimmings.ie W: www.wmtrimmings.com
WM Trimmings
Subjects: Soft Crafts
BODY Using A, make a magic ring and work first 6 rounds as for head. Round 7: 1 sc tbl in each st around. Rounds 8–12: 1 sc in each st around. Round 13: [1 sc in each of next 4 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (30 sts) Rounds 14–18: 1 sc in each st around. Round 19: [1 sc in each of next 3 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (24 sts) Round 20: 1 sc in each st around. Fasten off, leaving long end for sewing. Stuff body and sew to head. Cut out belly lining from white felt and glue to body.
3-30
ARMS (MAKE 2) Using C, make a magic ring. Round 1: 6 sc into ring. (6 sts) Round 2: 2 sc in each st around. (12 sts) Round 3: 1 sc in each st around. Round 4: 1 sc tbl in each st around. Rounds 5–6: As round 3. Change to A. Rounds 7–8: As round 3. Round 9: [1 sc in each of next 4 sts, sc2tog] twice. (10 sts) Rounds 10–16: As round 3. Fasten off, leaving long end for sewing. Stuff lightly. Pinch open end together and sew shut. Attach to sides of body. Optional: After sewing all the parts together (arms, legs, and tail onto body), sew paws together in front of body for better posing and sitting.
103-111
Round 18: 2 sc in next st, 1 sc in each of next 30 sts, 2 sc in each of next 5 sts. (42 sts) Round 19: As round 2. Round 20: 1 sc in each of next 36 sts, 2 sc in each of next 6 sts. (48 sts) Rounds 21–30: As round 2. Round 31: [1 sc in each of next 6 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (42 sts) Round 32: [1 sc in each of next 5 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (36 sts) Round 33: [1 sc in each of next 4 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (30 sts) Round 34: [1 sc in each of next 3 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (24 sts) Begin stuffing tail. Round 35: [1 sc in each of next 2 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (18 sts) Round 36: [1 sc in next 1 st, sc2tog] 6 times. (12 sts) Finish stuffing tail. Round 37: [Sc2tog] 6 times. (6 sts) Fasten off, leaving long end for sewing. Bring long end of A to right side between rounds 28 and 29 (nine rounds up from bottom of tail) and attach tail to back of fox.
LEGS (MAKE 2) Using C, make a magic ring and work first 6 rounds as for arms. Change to A. Rounds 7–13: As round 3. Round 14: [1 sc in each of next 4 sts, sc2tog] twice. (10 sts) Rounds 15–17: As round 3. Fasten off, leaving long end for sewing. Stuff lightly. Pinch open end together and sew shut. Attach to sides of body. TAIL Using B, make a magic ring. Round 1: 4 sc into ring. (4 sts) Round 2: 1 sc in each st around. Round 3: [1 sc in next st, 2 sc in next st] twice. (6 sts) Round 4: 2 sc in each st around. (12 sts) Round 5: As round 2. Round 6: As round 4. (18 sts) Round 7: As round 2. Round 8: 1 sc in each of next 3 sts, 2 sc in each of next 6 sts, 1 sc in each of next 9 sts. (24 sts) Rounds 9–11: As round 2. Round 12: 2 sc in each of next 2 sts, 1 sc in each of next 18 sts, 2 sc in each of next 4 sts. (30 sts) Round 13: As round 2. Round 14: 2 sc in each of next 2 sts, 1 sc in each of next 24 sts, 2 sc in each of next 4 sts. (36 sts) Rounds 15–17: As round 2. Change to A.
UK £8.99 US $17.95 ISBN 0 85532 992 0
A practical craft book from Search Press
112
the
Search PreSS
Classics
An essential reference for the practising artist
(back cover alternative)
Search Press
Search Press
Material Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Bast (Fb 257), Rosa (Fb 246) und Fresie (Fb 251), je 50 g 2 Rocaille-Perlen in Rosa, ∅ 2 mm 2 Nieten (vorzugsweise in Blümchenform), ∅ 7 mm Nähnadel und Nähgarn in Rosa
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie je 1 Sohle nach der Grundanleitung in Rosa und in Bast. Legen Sie die Sohlen links auf links aufeinander. Halten Sie die Arbeit so, dass Sie von oben auf die rosafarbene Sohle blicken, und häkeln Sie nun beide Sohle in Rosa mit 1 Rd Km zusammen (51/55/57 M).
Vorderer Teil der Sandale Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd bis zur 18./20./21. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M neu an. Es wird nun in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden.
5. R: 4/4/5 fM, 1 M abn (= 5/5/6 M). 6. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5/5/6 M). 7. R: 3/3/4 fM, 1 M abn (= 4/4/5 M). 8.–10. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 4/4/5 M). 11. R: 3/3/4 fM, 1 M zun (= 5/5/6 M). 12. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5/5/6 M). 13. R: 4/4/5 fM, 1 M zun (= 6/6/7 M). 14. R: 1 M zun, 5/5/6 fM (= 7/7/8 M). 15. R: 1 M zun, 5/5/6 fM, 1 M zun (= 9/9/10 M). 16. und 17. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9/9/10 M). Legen Sie die Arbeit jetzt so zusammen, dass die 1. M der 17. R auf der 29./31./32. M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd der Sohle aufliegt und häkeln Sie die beiden Teile mit 9/9/10 Km in Fresie zusammen.
Long ends for sewing to head
Round 13 stitches folded toward outside
2 changes face1 Color toward back
Riemchenballerinas 1. R: 1 fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben, je 1 fM in die nächsten 8/8/9 M (= 9/9/10 M). 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9/9/10 M). 3. R: 1 M abn, 5/5/6 fM, 1 M abn (= 7/7/8 M). Häkelnadel 2,5 mm 4. R: ONline 1 M abn,Linie 5/5/6 fM (= 6/6/7 M). 165 Sandy
Material
Baby Shoes to Crochet (Fb 84), 50 g Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50 g) in Sonne (Fb 208), Rest Nylonfaden in Gold und Türkis Nähnadel
der 9. Rd, je 1 fM in die nächsten 14/18/20 fM. 2. R: 1 M abn, 13/17/19 fM, je 1 fM in die 23 Lm der Lm-Kette (= 37/41/43 M). 3. R: 22 Km, 13/17/19 fM, 1 M abn (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
3
33
Hinweis Häkeln Sie in Jade eine Sohle nach der Grundanleitung und fahren Sie in derselben Farbe in Rd fort. Häkeln Sie am Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und am Ende 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. Wenden Sie die Arbeit nicht!
Rechtes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Türkis an der 31./33./34. M der 9. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter.
Lasche
Material
Lucia Forthmann
Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Bast (Fb 257), Sonne (Fb 208), Cyclam (Fb 114), Signalrot (Fb 115) und Mandarine (Fb 209), je 50 g
1. R: 15/19/21 fM, 24 Lm. 2. R: 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die nächsten 22 Lm, 13/17/19 fM, 1 M abn (= 37/41/43 M). 3. R: 1 M abn, 13/17/19 fM, 22 Km (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
1. Rd: 1 Relief-M hinten in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 2.–4 Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Fertigstellen (= 51/55/57 M). Diese Stiefel sind nicht nur richtig cool, sie halten auch Nähen Sie mit türkisfarbenem Nylon5. Rd: 47/51/53 fM, 2x 1 M abn So wird’s gemacht: richtig warm! Kein Wunder, dass jeder sie haben will. faden das eine Ende des Riemchens am (= 49/53/55 M). anderen Ende fest. Häkeln Sie für die 6. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Für ein Schühchen Schnalle in Sonne ein Rechteck aus Km (= 49/53/55 M). Häkeln Sie in Bast eine Sohle nach der auf das aufliegende Riemchenende und 7. Rd: 17/19/20 fM, 7x 1 M abn, Grundanleitung und häkeln Sie wie sticken Sie in Gold mit Rückstichen ein 18/20/21 fM (= 42/46/48 M). abn, 1 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 14/16/17 fM, hinteren M-Glied der 8. M der 11. R neu folgt in Rd weiter: 2,5 mm Häkelnadel Rechteck auf die gehäkelte Schnalle. 8. Rd: 40/44/46 fM, 1 M abn Schachenmayr original Cata1 M abn, arbeiten. 1 fM (= 33/37/39 M). an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: Den zweiten Schuh genauso (= 41/45/47 M). nia1 Relief-M (LL 125m/50g) 1. Rd: hinten in in Taupe jede M der 9. Rd: 15/17/18 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 8. Rd: 11/13/14 fM, 1 M abn, 3 M zus 1 Lm, Arbeit wenden. Häkelnadel 2,5 mm (Fb 254), Orchidee (Fb 222) 3 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 15/17/18 fM häkeln, 1 M abn, 15/17/18 fM 12. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln:Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Schachenmayr original Cataund Kaffee (Fb 162), je 50 g (= 37/41/43 M). 2. Rd: 1 Relief-Stb vorne in jede M der (= 29/33/ 35 M). 4 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder: und in Cyclam (Fb 114) und 125m/50g) in Zimt Faden sichern nia und (LL abschneiden. Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Silber (Fb 172), Rest 9. und 10. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor25/29/31 fM, 4 fM nur in das hintere In R weiterhäkeln. (Fb 383) und Bast (Fb 257),
Material
Material
je 50 g und in Crème (Fb 130), Rest 2 Holzknöpfe in Naturoptik, ∅ 20 mm
So wird’s gemacht:
1. Rd (nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln): 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/ 57 M). 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Bast, 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 3. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M), 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 4. Rd: 18/20/21 fM, 1 M abn, 5 fM, 1 M abn, 24/26/27 fM (= 49/53/55 M). Arbeit nicht wenden. 5. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 1 M abn, 1 fM, 1 M abn, 23/25/26 fM, 1 M abn (= 46/50/52 M). 6. Rd: 14/16/17 fM, 3x 1 M abn, 1 fM, 3x 1 M abn, 16/18/19 fM, 1 M abn, 1 fM (= 39/43/45 M). 7. Rd: 1 M abn, 11/13/14 fM, 2x 1 M
Zeichen Schlagen Sie in Hellblau 9 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 Km in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, 1 Km, 2 fM, 2 Stb, 2 Stb zushäkeln, 4 Lm, 1 Km in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, 2 fM in 1 Lm, [1 fM, 1 hStb, 1 Stb ] in 1 Lm, 1 Km in die allererste Lm. Nähen Sie das Zeichen mit Vorstichen seitlich am Schuh fest.
Hinterer Schuhteil (Dicker Absatz) Schlingen Sie den Faden in Weiß am vorderen M-Glied der 38./42./44. M der 2. Rd des Schuhs neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: 1. R: 1 Km in dieselbe M, in die Sie angeschlungen haben, 2 fM, 2 hStb, 13 Stb, 2 hStb, 2 fM, 1 Km. Faden sichern und lang abschneiden. Nähen Sie mit dem lang abgeschnittenen Faden das Teil mit Vorstichen fest.
dieser angesagten Strandläufer, ob unifarben oder gestreift. 47
1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
2x 1 M abn (= 2 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
Schuhvorderteil
3–6 Monate 1. R (Oberseite): Schlagen Sie in Signalrot 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in 0–3 Monate die restlichen 19 Lm (= 20 M). 1. R (Oberseite): Schlagen Sie in Cyclam Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm 2. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). Yeehaw! Lasst uns wieFb-Wechsel echte Cowboys und -girls in den die restlichen 19 Lm (= 20 M). zu Cyclam. gehören zu jedem(= 20 M) Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. Sonnenuntergang reiten! 3. R:Diese 1 fMBoots in jede M der Vor-R. Ausflughäkeln: in den WildenFb-Wechsel Westen. zu Sonne. 2. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). 4.–14. R: Häkeln Sie die R 2 bis 12 Fb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. der Anleitung zur Größe 0-3 Monate. 3. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben Nach dieser Rdzu nicht mehr wenden. Fb-Wechsel Mandarine. je 1 fM in die nächsten 15/19/21 M. Fb-Wechsel zudas Kaffee. 4. R: Nur in vordere M-Glied häkeln: und6–9 Monate Faden und abschneiden. 10. Rd: in Nur in M dasder hintere M-Glied hä1 fM jede Vor-R (= 20 M). 1. Rsichern (Unterseite): Schlagen Sie in Sonne keln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm (= 31/35/37 M). 5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). Stern von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in die 1. Rd: Häkeln19 Lm Sie in Orchidee 6 fM in 11.–15. Rd: 1 fM jede M der Vor-Rd Fb-Wechsel zu in Sonne. restlichen (= 20 M). Magic-Ring (= 31/35/37 M). 6. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: einen Fb-Wechsel zu(= 6 fM). Signalrot. 2. Rd: 3 Lm, inM dieder 2. Vor-R Lm von(= 20 M). der 16. Rd:in 14/16/17 fM, 1 M zun, 15/17/ 1 fM jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). 2. R: 1 fM1 Km in jede Nd Fb-Wechsel aus gesehen, zu 1 fM in die nächsten Lm, 18 fM, 1 M zunzu(= 33/37/39 M). Fb-Wechsel Cyclam. Mandarine. 1 Km in die desvordere Magic-Rings, * 3 Lm, 17.7.und 18. Rd: in 2x jede1 M M der R: 1 M abn,1 fM 6 fM, abn, 3. R: Nur2.inMdas M-Glied häkeln: 1 Km in die 2. Lm Nd aus geseVor-Rd 6 fM, (= 33/37/39 M). 1 M abn (= 16 M). 1 fM in jede M von der der Vor-R (= 20 M). hen, 1 fM in die nächsten Lm, 1 Km in die 19. Rd: 5/6/6 fM, 1 M überspringen, Fb-Wechsel zu Madarine. Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. nächste M des Magic-Rings *, von * bis * 1 Stb, 4 Stb in 1 M, 1 Stb, 1 M über8. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: 4. R: fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). springen, 12/14/16 fM, 1 M überspringen, noch 3x wdh, 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 16 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. Faden sichern und abschneiden. 1 Stb, 4 Stb in 1 M, 1 Stb, 1 M überFb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. 5.–15. R: Häkeln Sie die R 2 bis 12 springen, 6/7/7 fM (= 35/39/41 M). 9. R: 1 M abn, 4 fM, 2x 1 M abn, der Anleitung zur Größe 0-3 Monate. Spore Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 4 fM, 1 M abn (= 12 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Beginnen Sie für den Stern der Spore 20. und 21. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. nicht mit einem Magic-Ring, häkeln Sie Vor-Rd (= 35/39/41 M). 10. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied Legen Sie das Vorderteil auf das Schühstattdessen eine Lm-Kette aus 6 Lm und Faden sichern und abschneiden. häkeln: 1 M abn, 2 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 2 fM, chen, sodass sich die letzte R an der Spitze schließen Sie den Ring mit 1 Km in die 1 M abn (= 8 M). befindet, und nähen Sie das Vorderteil mit Vordere Lasche erste Lm. Häkeln Sie danach die 2. Rd Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. Matratzenstichen an den verbliebenen 26/ Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R wie für den Stern (siehe oben), indem Sie 11. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 30/32 M der 2. Rd an. (Dabei nähen Sie 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! die Km in den Ring häkeln, sodass in der 4x 1 M abn (= 4 M). je 1 M der 2. Rd des Schühchens mit entSchlingen Sie den Faden in Orchidee am Mitte des Sterns eine Öffnung verbleibt. Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. weder 1 R-Ende des Vorderteils oder 1 M vorderen M-Glied der 12./14./16. M der 9. 12. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: der letzten R zusammen.) Band Rd neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: Schlagen Sie in Cyclam 43/47/49 Lm an, 59 häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd 1. R: 1 fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeaus gesehen und je 1 fM in jede weitere schlungen haben, je 1 fM in die nächsten Lm (= 42/46/48 M). Führen Sie nun 4 M (= 5 M). das Band durch die Öffnung des silber2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5 M). farbenen Sporensterns und nähen Sie die 3. R: 1 M zun, 3 fM, 1 M zun (= 7 M). Enden des Bandes mit 2 Überwendlings4. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 7 M). stichen zusammen. 5. R: 1 M abn, 3 fM, 1 M abn (= 5 M). 6. R: 1 M abn, 1 fM, 1 M abn (= 3 M). Fertigstellen Faden sichern und abschneiden. Nähen Sie den Stern mit orchideefarbeAbsatz nem Garn seitlich außen am Stiefel an. Zählen Sie die M bis zur 5./7./8. M der letz- Nähen Sie den Rand der vorderen Lasche ten Rd der Sohle ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit mit Vorstichen in Orchidee am Stiefel an. und schlingen Sie den Faden in Taupe an Stülpen Sie das Sporenband über die Öffder besagten M neu an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in nung des Stiefels. Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm und die Arbeit wenden.
Rd (= 29/33/35 M), 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 11. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 29/33/35 M). Faden abschneiden und für das entsprechende Schühchen in der 12 R. weiterhäkeln. Es wird fortan nur noch in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R häkeln Sie 1 Lm und wenden die Arbeit.
Rechtes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Bast am vorderen M-Glied der 23./27./29. M der 11. R neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: 1 Lm, Arbeit wenden. 12. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 4 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder: 25/29/31 fM, 4 fM nur in das vordere M-Glied (dieselben 4 M wie am Anfang der R) (= 33/37/39 M). 13.–16. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 33/37/39 M). 17. R: 31/35/37 fM, 1 M abn (= 32/36/38 M). 18. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 32/36/38 M). 19. R: 30/34/36 fM, 1 M abn (= 31/35/37 M). 20. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 31/35/37 M). 21. R: 1 M abn, 27/31/33 fM, 1 M abn (= 29/33/35 M). 22. R: 1 M abn, 25/29/31 fM, 1 M abn (= 27/31/33 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Linkes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Bast am
Faden sichern und abschneiden.
M-Glied (dieselben 4 M wie am Anfang Schlingen Sie den Faden in Cyclam an der der R) (= 33/37/39 M). 37./41./43. M der Vor-Rd neu an. Es 13.–16. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R wird in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder So wird’s gemacht: 27 (= 33/37/39 M). R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden. 17. R: 1 M abn, 31/35/37 fM Für ein Schühchen 1. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: (= 32/36/38 M). Es wird in Rd gehäkelt. Häkeln Sie am Je 1 fM in die nächsten 25 M (= 25 M). 18. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und schließen Sie Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. (= 32/36/38 M). die Rd mit 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. 2. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: Wenden Sie die Arbeit im Regelfall nicht, 19. R: 1 M abn, 30/36/38 fM 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). außer es wird explizit gefordert! (= 31/35/37 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. Häkeln Sie in Taupe eine Sohle nach der 20. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R 3. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: Grundanleitung und häkeln Sie danach 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). (= 31/35/37 M). wie folgt in Rd weiter: 21. R: 1 M abn, 27/31/33 fM, 1 M abn Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. 4. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: (= 29/33/35 M). 1. Rd: 1 Relief-M hinten in jede M 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). 22. R: 1 M abn, 25/29/31 fM, 1 M abn der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 27/31/33 M). 5. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: (= 51/55/57 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Fb-Wechsel zu Orchidee. 3. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd
Fellumrandung (beide Schühchen) (= 51/55/57 M), wenden.
Schlingen Sie den Faden in Crème an der4. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd letzten M der 12. R neu an und umhäkeln(= 51/55/57 M), wenden. Sie den Rand des Schühchens, indem Sie5. Rd: 13/15/16 fM, 20 Stb, 18/20/ in jedes R-Ende bzw in jede M je 1 Tul- 21 fM (= 51/55/57 M), wenden. 6. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 10x 1 M abn, 12/ pen-M häkeln.
Fertigstellen
14/15 fM (= 41/45/47 M), wenden. 7. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 41/45/47 M), wenden.
Auf Höhe der 18. R den Knopf seitlich 8. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 5x 1 M abn, festnähen. Die Schlinge auf gleicher Höhe 12/14/15 fM (= 36/40/42 M), wenden. am gegenüberliegenden Teil der seitlichen9. Rd: 11/13/14 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 1 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 13/15/16 fM, 1 M abn, Öffnung anhäkeln. Schlingen Sie dafür den Faden in Bast neu an und häkeln Sie 1 fM (= 31/35/37 M). 20 Lm. Fixieren Sie die Lm-Kette mit einer Km in dieselbe Stelle, an der Sie den Faden neu angeschlungen haben. Je nachdem, wie eng bzw. weit die Schuhöffnung sein soll, häkeln Sie weniger bzw. mehr Lm für die Schlinge.
39
September
SUgarcraft & cake decorating
Nose stitch Bring the tapestry needle to the front of the work at 1, take it through to the back at 2 to form a horizontal stitch, and then bring it through to the front again at 3 to start embroidering a triangle of vertical stitches.
PATTERN CUTTING
TEMPLATES 1
2
FOR
Skirts & dresses
3
All you need to
design, adapt & customise your clothes
31-52
October
117-122
www.andina.se
JEWellery & beadwork
Gill: +44 (0)7812 064527 Stewart: +44 (0)7540 705404 E: info@angelleurosales.com Areas: Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland, Iceland, France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Netherlands
Belsu Ic ve Dis Tic. Ltd. Sti. T: +90 216 495 26 36 F: +90 216 495 97 23 E: info@crafturk.com W: www.crafturk.com & www.belsu.com Area: Turkey
Eastern Europe & Africa
T: +44 (0)20 8672 1171 E: richard@wibx.co.uk
SEARCH PRESS
Pakistan
twenty to make
November Coloured Pencil Artist’s
the
Index 126-127
painting & drawing
Drawing Bible
the
Watercolour Flower Artist’s Bible
edited by Claire Waite Brown
Jane Strother
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Search Press
An essential reference for the practising artist
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
www.searchpress.com
An essential reference for the practising artist
(smaller spines)
December
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
Publishers Representatives Tahir Lodhi T: +92 42 35292168 F: +92 42 35882651 E: tahirlodhi@gmail.com
Iran
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
63-102
Angell Eurosales Gill Angell & Stewart Siddall
Ward International Ltd Richard Ward
KNIT MITTENS
Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
T: +44(0)1202 896210 E: chris@pim-uk.com W: www.pim-uk.com
Infinite Art & Book Services Haruhiko Oguchi
Area: Japan
Middle East FOR EVERY SEASON
Chris Ashdown
Areas: Spain, Portugal, Gibraltar
T: +44 (0)20 7813 3507 F: +44 (0)20 7485 8462 E: tony.moggach@tonymoggach.com
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
Publishers International Marketing
T: 81 3 3469 5708 F: 81 3 3469 5708 E: haru@aw.catv.ne.jp
IMA Tony Moggach
113-116
Asia
T: +34 637027587 E: jenny@padovanibooks.com
Vorderer Schuhteil Schlingen Sie den Faden in Schwarz am vorderen M-Glied der 20./22./23. M der letzten Rd der Sohle neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Am Ende der R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! 1. R: 1 M abn, 2 fM, 1 M abn (= 4 M). 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 4 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Nähen Sie das Teil mit einigen Vorstichen am Schuh fest.
Cowboystiefel
Fell-Boots
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie in Zimt eine Sohle nach der Grundanleitung und fahren Sie zunächst in derselben Farbe in Rd fort. Häkeln Sie am Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und am Ende 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. Wenden Sie die Arbeit nicht, außer es wird explizit gefordert!
4.–6. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 11 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
Schlingen Sie den Faden in Türkis am hinteren M-Glied der 15. M der 11. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Häkeln Sie am Ende der R 1 Lm Schuhband und wenden Sie die Arbeit. Fädeln Sie mithilfe einer Sticknd das neon1. R: 1 M zun, 5 fM, 1 M zun (= 9 M). Dieses leichte sich für Sie und Ihn gleichergelbeSchuhwerk Garn wieeignet ein Schuhband an den 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9 M). maßen. Häkeln Sie Ihrem Liebling gleichdie ein Arbeit. ganzes Sortiment entsprechenden M durch 3. R: 1 M zun, 7 fM, 1 M zun (= 11 M).
Espadrilles
Grown-up Styles for Little Feet So wird’s gemacht:
zu Weiß, 1 M abn, 6 Stb, 1 M abn, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 19/21/22 fM (= 43/47/49 M). 8. Rd: 17/19/20 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß, 3x 1 M abn, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 20/22/23 fM (= 40/44/46 M). 9. Rd: 15/17/18 fM, 7 Stb, 18/20/21 fM (= 40/44/46 M). 10. Rd: 13/15/16 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 5 Stb, 2x 1 M abn, 14/16/17 fM (= 36/40/42 M). 11. Rd: 9/11/12 fM, 2 hStb in 1 M, 3 fM, 1 M abn, 7 fM, 1 M abn, 3 fM, 2 hStb in 1 M, 8/10/11 fM (= 36/40/42 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß. 12. Rd: 4 hStb, 5/7/8 fM, 2x 2 hStb in 1 M, 2x 1 M abn, nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: 7 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder häkeln: 2x 1 M abn, 2x 2 hStb in 1 M, 5/7/8 fM, 3 hStb (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Schlingen Sie den Faden in Hellblau am vorderen M-Glied der 35./39./41. M der 12. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Am Ende der R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden. 1.–4. R: 4 fM (= 4 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Falten Sie das gehäkelte Teil in der Mitte und nähen Sie die letzte R mit Überwendlingsstichen an der letzten Rd des Schuhs an.
43
1
3
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie nach der Grundanleitung in Schwarz eine Sohle. Am Ende der Rd nehmen Sie einen Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß vor und häkeln wie folgt in Rd weiter: 1. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Schwarz. 3. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 4. Rd: 3 Lm (zählen als 1. Stb), 2 Stb, [1 Stb und 1 hStb] in 1 M, 6/8/9 fM, 1 hStb, 2 Stb, 1 hStb, 18 fM, 1 hStb, 2 Stb, 1 hStb, 6/8/9 fM, [1 hStb und 1 Stb] in 1 M, 8 Stb. 1 Km in die 3 Lm des 1. Stb der Rd (= 53/57/59 M). 5. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 53/57/59 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis. 6. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 15/17/18 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß, 3 fM, 6x 1 M abn, 3 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 16/18/19 fM, 2x 1 M abn (= 45/49/51 M). 7. Rd: 16/18/19 fM, Fb-Wechsel
Linkes Riemchen (A) 1. R: fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben, 1 fM in die nächste M (= 2 M). 2.–5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R Teil 1 (= 2 M). 1. R: Schlagen Sie in Fresie 6 Lm an. 6. R: 1 M zun, 1 fM (= 3 M). Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd Faden sichern und abschneiden. aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die restlichen Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen 4 Lm (= 5 M). Rd bis zur 5. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit 2.–28. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie (= 5 M). am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M Der den Babyschüchen mit goldig glitzernder Häkeln Sie die erste und letzte R mitKlassiker unter neu an. Schnalle und schickem Riemchen kommt in einem frechen Türkis Km zusammen. Faden sichern und daher. abschneiden. Rechtes Riemchen und Knöchelriemchen (B) Teil 2 1. R: fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie ange1. R: Schlagen Sie in Fresie 11 Lm an. schlungen haben, 1 fM in die nächste M Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd (= 2 M). Riemchen aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die restlichen 2.–5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R Linkes Schühchen 9 Lm (= 10 M). (= 2 M). 1. R: 23 Lm, 1 fM in die 31./33./34. M 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R = 10 M). 6. R: 1 fM, 1 M zun (= 3 M).
Ear lining
2
So wird’s gemacht:
Rechtes Schühchen
Schleife
Belly lining
3 1
Material Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Schwarz (Fb 110), Weiß (Fb 106) und Hellblau (Fb 173), je 50 g und ONline Linie 165 Sandy (Fb 173), 50 g und ONline Linie 55 Montego (Fb 24) Sticknadel
Faden sichern und lang abschneiden. Wickeln Sie Teil 2 mittig um Teil 1, sodass eine Schleife entsteht, und nähen Sie in Fresie erst die Enden von Teil 2 mit Überwendlingsstichen zusammen und nähen Sie danach die Schleife mittig auf den vorderen Teil der Sandale.
Hinterer Teil der Sandale (Riemchen)
Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd bis zur 43./47./49. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M neu an.
Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden.
SEARCH PRESS
BACK OF EARS
Laufen muss das Baby noch nicht können, um in diesen sportlichen Sneakers eine gute Figur abzugeben. Stylen Sie Ihre persönlichen Turnschuhe und setzen Sie mutige Farbakzente!
Turnschuhe Für herrlich warme Sommertage häkeln Sie Ihrem Schatz doch diese wunderbar luftigen Sandalen!
Riemchensandalen
Linkes und rechtes Schühchen
Gill & Macmillan Ltd Paul Neilan
For sales and marketing enquiries please contact: sales@searchpress.com marketing@searchpress.com
(back cover alternative)
Woman's Weekly
(smaller spines)
Areas: London and National Wholesalers
August
Från varmaste ull till skiraste silke; i den här charmiga stickboken bjuder Clara och Kamilla på 27 färgglada och unikt mönstrade vantar och halvvantar för alla årstider.
Ireland
Wellwood North Farm Road Tunbridge Wells Kent TN2 3DR
Jenny Padovani
reference for the practising artist
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
T: +44 (0)1225 478444 F: +44 (0)1225 478440 M: +44 (0)7725 812580 E: jamesw@manning-partnership.co.uk
An essential (smaller spines)
(smaller spines)
En modern stickbok för både nybörjare och de som längtar efter mer avancerade utmaningar, med vantar till både sommarfest, vinterbröllop, vardag och högtid.
2
T: +91-11-64712521, 43549145, 23243829 E: suritmaya@gmail.com
Areas: Cyprus, Greece, Italy
So wird’s gemacht:
knitting & crochet
Gabriele Kern
T: +39 0575 614338 E: penny@padovanibooks.com
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
En modern stickbok för både nybörjare och de som längtar efter mer avancerade utmaningar, med vantar till både sommarfest, vinterbröllop, vardag och högtid.
Search Press Ltd
INTARSIA KNITTING
Areas: National Accounts
James Wheeler
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO
Marylin Scott
www.andina.se
FRONT OF EARS
Maya Publishers Pvt Ltd Surit Mitra
Padovani Books Ltd Penny Padovani
the
edited by Claire Waite Brown
Search Press Search Press
Sewing, Needlecraft & Textiles
India
PS Publishers Services, Zegenhainer Strasse
Areas: Germany, Austria, Switzerland
by Daniella Taylor and Linda Williams 10 simple inspiring projects with easy to follow step-by-steps
Från varmaste ull till skiraste silke; i den här charmiga stickboken bjuder Clara och Kamilla på 27 färgglada och unikt mönstrade vantar och halvvantar för alla årstider.
T: +353 (0)1 500 9529 F: +353 (0)1 500 9599 E: pneilan@gillmacmillan.ie
Acrylic Artist’s Bible
Pastel Artist’s Bible
Painting with Wax Michael Bossom
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
VANTAR FÖR ALLA ÅRSTIDER
T: +44 (0)1225 478444 F: +44 (0)1225 478440 E: sales@manning-partnership.co.uk W: www.manning-partnership.co.uk
1-2
WORKING IN THE ROUND
This book is packed with new and exciting ideas. Experiment and have fun – and you will be amazed by what you can achieve!
53-62
UK BOOK TRADE The Manning Partnership Garry Manning & Roger Hibbert
78
Encaustic Art
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
Hills Art
Explore ways to use the bold, bright, pastel and metallic colours as the free flowing wax melts magically into beautiful images.
VANTAR FÖR ALLA ÅRSTIDER
Steve Nunn
T: +44 (0)7983 339728 E: rosie@searchpress.com
• wood and board • card and paper • foil and fabric
Search Press
Areas: Surrey, Hampshire, I.O.W.
Rosie Wisby
See how easy it is to transfer designs on to different surfaces:
Search Press
T: +44 (0)20 8979 4100 M: +44 (0)7958 593483 E: elisabethgunner3@gmail.com
Areas: N. Wales, Cheshire, Merseyside, Manchester, Yorks, Humberside, Lancs, Cumbria, Durham, North Lincs, Cleveland, Newcastle, Northumberland, I.O.M.
• vibrant flowers • colourful fantasy scenes • tranquil landscapes • abstract designs
Search Press
Lis Gunner
M: +44 (0)7809 544690 E: ward507@btinternet.com
July Learn Michael Bossom’s latest techniques and create stunning pictures:
Search Press
Areas: London, Herts, Essex, Beds, Bucks, Norfolk, Northants, Berks, Cambs, Suffolk
Neil Ward
Europe
T: +49 69 510 694 F: +49 69 510 695 E: Gabriele.Kern@publishersservices.de
search Press
M: +44 (0)7831 090866 E: mjbconsult@waitrose.com
Area: Scotland
General & papercrafts
Colouring Books
Michael BossoM
Areas: Notts, Derbys, Staffs, Shrops, Rutland, Lincs, West Midlands, Warwicks, Oxon, Leics
OVERSEAS
Complete Art and Craft Book Catalogue
The encausTic arT ProjecT Book
Linda Ayres
SALES REPRESENTATIVES AND AGENTS
June
Follow us on:
EAN
UK CRAFT TRADE
Search Press 2016
Contents
SALES REPRESENTATIVES AND AGENTS
Vijeh Nashr International Book & Journal Services T: +98 21 88 910 091 F: +98 21 88 910 430 E: info@vijehnashr.com W: www.vijehnashr.com
Mr. Fu Zheng Rance T: + 86 10 6301-6398 M: 86-13521555031 F: 86 10 6301 6398 E: rance980@aliyun.com Area: China
Edwin Makabenta T: 63 2 740 0346 M: 63 918 911 6384 E: edmak@pldtdsl.net Area: Philippines
Australia
Search Press Australia Amanda Foster T: 02 4732 3411 M: 0499 903 089 E: amanda@searchpress.com.au W: www.searchpress.com.au
New Zealand
David Bateman Ltd T: 415 7664 F: 415 8892 E: bryceg@bateman.co.nz
United States of America & Canada
Search Press USA Robert Woodcock T: +1 267 968-2981 F: +1 866 406-3688 E: Robert_W@searchpress.com W: www.searchpressusa.com
Latin America & Caribbean
IMA / Intermediaamericana Ltd David Williams T: +44 20 7274 7113 E: sales@intermediaamericana.com
Subjects: Crafts
Samin Far Company For full contact details visit our website: www.searchpress.com/contact-us
Disclaimer: Please note that all details including NYP cover designs are correct at time of going to press but are subject to change without notice.
Website: www.searchpress.com
Telephone: 01892 510850
Email: sales@searchpress.com
T: +98 21 77634400 F: +98 21 77634538 E: info@fineartpress.com Subject: Fine Art
For full contact details visit our website: www.searchpress.com/contact-us
Tangle Bay An enchanting colouring book with hidden treasure
FEB 2016
Are you ready for some fun at the beach? Come and play in a wonderful seaside place full of dancing dolphins, surfing puffins and spirals of shells. Jessica Palmer has created 75 pages of enchanting hand-drawn pictures with a seaside theme for you to colour in. Each one includes a ‘hidden treasure’, intricately worked into the design. Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 80 black and white illustrations • ISBN: 9781782214137 • £8.99 / $15.95 All rights free Selling points • Evokes a magical world for therapeutic colouring • High quality paper with no show-through
Tangle Wood A captivating colouring book with hidden jewels
BESTSELLER
NEW
Jessica palmer Illustrator and papercutter, Jessica Palmer, has created 80 pages of enchanting hand-drawn pictures with a woodland theme for you to colour in. Each one includes a ‘hidden jewel’, intricately worked into the design. The book includes designs that fit on a single page as well as those that extend across a double-page spread. Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 80 black and white illustrations • ISBN: 9781782213536 • £8.99 / $15.95 Chinese & Greek rights sold
Selling points • Evokes a magical world for therapeutic colouring • High quality paper with no show-through
The Big Chill-Out Colouring Book
12 beauitful patterns from around the world
NEW
Christine dymond Creative, therapeutic, addictive! Take a much deserved break from the stresses of modern life and lose yourself in Christine Dymond’s intricate and captivating designs. Pick up a pen, pencil or brush and delve into 12 large-scale designs inspired by combinations of Celtic, Roman, Islamic and Renaissance styles and patterns. Specification • Paperback • 24 pages • 425 x 300mm (11¾ x 16¾ inches) • 12 black and white illustrations • ISBN: 9781782213307 • £9.99 / $14.95 All rights free
Selling points • 12 large-scale designs printed on good quality non-bleed paper • Patterns inspired by a variety of cultures from all over the world
www.searchpress.com | 1
COLOURING BOOKS
Jessica palmer
COLOURING BOOKS
Zendoodle Meditative drawing to calm your inner self
NEW
susanne schaadt
Drawing should always be a fun pastime; it’s a great way to relax and let your imagination run wild. It can also be a fantastic meditative exercise. These simple yet stunning designs will help relax your mind while allowing your creativity to flow. Therapist and art education professional Susanne Schaadt shows you how to achieve a state of ‘zen’ with these beautiful meditative drawing exercises. Perfect for children and adults alike. Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212348 • £9.99 / $17.95
Selling points • A step-by-step section for the basic patterns and motifs • Templates for the more complex drawing designs • Designed by therapist and art education expert Susanne Schaadt
COLOURING BOOKS SERIES
More and more adults and older children are turning to colouring; a hobby that is nostalgic, creative and therapeutic all at the same time. These colouring books provide beautiful designs that are a step beyond children’s favourites. • Over 100 designs, printed on one side of the paper only • Suitable for both adults and children • Coloured versions of some of the images are provided for inspiration NEW
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 279 x 216mm • 8½ x 11 inches • 100 illustrations • £6.99 / $9.95
NEW The Christmas Colouring Book
The Art Nouveau Colouring Book
elaine hamer
judy balchin
ISBN: 9781782213505
ISBN: 9781782212119
The Aboriginal Art Colouring Book
The Flower Colouring Book
penny brown
polly pinder
ISBN: 9781782213512
ISBN: 9781782212133
The Angel & Fairy Colouring Book
The Celtic Colouring Book
rebecca balchin
ISBN: 9781782212157
ISBN: 9781782212126
The Chinese Colouring Book
lesley davies
elaine hamer
ISBN: 9781782212140
2 |
www.searchpress.com
Sewing, Needlecraft & Textiles
Image taken from Fabulous Felt, ISBN 978-178221-193-8
sewing
DEBBIE SHORE bestselling author Debbie Shore’s interest in sewing started when, as a child, her mother taught her how to sew. She now makes professional-looking soft furnishings using simple techniques that she has developed herself. She decided to share her design ideas, methods, hints and tips by writing a book which became the first of many. • Number 1 bestselling author • Debbie writes a regular column for a popular sewing magazine • Popular guest presenter on Create and Craft • Huge presence on YouTube
Sew Brilliant Bags Choose from 12 beautiful projects, then design your own
FEB 2016
Debbie Shore
Let sewing superstar Debbie Shore equip you with all the techniques you need to create 12 beautiful bags, and then show you how to use these skills to create your own bag designs. The book is packed full of Debbie’s friendly help and advice, clear step-by-step photography and easy-to-follow instructions. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212560 • £9.99 / $19.95 South African rights sold
Selling points • New book from sewing superstar Debbie Shore • 12 beautiful bags, in a variety of styles, shapes and sizes • Learn all the techniques to create your own designs
Half Yard Kids Easy sewing projects using left-over pieces of fabric
JUN 2016
Debbie Shore Have more fun with your fabric! The latest title from sewing guru Debbie Shore is packed with 20 fun, colourful toys and accessories for children of all ages. Choose from spooky halloween bunting, a magnetic fishing set, a crafty artist’s easel, a cuddly pirate pillow, funky monkey skittles and much more! Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 280 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212553 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
Selling points • New book from sewing superstar Debbie Shore • 20 fun, colourful, sewing projects to make for kids of all ages • Each project requires only half a yard of fabric
4 |
www.searchpress.com
MEGA SELLER
sewing
Half Yard Gifts
Half Yard Christmas
Half Yard Home
Half Yard Heaven
Easy sewing projects using left-over pieces of fabric
Easy sewing projects using left-over pieces of fabric
Easy sewing projects using left-over pieces of fabric
Easy sewing projects using left-over pieces of fabric
debbie shore
debbie shore
debbie shore
debbie shore
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211501 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211471 • £11.99 / $19.95 Dutch rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211082 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488926 • £9.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Russian, Czech & German rights sold
All rights free
Nominated for Best New Craft Book 2015 in the International Craft Awards 2015
Sew Bunting
23 simple storage solutions to sew for the home
Simple and stunning garlands to style your home
debbie shore
debbie shore
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210856 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • Colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844489497 • £9.99 / $19.95
German rights sold
All rights free
20
17
Sew Useful
2017
Love to Sew: Sewing Room Makes ISBN: 9781782212553
Debbie Shore’s Sewing Room Secrets ISBN: 9781782213369
Won Highly Commended for Best New Craft Book 2014 in The Craft Awards 2014
Making Cushion Covers Love to Sew: Quilted Covers & Cosies debbie shore Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487301 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
debbie shore Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) •120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212546 • £7.99 / $12.95 All rights free
See ALSO
L ve to Sew
More titles in the Love to Sew series on pages 6-7.
www.searchpress.com | 5
sewing
Love to Sew series
Specification
Sew it with style and love it! Gorgeous gifts and fun ideas for the home. A new series with step-by-step instructions, patterns and a fantastic selection of projects. Simple techniques, stunning designs Beautiful close-up photography Contemporary and colourful For sewists of all skill levels
Paperback 64 pages 222 x 222mm 8¾ x 8¾ inches colour throughout £7.99 / $12.95
Bestselling series
Quilted Covers & Cosies
NEW
Debbie Shore Popular sewing author, Debbie Shore has designed 18 gorgeous quilted projects that sewers of all abilities will want to make. Create beautiful, practical cosies in desirable modern prints to cover everything from a tablet to a toaster, a book, bottle, sewing machine, sunglasses and more. Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212546 • £7.99 / $12.95 All rights free
Selling points • Best-selling sewing author • All templates provided • Desirable designs in gorgeous modern fabrics • Clear step-by-step instructions and photographs
Quick & Easy Patchwork
MAR 2016
claudia schmidt A collection of easy to make, yet beautiful patchwork projects. Claudia Schmidt will help you take your first steps into the colourful world of patchworking. Learn how to make these trendy designs from just a few fabric squares and strips. Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212997 • £7.99 / $12.95
Selling points • 10 easy patchwork projects to make • Beautiful designs by renowned crafter, Claudia Schmidt • Full-size templates included
6 |
www.searchpress.com
sewing
Patchwork Bags cecilia hanselmann
ISBN: 9781782212232
ISBN: 9781844489275
Christmas Stockings
Mug Rugs
rachael rowe
christa rolf
ISBN: 9781844489749
ISBN: 9781844489268
All rights free
Children’s Sun Hats
Vintage Style Gifts for the Home christa rolf ISBN: 9781782211488
Teddy Bears Monika schleich ISBN: 9781782210580
Crazy Garlands & Bunting alistair Macdonald ISBN: 9781844489992 All rights free
Simple Patchwork Gifts christa rolf ISBN: 9781782210603
Zakka Style Gifts cecilia hanselmann ISBN: 9781782210597
gillian stratton ISBN: 9781844488360 Arabic, Spanish, Finnish, Italian, Danish & Estonian rights sold
Quilted Flowers Nikki Tinkler ISBN: 9781844488476 All rights free
Hanging Hearts RACHAEL ROWE ISBN: 9781844487875 All rights free
Pincushions
12 Pocket 222 x222 Spinner FREE specially designed free-standing spinner available with an order for 60 assorted titles. Details • Measures: 24cm wide x 37cm deep x 78cm high (when filled) • Displays 12 titles face out, 5 books per pocket • One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
salli-ann cook ISBN: 9781844488223 All rights free
17
saskia abel
20
Little Bags & Purses
2017 Sewing Room Makes debbie shore
ISBN: 9781782212553
www.searchpress.com | 7
SEP 2016
All you need to design, adapt and customise your clothes
Packed with useful advice and practical instructions, this book is the ultimate resource for anyone looking to design, adapt, or customise sewing patterns for women’s clothes. Working with patterns can sometimes be a frustrating process, but with its clear, jargon-free text and fully illustrated step-by-step techniques, this practical and accessible book gives readers the confidence they need to take matters into their own hands and sew beautiful items, from pencil skirts to pinafores, and gorgeous full-length gowns.
PATTERN CUTTING
TEMPLATES
PATTERN MAKING
FOR
Skirts & dresses
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 246 x 190 mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782214366 • £12.99
TEMPLATES
All you need to
FOR
design, adapt & customise
Skirts & dresses
Selling points • Includes URL links throughout to downloadable pattern templates • Clear, jargon-free text and fully illustrated step-by-step techniques • Learn how to draw up your own pattern to create a whole wardrobe of amazing clothes
your clothes
All you need to
design, adapt & customize your clothes Skirts & Dresses for First Pattern Cutting for Kids’ Figure Poses for Fashion Time Sewers Clothing Illustrators (with DVD)
Christa rolf
Patterns, tutorials, tips and advice
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211518 • £9.99 / $19.95
Christine haynes
17
How to Sew Beautiful Aprons
20
sewing
Pattern Cutting Templates for Skirts & Dresses
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212188 • £12.99
2017 Skirts Galore madame zsazsa
ISBN: 9781782214106
How to Make Heirloom Teddy Bears sue quinn
ISBN: 9781782211433
8 |
www.searchpress.com
All you need to know about designing, adapting and customising sewing patterns for children’s clothes
Scan, trace, copy: 250 templates for professional results
carla hegeman crim
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486205 • £14.99
SpecificAtion • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210283 • £12.99
Sha Tahmasebi
sewing
Japanese Fabric Flowers 50 Ribbon Rosettes and Bows to Make 65 decorative kanzashi flowers to make sylvie blondeau
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212287 • £9.99 / $19.95
For perfectly wrapped gifts, gorgeous hair slides, beautiful corsages, and decorative fun! deanna d. mccool SpecificAtion • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212003 • £10.99
Vintage Purses to Make, 50 Fabric Animals Fun sewing projects for you and your Sew and Embroider sandrine Kielt-michaud SpecificAtion • Paperback • 80 pages • 245 x 225mm (9½ x 8¾ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210733 • £9.99 / $19.95
home
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 225 x 195mm (7¾ x 8¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487707 • £12.99 / $19.95
Flower Power Patchwork Anne-pia godske rasmussen Specification • Hardback • 120 pages • 220 x 240mm (9½ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844487998 • £15.99 / $29.95
How to Make Beautiful Buttons
30 Totes & Bags to Sew
beate schmitz
HELEN ANGHARAD HENLEY
SpecificAtion • Paperback • 80 pages • 225 x 225mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210627 • £9.99 / $17.95
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 220 x 220mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210962 • £14.99
Abbygale Sews
30 Minute Sewing
20 simple sewing projects Emma Curtis & Elizabeth PArnell
heather m. Love
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489732 • £9.99 / $19.95
Quick & easy bags for all occasions
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210955 • £9.99
Quilt & Sew Country Style Anne-Pia godske rasmussen Specification • Hardback • 88 pages • 225 x 245mm (9½ x 8¾ inches) • 325 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488018 • £12.99 / $25.95
www.searchpress.com | 9
sewing
Embroidery for the Absolute Beginner
MAR 2016
susie johns & Caroline smith A complete beginner's guide to embroidery by Susie Johns and Caroline Smith. Learn how to use traditional techniques to create attractive home accessories and a wide range of fashionable garments – explained with clear, step-by-step photography and no-nonsense, easy-to-follow text. Specification • Spiralbound Hardback • 192 pages • 210 x 148mm (8¼ x 5¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212652 • £12.99 / $21.95 All rights free
Selling points • A reasonably priced, basic guide to embroidery for people with no previous experience • Clear, step-by-step photography and no-nonsense, easy-to-follow text • Small size and wire-bound format make this an extremely handy little book to carry around and use
BESTSELLER
Quilting for the Absolute Beginner
Sewing for the Absolute Beginner
A Beginner’s Guide to Machine Sewing
cheryl owen
caroline smith
Specification • Spiralbound Hardback • 192 pages • 210 x 148mm (8¼ x 5¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212638 • £12.99 / $21.95
Specification • Spiralbound Hardback • 192 pages • 210 x 148mm (8¼ x 5¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212645 • £12.99 / $21.95
50 lessons and 15 projects to get you Started
All rights free
All rights free
10 |
www.searchpress.com
Clementine collinet Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 225 x 195mm (7¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489961 • £12.99 / $19.95
The Very Easy Guide to Using Your Sewing Machine wendy gardiner SpecificAtion • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488285 • £12.99 / $25.95 Arabic rights sold
BESTSELLER
sewing
The Overlocker Technique Manual
The Complete Machine Embroidery Manual
The Sewing Machine Accessory Bible
The Complete Machine Quilting Manual
The complete guide to overlocking and decorative stitching
Get the most from your machine with embroidery designs and inbuilt decorative stitches
Get the most out of your machine - and a perfect finish every time
The look-it-up guide to sewing machine techniques for trouble-free quilting
wendy gardiner & LORNA KNIGHT
Joanie Zeier Poole
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486878 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 100 photographs • ISBN: 9781844487769 • £12.99
julia hincks
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210207 • £12.99
Elizabeth Keegan
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210993 • £12.99
Compendium of Quilting Techniques
Compendium of Sewing Techniques
The Encyclopedia of Sewing Techniques
Handbook of Sewing Stitches
400 tips, techniques and trade secrets for making quilts
250 tips, techniques and trade secrets
wendy gardiner
lorna knight
lorna knight
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 530 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781903975664 • £12.99 / $19.95
Previously published as The Sewing Stitch Bible.
susan Briscoe
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484041 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485253 • £12.99
Complete Dressmaking Skills Step-by-step guides to a wide range of techniques and stitches lorna knight
SpecificAtion • Paperback • 256 pages • 228 x 195mm (7¾ x 8¾ inches) • 800 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210245 • £14.99
Stress-Free Sewing Troubleshooting tips and advice for the savvy sewer nicole vasbinder
Specification • Paperback • 256 pages • 195 x 145mm (5¾ x 7¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488124 • £9.99
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 210 x 146mm (5¾ x 8¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487981 • £12.99
200 Questions Answered series
Got an embroidery problem you can’t solve? Curious to know more about a specific technique? These books will come to your rescue, each answering 200 questions on a vast range of topics.
Specification • Paperback • 224 pages • 195 x 145mm • 5¾ x 7¾ inches • 200 colour photographs • £9.99
Patchwork jake finch ISBN: 9781844486595
Embroidery deena beverley ISBN: 9781844486601
www.searchpress.com | 11
Patchwork & Quilting
Simply Modern Patchwork Bags janet goddard
Ten stylish patchwork bags in a modern mode
FEB 2016
Everyone loves a bag! Here are 10 stylish designs to make - all using simple patchwork techniques and with a fresh modern feel. There are clear step-bystep instructions for beginners and a range of styles to suit all occasions.
SIMPLY MODERN PATCHWORK BAGS
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213192 • £9.99 / $17.95
TEN STYLISH PATCHWORK BAGS IN A MODERN MODE
Pleated Day Bag An out and about casual bag
With step-bysteps for the beginner
40
Selling points • 10 different patchwork bag designs • Practical, stylish and easy to make • Authored by expert patchwork designer, Janet Goddard
Janet Goddard
A Trio of Pouches Handy pouches for everyday use.
Hand-Stitched Crazy Patchwork 24
25
MAR 2016
hazel blomkamp Hazel Blomkamp teaches you how to combine a range of patchwork techniques including embroidery, beadwork, lace making and tatting. There are 5 projects to make, exploring and combining your needlework skills in new and exciting ways. Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 260 x 193mm (7¾ x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213482 • £14.99 / $29.95 157
Rambling vine
....................................................................
The original of this design measures 395 x
....................................................................
400 mm (15½ x 15¾”) and has been made into a wall hanging which measures 530 x 530 mm (20¾ x 20¾”). Instructions on how to make up the wall hanging are at the end of the embroidery instructions. For extra inspiration, Margie Breetzke has worked up the embroidery design, using applique and bead embroidery techniques.
Highveld winter
....................................................................
The original of this design measures 245 x
....................................................................
200 mm (9⅔ x 7⅞”) and has been used as the lid of a covered storage basket, the top of which measures 240 x 190 mm (9½ x 7½”). Instructions on how to make a basket cover are at the end of the embellishment instructions.
.................................................................... ....................................................................
Selling points • 5 projects to make, using a range of techniques in new and exciting ways • Includes simple quilting methods and tips for finishing off • Features free-hand techniques and working from paper templates ....................................................................
12 |
www.searchpress.com
................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................
131
.................................................................... ....................................................................
....................................................................
MAR 2016
15 unique and stylish bags to make
OZ6282
beate schmitz
Boho Baylgishs 15
Beate Schmitz
Hobo Bags nähen
Beate Schmitz
unique and st bags to make
Fifteen stylish and trendy bags to make. The styles are creative and fun with a casual bohemian feel. Expert crafter Beate Schmitz has created each one using cotton and wool fabrics, and even leather– every bag is unique. You don't need to be an expert to make these practical, chic bags. Clear step-by-step instructions and photographs will guide you through every stage and there are fold-out templates for every project at the back of the book. With so much variety to choose from there is something for everyone and, for more experienced crafters, Beate's collection of bohemian styles offer fantastic design inspiration. Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212355 • £8.99 / $15.95
Selling points • 15 boho-style bags to make • Fold-out templates for every project • Clear step-by-step instructions with accompanying photographs
Carolyn Forster bestselling author Little Quilts & Gifts from Jelly Roll Scraps
Sew Jelly Roll Quilts & Gifts
30 gorgeous projects for using up your left-over fabric
carolyn forster
carolyn forster Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782210061 • £12.99 / $24.95 All rights free
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487547 • £12.99 / $21.95 All rights free
20
17
See also
2017 Sew Layer Cake Quilts and Gifts carolyn forster
ISBN: 9781782213772
Jelly Roll Scraps in the Twenty to Make series on pages 117-122.
www.searchpress.com | 13
Patchwork & Quilting
Boho Bags
Fun with Fat Quarters
The Complete Quilter
Quilting on the Go
500 Quilt Blocks
15 gorgeous sewing projects for using up your fabric stash
Essential techniques, tricks and tested methods
The only quilt block compendium you’ll ever need
wendy gardiner
Jessica Alexandrakis
Paper piecing patchwork you can take anywhere: techniques, patterns and projects
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211464 • £10.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212683 • £12.99
JESSICA ALEXANDRAKIS
lynne goldsworthy & Kerry green
SpecificAtion • Paperback • 144 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489022 • £12.99
SpecificAtion • Paperback • 288 pages • 150 x 150mm (6 x 6 inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489671 • £9.99
130 Little Quilt Blocks
Iris Quilting
Exquisite and quick-to-make blocks for quilts, homeware and accessories
maruscha gaasenbeek
100 Traditional & Contemporary Quilt Blocks
All rights free
susan briscoe
celia eddy Specification • Paperback • 256 pages • 215 x 148mm (5¾ x 8½ inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485574 • £10.99
17
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486175 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 202 x 202mm (8 x 8 inches) • 68 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487868 • £9.99 / $17.95
20
Patchwork & Quilting
BESTSELLER
2017
Pretty Patchwork & Appliqué Bags deibbie von grabler-crozier ISBN: 9781782214304
14 |
www.searchpress.com
yuki sugashima
Over 45 beautiful floral designs to embroider, plus 20 great project ideas
NEW
Learn how to create beautiful and understated decorative stitching motifs. The designs feature surface and dimensional stitches and bead embroidery; with motifs inspired by nature ranging from roses, sunflowers, asters and daisies to little bumblebees, ladybirds and dragonflies.
16
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 230 x 180mm (7¼ x 8¾ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213017 • £12.99
Sp ring pr O Je ct S
Butterfly pincushion Colour palette DMC 3865 DMC 648 DMC 3799
When golden nanohana (rapeseed) blooms signal the arrival of spring, cabbage white butterflies are sure to be there, too, playfully flitting from flower to flower. Bring that light-hearted spirit to the sewing room with a dimensional butterfly embroidered on a pincushion. The upper wings are created using a stumpwork method of outlining a form with wire before embroidering, so it can stand above the fabric surface and be shaped for a more realistic-looking effect. It’s as if a butterfly has fluttered in through the window and settled on the pincushion.
20
S p r i n g p r O Je c t S
Spring snowflake scissors case Colour palette DMC 904
You will need
DMC 905 DMC 470
Fabric (L x W)
Stitches for the motif
Front: Green linen, 14 x 14 cm (51⁄2 x 51⁄2 in.) Upper wings: White lightweight cotton, 8 x 8 cm (31⁄8 x 31⁄8 in.) Back: Off-white linen, 10 x 10 cm (4 x 4 in.)
Body: 648(2) Satin couching over 12 strands. Lower wings (surface embroidery): 3865(2) Outline with split stitch, fill with long and short stitch. Antenna: 3799(1) Stem stitch. Upper wings (wired piece): (see page 110)
Thread DMC #25 embroidery thread, colour 3865 DMC #25 embroidery thread, colour 648 DMC #25 embroidery thread, colour 3799 Other #30 floral wire, white Craft glue (for adhering fabric) Stuffing of your choice
Finished dimensions: Approximately 8 x 8 cm (31⁄8 x 31⁄8 in.)
White silk embroidery ribbon
Appearing in late winter to early spring, these bell-shaped blossoms bring cheer to gardens, forests and meadows, and can do the same in your sewing box. Embroidered with silk ribbon and edged with beads, this scissors case is elegant, yet practical. The suede lining keeps the scissors protected, while the snap closure ensures that they stay inside. From the delicate embroidery to the final edging stitch, the entire case is sewn by hand.
You will need Fabric (L x W) Exterior: Beige linen, 23 x 35 cm (9 x 14 in.) Lining: Lightweight cotton, 20 x 24 cm (8 x 91⁄2 in.) * Interior: Beige faux suede, 20 x 20 cm (8 x 8 in.) Interfacing: Iron-on interfacing, 20 x 20 cm (8 x 8 in.) Thread DMC #25 embroidery thread, colour 904 DMC #25 embroidery thread, colour 905 DMC #25 embroidery thread, colour 470 Silk embroidery ribbon, white, 3 mm (1⁄8 in.) width
Other
Stitches for the motif
Sewing thread to match the exterior fabric Two-part snap fastener 350 dark green seed beads, size 11/0
Flower: Ribbon stitch. Add a French knot at the bottom of each petal using 905(1). Stem: 905(1) Stem stitch. Leaf: 470(2), 905(2), 904(2) Gradation stem stitch filling, with the lightest colour on the stem side.
* The lining serves to hide the seams and add structural strength. Since it won’t show much (just a line along the edge, if the bead trim does not cover it), you can use whatever you have on hand, but be sure to choose a colour that won’t show through the linen. A plain, lightweight cotton like calico in a colour to match your exterior fabric is a good choice.
Selling points • 20 projects with step-by-step instructions and full-size templates • Features an easy course in stitch techniques for beginners • Over 45 designs patterns are carefully diagrammed and colour coded Finished dimensions: Approximately 15.5 x 7 cm (6 x 23⁄4 in.), to fit a pair of scissors approximately 13 cm (51⁄8 in.) long and 4.5 cm (13⁄4 in.) wide at the handles
Japanese Paper Embroidery
NEW
atsumi, minako chiba & mari kamio Beautiful and understated art that combines with paper craft. Learn how to create clocks, notebooks, envelopes, decorations, bookmarks and cards, all with a distinct Japanese style. Includes templates, guidance on how to embroider on paper and basic stitches. Specification • Paperback • 120 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212485 • £12.99 / $19.95
44
32
Paper clock | A paper clock that has been embroidered with a combination of numbers and motifs. This lively colour scheme will brighten up the bedroom.
Selling points • Will appeal to embroiderers and paper crafters • Templates for every project • A uniquely Japanese approach to a well-loved craft JapanesePaperEmb_pp1_72.indd 44
JapanesePaperEmb_pp1_72.indd 32
Templates … pages 106–108
7/3/2015 1:00:24 PM
7/3/2015 12:59:27 PM
www.searchpress.com | 15
Needlecraft
The Hand-Stitched Flower Garden
Inspired by her love of wildflowers, Kazuko Aoki has created a collection of more than 20 projects and over 70 individual cross-stitch motifs. These motifs are used to create traditional samplers, as well as bags, pincushions, pillows, coasters, aprons and tea towels. Instructions are presented in counted cross-stitch charts, plus step-by-step Leaf Coasters Bee Apron diagrams for constructing projects.
The
Cross-Stitch Garden Red Poppy Collage Over 70 cross-stitch motifs and 20 stunning projects
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 255 x 210mm (8½ x 10 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213314 • £12.99 / $24.95
Kazuko Aoki
Miniscule leaves decorate the corners of these cute coasters. Embellish the edges with beads for a special touch.
Kazuko Aoki SEARCH PRESS
Embellish a plain linen apron with this cheerful design. This motif was inspired by one of a garden’s most important visitors: the bee. As pollinators, bees play such an important role in a healthy and productive garden. You can attract bees to your garden by planting their favorite flowers, which include geraniums, poppies, black-eyed Susans and clover.
Selling points • Contains over 70 individual cross-stitch motifs • Instructions included for 20 projects • With charts and step-by-step diagrams Instructions on page 103
I always try to include a splash of red when designing a garden because it adds an element of depth. I usually rely on geraniums to provide that rich red shade; however, I was tempted to plant some poppy seeds one year. I’m not sure if it was the bad weather we had that season or excessive fertilisation on my part, but sadly, my poppies died almost as soon as they bloomed. Luckily, I had just enough time to immortalise them in my sketchbook. I was inspired to create this poppy collage featuring a patchwork background and appliquéd ribbon.
42
Instructions on page 104
Instructions on page 68
SEARCH PRESS
30/09/2015 10:17:18
16
17
Ribbon Embroidery & Stumpwork
Original floral designs with over 30 models
APR 2016
di van niekerk A new edition of the best-selling book by renowned ribbon designer and embroiderer Di van Niekerk. A must-have for all lovers of ribbon embroidery and stumpwork. It is suitable for first-time embroiderers as well as those who wish to brush up on their techniques. There are over 30 models to teach you how to make beautiful embroidery and stumpwork motifs, while the techniques are explained with step-by-step photographs and instructions. The techniques in this book can also be used for crazy patchwork, quilting, fibre arts and card making, as well as for enhancing knitted and felted backgrounds or clothing and accessories.
17
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 193 mm (7¾ x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213499 • £14.99 / $29.95
20
9 US $24.95
APR 2016
Over 70 cross-stitch motifs and 20 stunning projects
kazuko aoki
THE CROSS-STITCH GARDEN
Needlecraft
ESS.COM
The Cross-Stitch Garden
2017 Between the Stitches ISBN: 9781782212850
Mr X Stitch Guide to Cross Stitch ISBN: 9781782214243
16 |
www.searchpress.com
Selling points • New edition of the best-selling book with new photographs and layout • Over 30 models to help you make beautiful embroideries • Includes a comprehensive stitch glossary with illustrations of more than 40 stitches
Raised Quilt & Stitch Techniques
MAY 2016
From quilting expert Sylvia Critcher, this practical guide to raised quilt and stitch techniques shows how to produce a variety of quilting styles including trapunto, Italian quilting, le boutis, French-style cording and English quilting, which are then combined to create contemporary designs.
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210146 • £17.99 / $35.00 All rights free
Project 5
It contains 10 sophisticated projects, a comprehensiveYoustitch guide, advice on developing will need Nine-patch quilttemplates your designs, galleries of inspiring work and all the required at actual size. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Selling points • A complete, practical guide to raised quilt and stitch techniques • Step-by-step instructions throughout • Actual size templates included 72
Embroidered Treasures: Flowers
73
DEC 2016
dr annette collinge This beautiful book showcases the Embroiderers’ Guild’s huge collection of embroidered flowers through the ages. These wonderful embroidered treasures are as varied as wall hangings, children’s dresses, bridal bags and samplers, some of which date back to the seventeenth century. The images are shown with extended captions giving the country of origin, age, size and technique used to make them. Specification • Hardback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211310 • £12.99 / $24.95 All rights free
20
17
Selling points • A collection of unique historical and contemporary textiles • Includes stitch and other details of all the pieces included • An inspirational series containing pieces never seen before
2017
Embroidered Treasure: Birds ISBN: 9781782211327
www.searchpress.com | 17
Needlecraft
sylvia critcher
Needlecraft
Beginner’s Guide to Silk Painting
MAY 2016
mandy southan Twelve innovative step-by-step projects illustrate clearly Mandy Southan's fresh and original approach to silk painting. This book is perfect for the complete beginner but it is also ideal for those who want to learn new techniques. A new edition of the author's successful book Beginner's Guide to Silk Painting. Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212102 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
Selling points • Perfect for complete beginners • Fresh and original approach to silk painting
Creative Batik
JUN 2016
rosi robinson Rosi Robinson shows you how to create a stunning range of beautiful batik designs, patterns and pictures using a series of innovative step-by-step projects. She explores many different techniques, from making simple marks and drawing with wax, to dipping and painting with dyes, etching, cracking, discharging and more. This colourful, practical guide goes to show how to use your new-found skills to create beautiful flowers, trees, birds, animals, landscapes and abstract designs. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782214083 • £9.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Selling points • Popular subject appealing to patchworkers, quilters, embroiderers, silk painters – as well as batik artists • High profile author • A unique and inspirational book
18 |
www.searchpress.com
Shibori Stitch Techniques
NOV 2016
This comprehensive, practical guide to Shibori will show you how to design and dye your own fabulous range of indigo fabrics. Written by expert teacher Jane Callender, this book is packed with both traditional and innovative stitch-resist techniques, a complete dyeing guide and clear, instructional illustrations for every design. Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 600 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211419 • £19.99 / $35.00
All rights free
Selling points • A comprehensive guide to Shibori dyeing and stitching • Beautiful photography and instructional illustrations for every design • Suitable for beginners and inspiration for experienced textile artists
Stumpwork Embroidery
Stumpwork Flowers
Techniques, projects and pure inspiration
sachiko morimoto
kay & michael dennis This book uses material from Stumpwork Seasons, Stumpwork Figures and Beginner's Guide to Stumpwork. Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211020 • £14.99 / $25.95 Chinese rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 120 pages • 255 x 210mm (8¼ x 10¼ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489459 • £12.99 / $24.95
A-Z of Silk Ribbon Flowers
The Art of Embroidered Butterflies
Ann Cox
jane E. hall
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489978 • £15.99 / $30.00 Chinese, French, Russian & Spanish rights sold
Specification • Hardback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485307 • £19.99 / $40.00 All rights free
www.searchpress.com | 19
Needlecraft
jane callender
Needlecraft Tatted Lace Accessories donatella ciotti Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212294 • £8.99 / $17.95
Beginner’s Guide to Silk Embroidered Art Ribbon Embroidery lindsay Taylor
Modern Sashiko silke bosbach
Specification • Hardback • 144 pages • 260 x 265mm (10¼ x 10¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487783 • £30.00 / $50.00 French rights sold
Specification • Paperback with flaps • 64 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210610 • £8.99 / $14.95
Di van Niekerk’s Roses in Silk and Organza Ribbon
Crewel Intentions
Crewel Twists
Fresh ideas for Jacobean embroidery
Fresh ideas for Jacobean embroidery
hazel blomkamp
Hazel blomkamp
di van niekerk
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 260 x 193mm (7¾ x 10¼ inches) • 320 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211068 • £14.99 / $29.95
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 260 x 193mm (7¾ x 10¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488483 • £14.99 / $29.95
Ann Cox Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211600 • £6.99 / $12.95
All rights free
Little Flowers in Silk and Organza Ribbon di van niekerk & marina zherdeva Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 260 x 193mm (7¾ x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211044 • £12.99 / $24.95
20 |
Specification
• Paperback • 160 pages • 260 x 210mm (8¼ x 10¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488742 • £14.99 / $24.95
Embroidery on Paper: Alphabet & Festive Motifs
Goldwork
Blackwork Made Easy
Techniques, projects and pure inspiration
Techniques, patterns and samplers
Hazel everett
lesley wilkins
joke de vette
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486267 • £17.99 / $29.95
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 124 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487530 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 165 x 225mm (6½ x 8¾ inches) • 10 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484614 • £6.99 / $13.95
French & Russian rights sold
All rights free
All rights free
www.searchpress.com
Needlecraft
Machine Embroidered Seascapes
Machine Embroidered Woodlands
alison holt
Alison Holt
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211143 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844482733 • £9.99 / $19.95
All rights free
All rights free
Machine Embroidered Flowers, Woodlands and Landscapes: The Art of Alison Holt This book comprises material from Machine Embroidered Flowers, Machine Embroidered Landscapes and Machine Embroidered Woodlands.
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 440 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844483457 • £17.99 / $29.95
The Art of Embroidered Flowers gilda baron
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 135 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781903975381 • £9.99 / $19.95
Cicely Mary Barker’s Flower Fairies in Ribbon Embroidery & Stumpwork di van niekerk
Norwegian & Russian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 152 pages • 260 x 193mm (7¾ x 10¼ inches) • 800 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484300 • £14.99 / $29.95
All rights free
Ideas, inspiration and techniques
Celtic, Viking and AngloSaxon Embroidery
The Bayeux Tapestry Embroiderer’s Story
Three-Dimensional Embroidery Stitches
Beginner’s Guide to Mountmellick Embroidery
Jan Messent
Jan Messent
Jan Messent
pat trott
pat trott
Specification • Hardback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844487417 • £19.99 / $35.00
Specification • Hardback • 144 pages • 280 x 305mm (12 x 11 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484096 • £25.00 / $50.00
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 208 x 296mm (11½ x 8¼ inches) • 110 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781844485840
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844480036
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 135 colour photographs • ISBN: 9780855329198
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
The Stitching Book
20 Floral Bags to Make
Liberty Cross Stitch
With simple embroidery stitches and easy-to-sew patterns
24 designs to sew
1000 Mini Cross Stitch Motifs
1000 Cross Stitch Motifs
A step-by-step guide to surface stitching techniques various
susan cariello
Hélène le berre
SHARON WELCH
jan eaton
This book uses material from The Beginner’s Guide series.
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 260 x 210mm (8¼ x 10¼ inches) • 290 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486762
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 262 x 220mm (8½ x 10¼ inches) • 65 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487462
Specification • Paperback • 256 pages • 195 x 147mm (5¾ x 7¾ inches) • 1000 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781844488940
Previously published as The Cross Stitch Motif Bible.
Embroidered Portraits
Specification • Paperback • 272 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 600 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487196
• £19.99 / £29.95
• £14.99
• £15.00 / $29.95
• £10.99 / $21.95
• £8.95 / $17.95
• £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
• £8.95 / $17.95
Illustrated with easy-to-follow charts
Specification • Paperback • 256 pages • 196 x 148mm (5¾ x 7¾ inches) • 1000 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781844485123
• £9.99
All rights free
www.searchpress.com | 21
Needlecraft
A-Z of Needlecraft series Compiled by the expert team at Country Bumpkin, renowned Australian publishers of embroidery books and magazines. Revamped designs of books that are highly acclaimed classics, and relevant to a worldwide market. • Comprehensive guides to stitches and techniques • Full of hints and tips covering all the embroiderer needs to know • Over 400 step-by-step photographs and 20 stunning designs • Easy to use lay-flat binding • Bestselling series
Specification • Paperback flexi • 228 x 210mm • 8¼ x 9 inches • Full colour throughout • £12.99 / $19.95
Easy to use lay-flat binding
NEW
NEW
MAY 2016
MAY 2016
A-Z of Knitting
A-Z of Crochet
A-Z of Sewing
A-Z of Bead Embroidery
156 pages • ISBN: 9781782211624
164 pages • ISBN: 9781782211655
128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211747
128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211662
AUG 2016
A-Z of Embroidered Flowers
AUG 2016
A-Z of Quilting 128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211648
132 pages • ISBN: 9781782211686
22 |
www.searchpress.com
OCT 2016
OCT 2016
A-Z of Wool Embroidery A-Z of Sewing for Smockers 128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211808 128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211754
A-Z of Ribbon Embroidery
Needlecraft
Rights available on application, please contact Search Press.
A-Z of Smocking
A-Z of Thread Painting
A-Z of Heirloom Sewing
128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211761
128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211785
144 pages • ISBN: 9781782211716
A-Z of Goldwork with Silk Embroidery
A-Z of Embroidery Stitches 2
A-Z of Crewel Embroidery
A-Z of Whitework
156 pages • ISBN: 9781782211709
144 pages • ISBN: 9781782211693
128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211631
A-Z of Needlepoint
A-Z of Embroidered Motifs
A-Z of Embroidery Stitches
132 pages • ISBN: 9781782211679
144 pages • ISBN: 9781782211617
132 pages • ISBN: 9781782211730
144 pages • ISBN: 9781782211723
128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211792
A-Z of Stumpwork 128 pages • ISBN: 9781782211778
www.searchpress.com | 23
Needlecraft
Royal School of Needlework: Appliqué
APR 2016
Techniques, projects & pure inspiration kate cross This practical, contemporary guide to appliqué is written by Kate Cross, an expert teacher with the Royal School of Needlework. It is the first in a new series showcasing the RSN’s traditional techniques, technical excellence and contemporary flair. It contains a complete grounding in appliqué techniques, four beautiful projects and galleries of inspiring work. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211884 • £17.99 / $35.00
All rights free
Essential Stitch Guides series Specification • Spiralbound Hardback • 96 pages • 215 x 155mm • 6¼ x 8½ inches • colour throughout • £10.99/ $21.95
An essential series for all embroiderers, containing all the major stitches needed for creating beautiful work. • • • •
Expert guides written by Royal School of Needlework Graduate Apprentices Compact and easy-to-use spiralbound format Indispensable stitch resource and reference guides Inspirational finished works show how the stitches can be used
Bead Embroidery shelley cox ISBN: 9781844489237 French rights sold
Canvaswork rachel doyle ISBN: 9781844485871 French rights sold
Goldwork helen mccook ISBN: 9781844487028 French rights sold
Crewelwork Jacqui Mcdonald ISBN: 9781844485505 French rights sold
Silk Shading sarah homfrAy ISBN: 9781844485857 French & Russian rights sold
Stumpwork kate sinton ISBN: 9781844485864
Small Series Stand
French & Korean rights sold
FREE counter-top display unit is available with an order for 10 assorted titles.
Blackwork
Whitework
Becky hogg
Lizzy Lansberry
ISBN: 9781844485512 French rights sold
ISBN: 9781844487004 French, Italian & Korean rights sold
24 |
www.searchpress.com
Details • Measures: 17.5cm wide x 15.5cm deep x 21cm high • Displays titles face out or spine out, holds 30 books • One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
Specification
previously published as Ready to Stitch
• Paperback with flaps • 160 pages • 260 x 204mm • 8 x 10¼ inches • colour illustrations • £12.99/ $24.95
This innovative series provides numerous hand-stitched motifs for embellishing, clothes, accessories and fabric items around the home. Simply choose a design from one of the 32 stitched samplers provided, transfer it to your chosen item using the corresponding iron-on transfer sheet, and add hand-stitching following the instructions provided. • 32 stitched designs • Basic techniques and stitches used and project ideas to excite and inspire you • Must-have resource for sewers of all abilities JUN 2016
Romantic Motifs carina envoldsen-harris This collection of 64 beautiful romantic motifs and accompanying transfers provides a must-have source of design ideas for anyone who enjoys stitching. Featuring designs from hearts and flowers to swallows, wedding rings and butterflies, the book also includes twelve beautiful embroidered projects for inspiration. Specification • Paperback with flaps • 160 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212959 • £12.99 / $24.95
All rights free
Borders & Motifs
lesley taylor
michaela learner
Specification • Paperback with flaps • 160 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489107 • £12.99 / $24.95 Italian & Chinese rights sold
Specification • Paperback with flaps • 160 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489091 • £12.99 / $24.95 Italian & Chinese rights sold
20
17
Flowers
2017
Transfer & Stitch: Butterflies, Bees & Bugs ISBN: 9781782213239
www.searchpress.com | 25
Needlecraft
Transfer & Stitch series
Specification • Paperback flexi with flaps • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm • 8½ x 11 inches • colour throughout • £17.99/ $35.00
This series showcases the techniques and talents of some of the most brilliant and innovative textile artists, who use a huge variety of methods, materials and design ideas. It covers all kinds of creative fabric embellishment, from creating decorated patchwork items to incorporating mixed media into art or functional pieces. • Step-by-step instructions, inspiration and ideas • Bestselling series • Showcases the work of the cream of contemporary textile artists NEW
MAR 2017
The Art of Felting & Ribbon Embroidery
From Art to Stitch
Layer, Paint and Stitch
janet edmonds
di van niekerk
144 pages • ISBN: 978178221306
Create textile art using freehand machine embroidery and hand stitching
160 pages • ISBN: 9781782214427
All rights free
wendy dolan 144 pages • ISBN: 9781782210740 All rights free
Felt and Fibre Art A practical guide to making beautiful felted artworks val hughes 144 pages • ISBN: 9781844489923 All rights free
Appliqué Art Freehand machine-embroidered pictures aBIGAIL MILL 128 pages • ISBN: 9781844488681
2017
17 20
Textiles & Mixed Media
The Textile Artist series
Dye and Print Alchemy ISBN: 9781782214281
Layered Cloth
ISBN: 9781782213345
26 |
www.searchpress.com
All rights free
Stitch, Fibre, Metal & Mixed Media alysn midgelow-marsden 144 pages • ISBN: 9781844487622 All rights free
Specification
An exciting new themed series for intermediate to experienced textile artists, which explores the embellishing and enhancing of fabric surfaces with paints, dyes, appliqué, collaged elements, stitching, beads and more. • Inspirational books aimed at contemporary textile artists seeking innovative ideas • Includes a wide range of materials and mixed media techniques • Step-by-step demonstrations and projects
• Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm • 8½ x 11 inches • 300 colour illustrations • £15.99/ $29.95
AUG 2016
Birds rachel sumner This vibrant, must-have reference book contains six original step-by-step projects featuring much-loved, characterful birds such as chickens, puffins and blackbirds. It is packed with expert advice on design and creative techniques, and contains a range of ideas for a stunning selection of fabric and stitch scenes. Specification • Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844489886 • £15.99 / $39.95
All rights free
Flowers
Landscapes
bobby britnell
kathleen matthews
ISBN: 9781844487318
ISBN: 9781844487202
All rights free
All rights free
www.searchpress.com | 27
Textiles & Mixed media
Stitched Textiles series
Textiles & Mixed Media
Tapestry Weaving
A Passion for Colour
A Heritage of Colour
Stitched Postcards
kirsten glasbrook
Exploring colour through paper, print, fabric, thread and stitch
Natural dyes past and present
ruth issett
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 215 x 155mm (6¼ x 8½ inches) • 255 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210368 • £12.99 / $24.95 All rights free
Beautiful textile designs in miniature using quilting and mixed media techniques
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212041 • £10.99 / $21.95
All rights free
Specification • Hardback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 220 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487455 • £19.99 / $35.00 French rights sold
The Art of Stitching on Metal
Learn to Spin with Anne Field
ann parr
Specification • Paperback • 208 pages • 246 x 189mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487660 • £19.99
Specification • Hardback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844482252 • £19.99 / $40.00 All rights free
Shibori Designs & Techniques Mandy southan
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844482696 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
28 |
www.searchpress.com
jenny dean
Studio Secrets: Millinery estelle ramousse & fabienne gambrelle Specification • Paperback • 120 pages • 240 x 228mm (9 x 9½ inches) • 235 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485055 • £14.99 / $29.95
ed. by christa rolf Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 265 x 195mm (7½ x 10½ inches) • 136 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484706 • £7.99 / $15.95
A Handbook of Indigo Dyeing vivien prideaux Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (7¾ x 11 inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487677
• £14.99 / $29.95
MAR 2016
30 easy-to-sew accessories and decorations
corinne lapierre 30 easy-to-make, stylish decorations all made from felt. The book includes templates, a comprehensive techniques section, guide to embroidery stitches and beautiful hand-drawn illustrations to accompany every project. Choose from mug hugs, hanging decorations, seasonal decorations, pillows, ornaments, wall-organisers, brooches, children’s toys and more, all in Corinne's classic Scandinavian-inspired style Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211938 • £12.99 / $22.95 All rights free
See also
Selling points • 30 fun, stylish projects that are easy to make • Features step-by-step instructions and stunning photography • Author of bestselling book 'Felt Christmas Decorations' Felt Christmas Decorations in the Twenty to Make series on pages 117-122.
BESTSELLER
How to Make Little Needle-Felted Teddy Bears
Pedigree Dogs in Needle Felt
How to Sew Little Felt Animals
Gai Button
judy balchin & Roz Dace
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 120 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782210344 • £12.99 / $19.95 Chinese rights sold
Bears, rabbits, squirrels and other woodland creatures
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210696 • £8.99 / $17.95 All rights free
sue quinn Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782210702 • £12.99 / $19.95 All rights free
Felt with Love Felt hearts, flowers and much more madeleine millington Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487691 • £9.99 / $19.95 Dutch, Spanish & Italian rights sold
www.searchpress.com | 29
Textiles & Mixed media
Fabulous Felt
BESTSELLER
Steampunk Softies
Susanna Wallis
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 210 x 185mm (7¼ x 8¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 97818444846854 • £8.99
Art in Felt & Stitch
Creating floral artworks using fleece, fibres and threads
Creating beautiful works of art using fleece, fibres and threads
Moy mackay
Moy mackay
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 220mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210313 • £15.99 / $29.95 Russian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 220mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485635 • £15.99 / $29.95 French, Italian & Russian rights sold
Making Fantasy Cloth Dolls
Introduction to Making Cloth Dolls
Simple Cloth Daisy Dolls
JAN hORROX
Jan Horrox
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 130 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487653 • £9.99 / $19.95 Russian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 160 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484584 • £9.99 / $19.95 Russian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 168 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489299 • £9.99 / $19.95
sarah skeate & nicola tedman
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844482511 • £8.99 / $17.95 Finnish rights sold
Wenche o. steensen
17
2017
20
Textiles & Mixed Media
Beginner’s Guide to Needle Felting
Flowers in Felt & Stitch
Cloth Doll Faces ray slater
ISBN: 9781782213079
30 |
www.searchpress.com
knitting & crochet
Image taken from Mini Knitted Ocean, ISBN 978-178221-232-4
Sue Stratford owns and runs The Knitting Hut, a yarn and needle supplier, and she finds the yarns that she stocks and her customers a constant source of inspiration. She teaches knitting and crochet workshops as well as offering advice to customers, and loves sharing her skills with others. She always has countless knitting projects on the go. Sue lives in Milton Keynes with her husband and five children.
Mini Knitted Christmas
Angels, reindeer, Santa Claus, the nativity and more
NEW
sue stratford Knit yourself into the Christmas spirit with 26 brand new adorable mini Christmas projects from bestselling designer Sue Stratford. Create your very own knitted nativity, with Mary and Joseph, Baby Jesus and the Little Donkey, or a show-stopping Santa’s sleigh complete with all eight reindeer! These cute, pocket-sized knits are quick and easy to make, as well as a great way of using up leftover yarn. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211563 • £9.99 / $17.95 All rights free
Selling points • Sue Stratford is one of our most popular and bestselling authors • Great for festive gifts or cute decorations • These 26 mini designs are great for using up your yarn stash
Knit Me, Dress Me, Love Me
6 knitted animals with little outfits & accessories to knit, stitch & sew
OCT 2016
Sue stratford Featuring a rabbit, a kitten, a mouse, a puppy, a monkey and a panda, these cute and cuddly easy knits have a vintage feel and are accompanied by mini knitted versions of themselves that can be stored in the shoulder bag or backpack that each animal carries. There are also simple patterns for a variety of knitted and hand-sewn garments designed to fit every animal. Outfits include pyjamas, outdoor clothes, summer dresses, party clothes, accessories and many more – great for using up scraps of yarn and fabric, or re-using children’s clothes to create special keepsakes. Selling points • 6 adorable knitted animals with a vintage vibe • Great for using up scraps of yarn and fabric • Simple patterns for a variety of knitted and hand-sewn garments
2017
17
Specification • Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213796 • £12.99 / $19.95 All rights free
20
KNITTING & CROCHET
Sue Stratford bestselling author
32 |
www.searchpress.com
The Ultimate Sweater Book ISBN: 9781782213147
KNITTING & CROCHET
Merry Christmas Sweaters to Knit SUE STRATFORD Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • Plus 24 gatefold pattern sheets • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210115 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
Knitted Dogs & Puppies
Knitted Cats & Kittens
Knitted Meerkats
A whole litter of fun and creative knitting patterns SUE STRATFORD
SUE STRATFORD
sue stratford
Specification • Hardback • 112 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488469 • £9.99 / $17.95 German, Dutch, Italian, Russian, Danish & Korean rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210078
Specification • Hardback • 112 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489602 • £9.99 / $17.95 Russian, Dutch, Finnish, Danish & Korean rights sold
• £8.99 / $15.95 German rights sold
Val Pierce bestselling author
Little Christmas Decorations to Knit and Crochet
Knitted Rabbits 20 easy knitting patterns for cuddly bunnies
sue Stratford & val pierce
val pierce
This book comprises material from the Twenty to Make series.
Specification • Hardback• 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488674 • £9.99 / $17.95 German rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211297 • £8.99 / $15.95 German, Dutch & Italian rights sold
See also
Little Bears to Knit & Crochet Val Pierce This book comprises material from the Twenty to Make series. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210085 • £8.99 / $15.95 Dutch & Spanish rights sold More from Sue Stratford and Val Pierce in the Twenty to Make series on pages 117-122.
www.searchpress.com | 33
KNITTING & CROCHET
Sachiyo Ishii bestselling author Sachiyo Ishii was a money broker in Wall Street and London, but discovered the joy of handcraft after her second son was born. She has been involved in many different creative activities, and her Waldorf-inspired dolls and knitted toys are well known and loved by many. Her work has appeared in knitting and parenting magazines. She lives and works in West Sussex, England.
Mini Knitted Ocean
Woolly whales, dolphins and other nautical knits
JUN 2016
sachiyo ishii Dive into the wonderful world of innovative knitter Sachiyo Ishii and create an ocean of fishy friends. Choose from simple nautical knits including dolphins, whales, clownfish and sharks, and then try your hand at other maritime projects such as a fishing vessel, a ship’s crew, some magical mermaids and a yellow submarine. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 200 colour photography • ISBN: 9781782212324 • £8.99 / $15.95
All rights free
Selling points • Over 30 clear, simple nautical knitting patterns • Quick knits, ideal for using up small amounts of yarn • The book is suitable for knitters of all skill levels
See also
Mini Knitted Toys
Mini Knitted Woodland
Mini Knitted Safari
Over 30 cute & easy knitting patterns
Cute & easy knitting patterns for animals, birds and other forest life
sachiyo ishii
sachiyo ishii Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211457 • £8.99 / $15.95 All rights free
34 |
sachiyo ishii Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 190 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210689 • £8.99 / $15.95 All rights free
www.searchpress.com
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489916 • £8.99 / $15.95 German rights sold
Knitted Charms and Tiny Toys to Knit in the Twenty to Make series on pages 117-122.
Arne Nerjordet and Carlos Zachrison, Norwegian and Swedish respectively, established their design company ARNE & CARLOS in 2002. Drawing on traditional Scandinavian influences and the natural environment, they create original and striking knitwear. Arne and Carlos’ creative base is their eclectic farm in Norway, where they absorb the rich tradition of Scandinavian arts and crafts while exploring their own knitwear inspirations. • 55 Christmas Balls to Knit featured on Channel 4 Kirstie’s Handmade Christmas
30 Slippers to Knit and Felt
NEW
Fabulous projects you can make, wear and share
Arne & Carlos
30 cosy slippers to knit and felt. Every design uses double-strand soft wool yarn for extra cosiness and is felted for a snug fit. The styles range from classic Norwegian motifs and traditional moccasins to vivid floral and playful rabbit patterns. Embellish them with pompoms, fringes or edging to make them uniquely yours. Any one of these comfy pairs will make a delightful winter treat for you or someone special. Specification • Paperback •138 pages • 272 x 198mm (7¾ x 10¾ inches) • 120 colour photography • ISBN: 9781782213529 • £12.99
See also
Make You Own Ideabook with Arne & Carlos on page 108. PATTERN KNITTING With two-color stranded knitting, the strands are twisted around each other on the wrong side whenever there is a long stretch between colors in the pattern. We knit 3 or 4 stitches and then twist the strands. That way, the knitting is more even and the pattern strands won’t pull in as much as when there are long, unsecured floats. At the same time, don’t pull too hard when you twist the strands—occasionally check the wrong side to make sure that the floats lie smoothly on the surface. If you pull the strands too hard, the piece will shrink more than it should. If there are long floats in the pattern, the slippers will look better once they’ve been steam pressed.
22 30+Slippers_Interior.indd 22
5/12/15 8:31 AM
30+Slippers_Interior.indd 106
Knit-and-Crochet 55 Christmas Balls Knitting Scandinavian Style Garden to Knit Colourful festive ornaments Arne & Carlos Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 267 x 190mm (7½ x 10½ inches) • 117 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487813 • £12.99
Socks, sweaters, mittens, hats, pillows, blankets and more! arne & carlos Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 272 x 198mm (7¾ x 10¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211549 • £12.99
Bring a little outside in with 36 projects inspired by flowers, butterflies, birds and bees Arne & Carlos Specification
• Paperback • 136 pages • 272 x 198mm (7¾ x 10¾ inches) • 190 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210474 • £12.99
5/12/15 8:36 AM
Knitted Dolls
Easter Knits
With a Designer Wardrobe
Eggs, bunnies and chicks with a fabulous twist
Arne & Carlos Specification • Paperback • 200 pages • 272 x 198mm (7¾ x 10¾ inches) • 170 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488506 • £14.99
Arne & Carlos Specification • Paperback • 72 pages • 272 x 198mm (7¾ x 10¾ inches) • 80 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489244 • £8.99
www.searchpress.com | 35
KNITTING & CROCHET
Arne & Carlos bestselling authors
KNITTING & CROCHET
Arm Knitting
NEW
30 home and fashion projects to knit on your arms
amanda bassetti Arm knitting is the latest technique to inspire a crafting craze and Amanda Bassetti will teach you all the basics before moving onto a whole range of creative stitches and projects. There are 30 fabulous arm knitting projects to make including scarves, boot cuffs, throw blankets and more. Arm knitting allows you to make gorgeous, chunky knits with nothing more than an hour, a few skeins of yarn and your own arms. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213598 • £10.99
Selling points • 30 fabulous arm knitting projects • Clear step-by-step instructions and beautiful photography • Trendy designs from the latest technique to inspire a crafting craze
Pride & Preju-Knits
12 genteel knitting projects inspired by Jane Austen
NEW
trixie von purl Knitting expert Trixie Von Purl shows you how to knit your favourite Jane Austen characters including Elizabeth Bennet and Mr Darcy, Emma Woodhouse and Mr Knightley, and Marianne Dashwood and Mr Willoughby. Create woolly versions of iconic scenes from Austen's classic novels. Each character comes with clear stepby-step instructions and detailed illustrations. Perfect for knitters and needlecrafters of all abilities. Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 220 x 170mm (6¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213130 • £9.99 PRIDE AND PREJUDICE
Next rnd: Kfb MC, k2MC, k1CC; rep to end (15 sts). Next rnd: K4MC, k1CC; rep to end. Rep last rnd once. Next rnd: KfbMC, k3MC, k1CC; rep to end (18 sts). Next rnd: KfbMC, k4MC, k1CC; rep to end (21 sts). Next rnd: KfbMC, k5MC, k1CC; rep to end (24 sts). Break MC. Next rnd: K. Next rnd: K2tog, k2; rep to end (18 sts). Next rnd: K. Next rnd: K2tog, k1; rep to end (12 sts). Next rnd: K. Next rnd: K2tog to end (6 sts). Next rnd: K2tog to end (3 sts). Transfer sts to one dpn and create an I-cord for desired length to hang chandelier (see page 108). Cast off.
MAKING UP Darn in Chandelier ends. Cut one piece of wire approx. 35cm (14in) in length. With CC, wrap the yarn around the wire until it is completely covered, then shape
into a circle. Wrap yarn several times over the point where the circle joins and darn in end to secure. Cut another piece of wire approx. 7.5cm (3in) in length and repeat the procedure. Using a strand of CC, thread through crystal beads to make a beaded thread measuring approx. 12.75cm (5in), ensuring you leave long ends to attach to the wire circles – these will form the main vertical struts of the chandelier. Make 5 more the same. Divide the circumference of each gold wire circle into 6 and place markers at each point. Attach one end of the beaded threads to the markers in the small circle, then attach the other ends to the markers in the large circle. Using a strand of CC, make another beaded thread with crystal beads measuring approx. 23cm (9in), leaving a long end of thread. Attach the end approx. halfway along one of the original 12.75cm (5in) beaded strands. You will be forming
a horizontal looped circle around the main vertical struts, attaching the 23cm (9in) beaded thread to each main strut at even points all the way around (see page 31). To make the candles, cut 6 pieces of pipe cleaner measuring approx. 2.5cm (1in). Wrap the base of the pipe cleaner with CC several times to form a ‘holder’. Using CC, attach the candles at regular intervals to the large bottom gold circle. Fray out the tops of the pipe cleaners. Using a strand of CC, make another beaded thread with crystal beads measuring approx. 45cm (18in). Loop it around the bottom of the large circle, attaching it as you go. With CC, make 6 small tassels and attach them to the bottom of the large circle at regular intervals, halfway between each candle. With CC, oversew the top of the chandelier’s main frame to the top of the knitted piece, so that it sits neatly over the top of the column.
Projects
OTHER ITEMS FROM THE SCENE Bingley’S TAilCoAT 1 x 100g ball Drops Alpaca Silk (70% alpaca/30% silk; 50g/183yds) in shade 8465 Medium Grey Follow instructions for Darcy’s Tailcoat on page 33.
Bingley’S ShirT See page 17. Use yarn option 1.
dArCy’S BreeCheS See page 16. Use yarn option 2.
Bingley’S BooTS See page 17. Use yarn option 2.
dArCy’S BooTS See 17. Use yarn option 1.
Bingley’S WAiSTCoAT See page 18. Use yarn option 3.
dArCy’S WAiSTCoAT Follow instructions for Edmund’s Waistcoat on page 98.
lAdieS’ ShoeS See page 19.
Bingley’S TrouSerS See page 16. Use yarn option 2.
dArCy’S ShirT See page 17. Use yarn option 1.
Selling points • Charming, fun and utterly unique, with fantastic gift book potential • Delightful details, period clothing and romantic scenes • Offers a refreshing change to traditional knitting project books 36
36 |
www.searchpress.com
tine tara
25 seamless patterns knitted in the round – hats, bags, scarves, sweaters, mittens and mores
NEW
Why knit in the round? Circular needles and double-pointed needles allow you to knit huge variety of patterns including scarves, cowls, shawls, gloves, mittens, hats, caps, bags, sweaters, cardigans and so much more – with no assembly required! Designs can be made in a single piece and it’s easy to check your increases, decreases and sizing. Beginners can master circular needles in no time, and experienced knitters have 25 designs to try. Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 272 x 198mm (7¾ x 10¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213543 • £8.99
Selling points • Circular needles are easy to use and quick to master • 25 fabulous designs • No seams to sew up and no turning required OnePieceKnit_Interior.indd 69
53
OnePieceKnit_Interior.indd 53
Creative Colour Knitting
69
6/28/15 11:03 PM
6/28/15 10:59 PM
20 Scandinavian-style projects to free up your colourwork
NEW
cecilie kaurin & linn bryhn jacobsen Learn how to tell a story using yarn with this wonderfully expressive colour knitting technique. Cecilie Kaurin and Linn Bryhn show you how to create 20 unique and experimental patterns for sweaters, cushions, socks and more using the Danish technique of 'hen knitting'. There are projects to suit both children and adults ranging in skill level from beginner to the more advanced. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 250 x 195mm (7¾ x 10 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213550 • £12.99
A Karpe Diem sweater pattern was written up, listed free on the internet, and many people knitted the design. What is most fun is that the knitters can choose their own colors so the sweater has many different variations. Ivana Klavis made one variation for her son Maximilian when he was 3 years old. Since the pattern wasn’t sized, she took measurements, and, with the help of Eireen Nordlie, she made the sweater shown below. This is exactly how we had hoped people would use the patterns in this book. Since there are many people who have asked for the Karpe Diem sweater in smaller sizes and with a round yoke, we have written it out. As an example, we used the same colors and yarn as Ivana did for Maximilian’s sweater. We have also made new styles of the Karpe Diem sweater with T-shirt shaping in 8-, 10-, and 12-year sizes + adult sizes S, M, L, and XL. The adult sweaters are in different color scheme than the original Karpe Diem sweater. In good old hen knitting tradition, we have not centered the motifs in these patterns.
93
17 KnitYourselfIn_SinglePages.indd 17
8/9/15 9:16 PM KnitYourselfIn_SinglePages.indd 93
8/9/15 9:19 PM
Selling points • 20 unique sweaters and other unique projects to make • A step-by-step guide to expressive colour knitting using the Danish technique of 'hen knitting' • A fantastic way to use up your leftover yarn stash
www.searchpress.com | 37
KNITTING & CROCHET
One-Piece Knits
KNITTING & CROCHET
The Crochet Block Bible
NEW
Over 100 traditional and contemporary blocks to make
heather lodinsky This wonderful collection of crochet blocks is packed with 100 inspiring crochet blocks designs that will get you reaching for your crochet hook. From classic, timeless patterns, to more modern textures and colour combinations, there’s something for every taste. Each design is accompanied by clear written patterns, charts and photographs. Also includes a step-by-step guide to all the basic crochet techniques making it ideal for beginners as well as more experienced crocheters alike.
84
Specification • Spiralbound • 224 pages Block195 Designs x 145mm (5¾ x 7¾ inches) 100 Block Designs • • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213734 • £14.99 Colour Swirl granny Fair isle
39
85
Squares: Stitchwork Designs
47
34
MeDiuM
large
• 12–15cm (4¾–6in)
• 15–18cm (6–7in)
• Aran yarn
• DK yarn
• 5.5mm hook
• 4.5mm hook
Colours 32
5
a
30
B
28
C 4
D
26 24 22 20
1
18 16
2
14
3
12
6
10 8 6 4 2
Foundation chain: using a, ch 2. Round 1: Starting in second ch from hook,
insert hook into working Foundation loops as required. chain: using a, ch 29.
Round 4: using a,as *[2indicated tr, ch 2, on 2 tr] in Round 6: Using A, *ch 1, 2 tr in next ch-1 Change colours charts, 32 ch-2 sp,in[ch 1, skip tr, 2 trused in next colour not1 being on tr] reverse sp, ch 1, [3 tr, ch 1, 3 tr] in 30next ch-2 sp, skip Round 2: using a, *2 trRow in next 1 in tr in 1: dc, 1 dc fourth ch from hook (counts nextweaving 34
3 times, remove a; rep of block. thehook mainfrom chartloop provides fullfrom pattern 3 tr, ch 1, 2 tr in next ch-1 sp, skip 2 tr, ch 1, next htr, 2 tr in next tr, 1 as tr in next tr, remove Selling points first 2 dc), 1 dc in each ch to end, turn. * with colours B, use C and information; theD. smaller chart as a guide [1 htr, 1 dc) in next ch-1 sp, skip 2 tr, ch 1, hook from loop a; rep from with colours B, (27 *sts) [1 dc, ss] in next ch-1 sp, fasten off A; rep to colour placement. C and D. Round 5: Using A, *ch 1, [3 tr, ch 2, 3 tr] Row 2:basic Ch 2 (counts as first dc), 1 dc in • A step-by-step guide to all the crochet techniques from * with colours B, C and D. in next ch-2 sp, [ch 1, skip 2 tr, 2 tr in next Fasten off. Round 3: Using A, *ch 2, 1 tr in next tr, skip each st to end, turn. ch-1 sp] 3 times, remove hook from loop A; 1 tr, 2 tr in each of next 2 tr, skip 1 tr, 1 tr in Continue in dc across each row for 34 rows rep from * with colours B, C and D. • 100 crochet block next tr, patterns remove hook fromto loopmake a; rep from * in total, working ch 2 (counts as first dc) at with colours B, C and D. beg of each row and working last dc into top of beg ch-2 before turning. • Ideal for beginners and experienced crocheters
[1 dc, 1 htr, 2 tr] in ch, remove hook from loop a, join B with dc in same ch, [1 htr, 2 tr] in same ch, remove hook from loop B, join C with dc in same ch, [1 htr, 2 tr] in same ch, remove hook from loop C, join D with dc in same ch, [1 htr, 2 tr] in same ch, remove hook from loop D, gently tighten chain into which sts have been worked.
28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12
note
10 8
place working loops not in use on to a split-ring 6 marker or safety pin. 4 2
Crochet Flowers Step-by-Step
35 delightful blooms for beginners
tanya schliazhko
ochet Flowers Step-by-Step
Crochet Flowers
Make a cute crocheted flower as a gift, a pretty spray for yourself as a corsage or choose from a range of other herbaceous designs. There are 35 flower patterns to choose from all with clear, easy-to-follow step-by-step instructions, charts and illustrations. Use your crocheted creations to decorate fashion accessories, garments, and homewares.
Step-by-Step
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 230 x 180mm (7¼ x 9 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213819 • £10.99
50 Delightful Blooms for Beginners tanya shliazhko
Selling points • 35 flower patterns to choose from Step-by-Step • For beginners and more experienced crocheters 50 Delightful Blooms for Beginners • Easy tanya step-by-step instructions shliazhko
Crochet Flowers
38 |
www.searchpress.com
NEW
33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1
Weavi
each o colours unsligh import the stit
to do t draw y below, return comple being w
NEW
leonie morgan In this new book from Leonie Morgan you’ll discover a delightful collection of hexagons to crochet in bright and inspiring colourways. With 75 original designs to choose from, a further 50 vibrant colour variations, as well as 5 eye-catching projects to try, there’s plenty here to spark the imagination! Each design comes with a clear written pattern, an easy-to-follow chart, and a large photograph of the crochet hexagon. 54
Hexa gon desi g n s
46
Frosty Candy Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 144 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213000 • £10.99 • Skill level: Intermediate
• Size of hexagon: 13cm (5in)
Special StitcheS:
Beg pc: Beginning popcorn made of ch 3, 4 tr. pc: Popcorn made of 5 tr.
Hexa gon designs
9
Project
• Skill level: Beginner
B: 7.5m/8.2yd
• Size of hexagon: 13cm (5in)
C: 4m/4.4yd
• finiShed Size: 112cm (44in) at widest point
D: 5.5m/6yd
• Yarn Weight: DK
• hook Size: 5mm
PC
tr tbl
start of round
A: 2m/2.2yd B: 7.5m/8.2yd
C: 4m/4.4yd
C: 4m/4.4yd
D: 5.5m/6yd
D: 5.5m/6yd
G: 120m/131.5yd
2
2 1
2
2
9
2
9
9
Make the foundation ring using the same colour as Round 1 and change colours on each round as follows: hexagon 1 (make 1): 1–5A, 6B. hexagon 2 (make 6): 1–5C, 6B. hexagon 3 (make 8): 1–2C, 3B, 4–5D, 6B. hexagon 4 (make 8): 1–2D, 3B, 4–5C, 6B. hexagon 5 (make 8): 1–2E, 3B, 4–5F, 6B. hexagon 6 (make 8): 1–2F, 3B, 4–5E, 6B. hexagon 7 (make 8): 1–2G, 3B, 4–5A, 6B. hexagon 8 (make 8): 1–2A, 3B, 4–5G, 6B. hexagon 9 (make 6): 1–2F, 3B, 4–5A, 6B.
ch sl st dc tr dtr start of round
Method
Colour Variation 2
A: 2m/2.2yd
C: 219m/239.5yd
2 9
D: 120m/131.5yd
Second joining hexagon
beg PC
tr
B: 7.5m/8.2yd
E: 120m/131.5yd F: 144m/157.5yd
hexAgon ColourwAys
ch sl st
Colour Variation 1
A: 202.5m/221.5yd B: 264m/289yd
n xago he ing join First
Method
foundation Ring: With Colour A, ch 4 and join to form a ring. Round 1: Ch 3 (counts as 1 tr), 11 tr into ring, join to top of beginning ch. End Colour A. (12 sts) Round 2: Join Colour B, beg PC in same place, [ch 2, PC in next st] 11 times, ch 2, join to top of beg PC. End Colour B. (12 PC, 12 ch sp) Round 3: Join Colour C in next ch-2 sp, ch 3 (counts as 1 tr), 2 tr in same place, [ch 1, 3 tr in next ch-2 sp] 11 times, ch 1, join to top of beginning ch. End Colour C. (36 sts, 12 ch sp) Round 4: Join Colour D tbl, ch 3 (counts as 1 tr), * (tr tbl, ch 2, tr tbl) in next st, tr tbl in next st, tr tbl in next ch, tr tbl in next 3 sts, tr tbl in next ch **, tr tbl in next st; rep from * 4 more times, then from * to ** once, join to top of beginning ch. End Colour D. (54 sts, 6 ch sp)
9
Baby Blanket
A: 2m/2.2yd
Make 61 hexagons in the specified colourways as follows: foundation ring: Ch 4 and join to form a ring. round 1: Ch 3 (counts as 1 tr), 11 tr into ring, join to top of beginning ch. (12 sts) round 2: Ch 3 (counts as 1 tr), tr in same place, [2 tr in next st] 11 times, join to top of beginning ch. (24 sts) round 3: Ch 1 and dc in same place, [ch 2, skip 1 st, dc in next st] 11 times, ch 2, join to first dc made. (12 sts, 12 ch sp) round 4: Sl st into ch-2 sp, ch 3 (counts as 1 tr), (dtr, tr) in same place, [3 tr in next ch-2 sp, (tr, dtr, tr) in next ch-2 sp] 5 times, 3 tr in next ch-2 sp, join to top of beginning ch. (36 sts)
Additional Variations Alternate Colours A and C.
round 5: Ch 3 (counts as 1 tr), * (2 tr, dtr, 2 tr) in next st **, tr in next 5 sts; rep from * 4 more times, then from * to ** once, tr in next 4 sts, join to top of beginning ch. (60 sts)
First hexAgon only round 6: Ch 1 and dc in same place, ch 1, skip 1 st, * dc in next st, ch 3, skip 1 st **, [dc in next st, ch 1, skip 1 st] 4 times; rep from * 4 more times, then from * to ** once, [dc in next st, ch 1, skip 1 st] 3 times, join to first dc made. (30 sts, 30 ch sp)
All remAining hexAgons
Work Rounds 1–5 as for first hexagon, then join together on Round 6 using the join-as-you-go technique (see page 137). Follow the layout diagram for hexagons 1, 2 and 9, and randomly place hexagons 3–8. Where two hexagons join along a side edge, work a sl st into the corresponding ch sp on the adjoining hexagon instead of working a ch. At each corner, work (ch 1, sl st into ch sp on adjoining hexagon(s), ch 1).
KNITTING & CROCHET
ultimate mix-and-match patterns 75 Colourful Hexagons to Crochet The in eye-popping colours
Selling points • 75 vibrant and original hexagon designs • 5 eye-catching projects
Knit Scarves and Shawls Now
More than 40 scarves and shawls from 21 top designers
NEW
Various authors Discover over 40 fresh new designs for scarves, shawls, capelets, wraps and cowls that will add excitement to any wardrobe. Scarves and shawls are extremely versatile and are perfect for adding colour and character to an outfit. These designs range in style and shape and, depending on the yarn you choose, can be light and airy, thick and bulky, or elegantly lacy. There are plenty of projects to suit every knitter’s taste and experience level. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 230 x 215mm (8½ x 9 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212867 • £10.99
Selling points • Huge range of projects by top designers • Projects are quick to make
s anf t e Tö ne | 27
al l e g r e t t o | 15
Pixel Crochet
NEW
101 supercool 8-bit inspired designs to crochet
hannah meur These crochet designs take their inspiration from retro 8-bit pixels. Create quirky images out of crochet squares to make a range of funky accessories and homewares. Designs include a mix tape blanket, a pixel heart cushion, a robot toy sack and much more. Also features project ideas for inspiration and a comprehensive guide to all of the basic techniques needed. Play Tent
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 212 x 212mm (8½ x 8½ inches) • 80 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782214014 • £11.99
58 sq Coral
16 sq Peach
4 sq Amber
r
21 sq Basil
Crochet with 5cm (2in) two-round granny s 65 x 70cm (26 x 28in). Follow the techniqu this project. Yarn quantities and finishing in on page 126.
157 sq Ecru
Crochet with 7cm (23⁄4in) three-round granny squares to make a panel for a play tent 119 x 112cm (463⁄4 x 44in). Follow the techniques on page 112 onwards to make this project. Yarn quantities and finishing instructions for this project are on page 124.
44
Bunny Floor C
17 x 16 SquareS
The Patterns
Selling points • 101 unique and original patterns • Trendy designs inspired by retro 8-bit pixels
www.searchpress.com | 39
KNITTING & CROCHET
Happy Crochet
NEW
Over 60 bright and colourful projects to make you smile
therese hagstedt Boost your crochet confidence and experiment with colour by making these wonderful projects from Therese Hagstedt. There are over 60 bright, cheerful decorations and accessories that will make perfect gifts for friends and family. You will find cute clothes, hats, scarves, slippers, bags, mobiles, cuddly toys and more, and with an entire section devoted to delightful Christmas decorations. Includes stunning colour photographs, illustrations and diagrams. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 203 x 203mm (8 x 8 inches) • 145 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782214052 • £12.99
Selling points • Vibrant designs to encourage crocheters to experiment with colour • Colourful, upbeat projects that are a delight to make
Mandalas to Crochet Hooked On Mandalas
haafner linssen
Haafner Linssen
30 great patterns
FEB 2016
Mandalas
Crocheted mandalas are all the rage! One evening is often enough to begin and finish a project and make something truly eye-catching. This book celebrates the joy of creating and showcases Haafner Linssen’s modern colour schemes and patterns. This book will guarantee you many hours of happy mandala making.
Haafner Linssen
to Crochet 30 Great Patterns
All with large-format charts, full instructions and inspirational project ideas
Hooked On Mandalas
Hooked On Mandalas
Mandalas
Specification • Paperback •128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213895 • £10.99
to Crochet 30 Great Patterns
Haafner Linssen
Mandala
to Crochet
Selling points • 30 patterns, all with charts, instructions and inspirational ideas • Mandalas are popular and make quick crochet projects
30 Great Patterns
All with large-format charts, full instructions and inspirational project ideas
Crocheted Scoodies
FEB 2016
20 gorgeous hooded scarves and cowls to crochet
magdalena melzer & anne thiemeyer
‘Scoodie’ comes from the combination of the words scarf and hoodie – and it is taking the world by storm! Magdalena Melzer and Anne Thiemeyer have created 20 scoodie designs that are not only fabulous fashion accessories, but their chunky crocheted yarns will keep both your neck and head wonderfully warm and cosy. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213024 • £10.99 / $19.95
All with large-format charts, full instructions and ins
Selling points • 20 gorgeous hooded scarves and cowls to crochet • Includes an illustrated step-by-step basic crochet guide • Additional techniques for making pom-poms and tassels 13
40 |
www.searchpress.com
19
MAR 2016
20 gorgeous designs for every occasion
monika eckert & stephanie van der linden Pretty, delicate and romantic – in this book you will find 20 gorgeous lace knitting designs in a range of styles. While away magical hours knitting with delicate yarns and beautiful colours to create shawls and scarves to take with you wherever you go. With step-by-step instructions for all the techniques used in the book, these timeless designs are suitable for knitters of all abilities. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212478 • £9.99 / $19.95
Susanna
Laeticia S Ch w I eR I gKe I T Sg R Ad
LACe MuSTe R A B I S d
e I NST R I CKeN de R Ro C A I LLe S
Es sind Hin- und Rückr gezeichnet. In den Rückr
Um eine Perle einzustricken, bis vor die M str,
S Chw I eR IgKeI TSgR Ad
die M nach den Zeichenerklärungen für die Rückr
auf die laut Strickschrift eine Perle aufgezogen
in der Legende arbeiten. Dunkler schattierte
werden soll. Eine Rocailleperle auf die dünne
Kästchen sind Platzhalter, sie dienen lediglich der
Häkelnd auffädeln. Die nächste M mit der Häkel-
MATe R I AL Atelier Zitron Filigran (LL 600 m/100 g) in Petrol (Fb 2510), 200 g
Übersichtlichkeit und werden nicht gestrickt.
nadel von der linken Stricknd heben und die
Pracht Rocaille Durchmesser 2,6 mm, 2 Döschen à 17 g in Blutstein
Den Faden nach vorne holen, * 3 U fallen lassen,
Perle über den Haken auf die M schieben. Die M
CLuSTe R
zurück auf die linke Nd heben und rechts abstr.
LACeMu STeR Für den quergestrickten Schal sind Hin- und
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO g Rö SSe ca. 225 cm x 50 cm
gRöSSe Sling: Umfang ca. 130 cm, Höhe ca. 65 cm Schal: ca. 160 cm x 45 cm MATeR I AL S ChAL Atelier Zitron Filigran (LL 600 m/100 g) in Mauve (Fb 2519), 200 g,
A N LeI T uN g S Ch A L
Rückr gezeichnet. Alle geraden R als Rückr von
330 M mit der dickeren Rundstricknd anschl und
links nach rechts lesen und die M entsprechend
mit der dünneren Nd weiterarb.
der Beschreibung in der Legende str. Für den rundgestrickten Sling die Strickschriften in jeder Rd von rechts nach links lesen und alle M str, wie in der Legende für Hinr beschrieben.
INTARSIA Rundstricknadel 3,0 mm, 100 cm lang
1 M abheben, ab * noch 4x wdh, * den Faden
Tipp: Nicht überall im Handel sind Häkelna-
Rundstricknadel 4,0 mm und 5,0 mm, jeweils 120 cm lang
zwischen den Nd nach hinten führen, die 5 M auf
deln mit einem Häkchen von 0,6 mm Durch-
Häkelnadel 0,6 mm
die linke Nd heben, den Faden nach vorne holen,
messer erhältlich. Die Perlen können auch mit
MAS Ch e Np Ro B e Im Lacemuster mit Nd 3,0 mm 22 M x 30 R = 10 cm x 10 cm
die 5 M auf die rechte Nd heben; ab * noch 1x
einer Häkelnadel und einem Stück Nähgarn
wdh, den Faden zwischen den Nd nach hinten
über die Masche gezogen werden (siehe S. 93).
ST R I CKS ChR IF T e N Vorlagenbogen A
Auf diese Weise den Faden nicht zu locker um die
Rundstricknadel 4,0 mm und 5,0 mm, jeweils 80 cm lang
Gruppe aus 5 vergrößerten M wickeln.
Maschenmarkierer
KR AuS ReC hT S
MAS CheNpRoBe Im Lacemuster mit Nd 4,0 mm 22 M x 30 R = 10 cm x 10 cm
führen.
In Hin- und Rückr rechte M str.
SLI Ng Atelier Zitron Filigran (LL 600 m/100 g) in Anthrazit (Fb 2512), 200 g,
STR I CKS ChR IF TeN Vorlagenbogen A
Selling points • Authors are lace-knitting experts • Step-by-step instructions for lace knitting techniques 16 | Ro MANT I S CheS LACe 32 | Ro MANT I S Ch e S LACe
KNITTING
simple inspiring projects A Beginner’s Guide to Intarsia Knitting 10 with easy to follow daniella taylor & linda williams
KNITTING & CROCHET
Romantic Lace Knitting
Susanna | 17 L a e ti c i a | 3 3
JUL 2016
by Daniella Taylorstep-by-steps and Linda Williams From lettering to simple motifs, Daniella and Linda cover it all in this beginner's guide to 10 simple inspiring projects easy follow step-by-steps intarsia knitting. Laern how to knit with differentwith coloured yarns to starting with your very first simple intarsia square bunting right through to completing inspiring, colourful knitted projects that will make wonderful gifts for friends and family.
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO
INTARSIA KNITTING
by Daniella Taylor and Linda Williams 10 simple inspiring projects with easy to follow step-by-steps
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213185 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
Selling points • 10 simple yet inspiring intarsia projects to make • All the techniques explained with clear, step-by-step photography • Learn how to read an intarsia chart and customise your designs
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO
102
Crochet Snowflakes Step-by-Step Caitlin sainio
INTARSIA 103
SEP 2016 KNITTING
A delighful flurry of 35 patterns for beginners
by Daniella Taylor and Linda Williams 10 patterns. simple inspiring with easy to follow step Discover a collection of 35 gorgeous snowflake Developedprojects for the beginner, each sample comes with full written instructions, easy-to-follow step-by-step sequences, stitch charts 102 and photo tutorials. Also included are a review of basic crochet techniques, instructions for finishing and blocking, and a fantastic selection of project suggestions. Watch your skills grow, and use your crocheted creations to decorate fashion accessories, garments and homewares.
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 230 x 180mm (7¼ x 9 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782214373 • £9.99
Selling points • Developed specially for beginners • 35 gorgeous snowflake patterns
www.searchpress.com | 41
103
KNITTING & CROCHET
Colourful Crocheted Blankets
A block-by-block guide to creating a rainbow of afghans and throws
SEP 2016
amanda perkins Use a range of simple motifs to build up stunningly colourful blankets, afghans and throws. Featuring 10 block-by-block projects, and colour variations for 20 more, this inspiring, easy-to-follow book contains both charts and written instructions, an illustrated guide to building each blanket and a comprehensive design section. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • UK edition: 9781782211570 • US edition: 9781782214380 • £12.99 / $24.95
All rights free
US edition
Selling points • 10 block-by-block projects • Includes charts, written instructions and an illustrated guide
Knit Mittens for Every Season
SEP 2016
Clara falk & kamilla svanlund
VANTAR FÖR ALLA ÅRSTIDER
Experienced knitters will love this range of gorgeous wrist warmers and mittens. Whether you are looking for light, delicate wrist warmers suitable for a spring wedding or summer picnic, or more substantial mittens fit for an autumn stroll or keeping you snug in the depths of winter, there are 27 patterns to choose from. Each one includes stitch and colour charts and the designs range from a cool, contemporary Scandinavian look to vintage style brought right up to date. A musthave for knitters who love style!
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
rune KNIT MITTENS halvvantar med flätor
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
FOR EVERY SEASON
StorLek Omkrets: 16 cm Total längd: 20 cm Längd på tumkil: 5 cm Från tumkilens slut till muddens avslut: 5 cm MateriaL Stickor: 2,5 mm Garn: sandnes Garn – lanett Babyull 195 m/50 g, 100 % merinoull 1 nystan färg = 2317 gul MaSktäthet 17m x 18v = 5 x 5 cm i flätstickning
Båda dessa halvvantar stickas på samma sätt och det spelar ingen roll vilken som är höger respektive vänster.
SEARCH PRESS
gör Så här lägg upp 102m och börja sticka efter diagram 1. det som är inom den röda markeringen ska upprepas genom hela stickningen, det vill säga att de 6 första maskorna i diagrammet bara stickas över de första 6 maskorna på varvet. när du är färdig med diagram 1 börjar du med diagram 2. de 4 första varven i diagrammet stickas bara en gång i början på vanten, de sista 4 varven i diagrammet stickar du i slutet på vanten. det som upprepas är varven mellan dessa varv och även där upprepar du de maskor som är inom den röda markeringen. de som är före och efter den markeringen är de första respektive sista maskorna på varvet. efter att du upprepat den röda markeringen 2 gånger stickar du tumkilen, samtidigt som du stickar tumkilen stickar du mönstret enligt diagrammet.1rm, pm, plocka upp tråden mellan maskorna och sticka den vriden, pm och fortsätt efter diagrammet. varv 1: sticka tumkilens maskor räta och reste38
vantar för alla årstider
rande maskor enligt diagrammet. v2: 1rm, lm, ö1h, rm till markör, ö1v, lm, sticka resterande maskor enligt diagram. Upprepa dessa 2v totalt 7 gånger, du har nu 15m mellan markörerna. sticka 5v där du stickar tumkilens maskor räta och resterande maskor enligt diagrammet, lägg sedan undan dessa maskor och fortsätt sticka enligt diagrammet. när du upprepat diagram 2 totalt 5 gånger stickar du de sista 4 varven på diagrammet. Maska av räta på räta och aviga på aviga. tuMMe Plocka upp de maskor du lagt undan tidigare och plocka upp 3 extra maskor, du har nu 18m. sticka enligt diagram 3 Maska av räta på räta och aviga på aviga. avSLutning fäst alla trådar och blocka vantarna.
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 220 x 170mm (6¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213208 • £12.99 / $19.95
märta
praktiska vantar som enkelt förvandlas till halvvantar
vänSter vante lägg upp 56m med färg a över tummen och färg B över pekfingret. sticka en lettisk fläta, se teknikkapitlet för instruktioner. Börja sticka enligt diagram 1. den gula lodräta linjen markerar tumkilen och stickas enligt diagram 2. när diagram 2 är klart sätt av tumkilens 13m på en bit restgarn. lägg upp 3m och fortsätt sticka enligt diagram 1. när diagrammet är avslutat stickas en lettisk fläta. avmaska.
teknikkapitlet för instruktioner, och sticka enligt diagram 3. de första 4 varven stickas resår med 2rm, 2am över de 28 upplagda maskorna. när diagrammet är avslutat återstår 4m. sticka ihop 2m och sticka i-snodd på återstående 3m i 12v. Maska av.
fLip top nu ska du plocka upp maskor för att kunna sticka flip top. dessa maskor plockas upp på det turkosa varvet precis under den övre mönsterstickningen, se bild 1. Med hjälp av en nål sticks garnändan in i slutet av de 28 maskor som ska plockas upp, så att garnet hamnar på insidan av vanten. Pilen markerar var du ska börja plocka upp maskor, räkna 28 maskor därifrån. de maskor som i illustrationen är i beige är de du ska plocka upp maskor i.
höger vante stickas som vänster, men den lettiska flätan byter plats på varv 2 och varv 3 så att flätan lutar åt andra hållet. sticka tumkilen på motsatt sida av handen. detta sker enklast genom att du läser varvet från höger till vänster istället för från vänster till höger.
StorLek Omkrets: 18 cm utan tumkil Längd på mudd utan flip top: 21 cm Längd på tumme: 6,5 cm Flip top längd: 10 cm
39
82
www.searchpress.com
avSLutning fäst alla trådar, sy fast två knappar strax över det rödvit-mönstrade partiet på handryggen och blocka vantarna.
Selling points • 27 knitted patterns for every season • Each pattern includes a stitch and colour chart • Range of stylish, contemporary designs Plocka upp 28m från början av varvet, sista maskan ska plockas upp bredvid den instuckna garnänden. lägg upp 28m med kedjeuppläggning, se
42 |
tuMMe sätt tillbaka de 13m från restgarnet till stickorna och plocka upp ytterligare 11m. sticka enligt diagram 4.
vantar för alla årstider
MateriaL Stickor: 2,5 mm Garn: rauma – finullgarn 175 m/50 g, 100 % ull
1 nystan färg a = 4705 turkos 1 nystan färg B = 401 off-white 1 nystan färg C = 4181 röd knappar 2 st, ca 15 mm i diameter MaSktäthet 30m x 33v = 10 x 10 cm
83
Techniques and projects to build a lifelong passion, for beginners up
FEB 2016
KNITTING & CROCHET
Woman’s Weekly Guide to Crochet tracey todhunter
A skill-building book ideal for beginners and improvers alike. Features include: hundreds of detailed how-to photographs, carefully annotated so they are easy to use; charts and patterns working in tandem to explain crochet concepts; guest designers sharing some of their favourite patterns; ‘quick-start’ patterns for beginners and useful lists sprinkled throughout the pages for readers who want to quickly understand the essentials. This book also, includes crochet clinics, where the author solves her students’ crochet dilemmas. Specification • Paperback •160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213833 • £12.99
See also
Selling points • Hundreds of detailed, carefully annotated how-to photographs • Charts and patterns working in tandem to explain crochet concepts • ‘Quick-start’ patterns for beginners More in the Woman's Weekly series on page 112.
The Knitted Nursery Collection
14 cuddly toys and colourful accessories for babies
NEW
jem weston THE KNITTED NURSERY COLLECTION
A delightful selection of 14 knitted toys, accessories and decorations to bring a fresh and modern style to your baby’s nursery. The designs range from a super simple striped blanket with matching elephant to a fluffy-tailed squirrel with matching intarsia blanket; all made with a selection of Rowan yarns.
14 cuddly toys and colourful accessories for babies
THE KNITTED NURSERY COLLECTION
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213178 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
14 cuddly toys and colourful accessories for babies
Jem Weston
OLLIE AND POLLY ELEPHANT
Jem Weston
GINGER BLANKET
These baby elephants are super cute and cuddly. Their colourful tails, foot pads and stripey ears will brighten up any nursery.
This blanket has a cheerful jade background with contrasting tweedy squirrel silhouettes. Ginger blanket is knitted in panels for ease, and has two size options.
SEARCH PRESS
Selling points • 14 knitted designs to make • Projects made using Rowan yarns with generic equivalents • Designs by knitting expert and author Jem Weston 76
THK_Text_204_v3.indd 76-77
16/09/2015 12:11
58
THK_Text_204_v3.indd 58-59
16/09/2015 12:11
www.searchpress.com | 43
So wird’s gemacht:
VANTAR FÖR ALLA ÅRSTIDER
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie je 1 Sohle nach der Grundanleitung in Rosa und in Bast. Legen Sie die Sohlen links auf links aufeinander. Halten Sie die Arbeit so, dass Sie von oben auf die rosafarbene Sohle blicken, und häkeln Sie nun beide Sohle in Rosa mit 1 Rd Km zusammen (51/55/57 M).
Vorderer Teil der Sandale Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd bis zur 18./20./21. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M neu an. Es wird nun in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden.
5. R: 4/4/5 fM, 1 M abn (= 5/5/6 M). 6. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5/5/6 M). 7. R: 3/3/4 fM, 1 M abn (= 4/4/5 M). 8.–10. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 4/4/5 M). 11. R: 3/3/4 fM, 1 M zun (= 5/5/6 M). 12. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5/5/6 M). 13. R: 4/4/5 fM, 1 M zun (= 6/6/7 M). 14. R: 1 M zun, 5/5/6 fM (= 7/7/8 M). 15. R: 1 M zun, 5/5/6 fM, 1 M zun (= 9/9/10 M). 16. und 17. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9/9/10 M). Legen Sie die Arbeit jetzt so zusammen, dass die 1. M der 17. R auf der 29./31./32. M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd der Sohle aufliegt und häkeln Sie die beiden Teile mit 9/9/10 Km in Fresie zusammen.
Schleife Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden.
1. R: 1 fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben, je 1 fM in die nächsten 8/8/9 M (= 9/9/10 M). 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9/9/10 M). 3. R: 1 M abn, 5/5/6 fM, 1 M abn (= 7/7/8 M). Häkelnadel 2,5 mm 4. R: ONline 1 M abn,Linie 5/5/6 fM (= 6/6/7 M). 165 Sandy
Material
Faden sichern und lang abschneiden. Wickeln Sie Teil 2 mittig um Teil 1, sodass eine Schleife entsteht, und nähen Sie in Fresie erst die Enden von Teil 2 mit Überwendlingsstichen zusammen und nähen Sie danach die Schleife mittig auf den vorderen Teil der Sandale.
So wird’s gemacht:
Rechtes Schühchen
der 9. Rd, je 1 fM in die nächsten 14/18/20 fM. 2. R: 1 M abn, 13/17/19 fM, je 1 fM in die 23 Lm der Lm-Kette (= 37/41/43 M). 3. R: 22 Km, 13/17/19 fM, 1 M abn (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
33
Grown-up Styles for Little Feet So wird’s gemacht:
Hinweis Häkeln Sie in Jade eine Sohle nach der Grundanleitung und fahren Sie in derselben Farbe in Rd fort. Häkeln Sie am Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und am Ende 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. Wenden Sie die Arbeit nicht!
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie nach der Grundanleitung in Schwarz eine Sohle. Am Ende der Rd nehmen Sie einen Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß vor und häkeln wie folgt in Rd weiter: 1. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Schwarz. 3. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 4. Rd: 3 Lm (zählen als 1. Stb), 2 Stb, [1 Stb und 1 hStb] in 1 M, 6/8/9 fM, 1 hStb, 2 Stb, 1 hStb, 18 fM, 1 hStb, 2 Stb, 1 hStb, 6/8/9 fM, [1 hStb und 1 Stb] in 1 M, 8 Stb. 1 Km in die 3 Lm des 1. Stb der Rd (= 53/57/59 M). 5. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 53/57/59 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis. 6. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 15/17/18 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß, 3 fM, 6x 1 M abn, 3 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 16/18/19 fM, 2x 1 M abn (= 45/49/51 M). 7. Rd: 16/18/19 fM, Fb-Wechsel
Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd bis zur 43./47./49. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M neu an. Linkes Riemchen (A) 1. R: fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben, 1 fM in die nächste M (= 2 M). 2.–5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 2 M). 6. R: 1 M zun, 1 fM (= 3 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd bis zur 5. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M unter den Babyschüchen mit goldig glitzernder neu an.
zu Weiß, 1 M abn, 6 Stb, 1 M abn, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 19/21/22 fM (= 43/47/49 M). 8. Rd: 17/19/20 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß, 3x 1 M abn, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 20/22/23 fM (= 40/44/46 M). 9. Rd: 15/17/18 fM, 7 Stb, 18/20/21 fM (= 40/44/46 M). 10. Rd: 13/15/16 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 5 Stb, 2x 1 M abn, 14/16/17 fM (= 36/40/42 M). 11. Rd: 9/11/12 fM, 2 hStb in 1 M, 3 fM, 1 M abn, 7 fM, 1 M abn, 3 fM, 2 hStb in 1 M, 8/10/11 fM (= 36/40/42 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß. 12. Rd: 4 hStb, 5/7/8 fM, 2x 2 hStb in 1 M, 2x 1 M abn, nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: 7 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder häkeln: 2x 1 M abn, 2x 2 hStb in 1 M, 5/7/8 fM, 3 hStb (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Schlingen Sie den Faden in Hellblau am vorderen M-Glied der 35./39./41. M der 12. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Am Ende der R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden. 1.–4. R: 4 fM (= 4 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Falten Sie das gehäkelte Teil in der Mitte und nähen Sie die letzte R mit Überwendlingsstichen an der letzten Rd des Schuhs an.
AUG 2016
Hinterer Teil der Sandale (Riemchen)
Baby Shoes to Crochet (Fb 84), 50 g Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50 g) in Sonne (Fb 208), Rest Nylonfaden in Gold und Türkis Nähnadel
Material Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Schwarz (Fb 110), Weiß (Fb 106) und Hellblau (Fb 173), je 50 g und ONline Linie 165 Sandy (Fb 173), 50 g und ONline Linie 55 Montego (Fb 24) Sticknadel
Teil 1 1. R: Schlagen Sie in Fresie 6 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die restlichen 4 Lm (= 5 M). 2.–28. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5 M). Der Häkeln Sie die erste und letzte R mitKlassiker Schnalle und schickem Riemchen kommt in einem frechen Türkis Km zusammen. Faden sichern und daher. abschneiden. Rechtes Riemchen und Knöchelriemchen (B) Teil 2 1. R: fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie ange1. R: Schlagen Sie in Fresie 11 Lm an. schlungen haben, 1 fM in die nächste M Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd (= 2 M). Riemchen aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die restlichen 2.–5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R Linkes Schühchen 9 Lm (= 10 M). (= 2 M). 1. R: 23 Lm, 1 fM in die 31./33./34. M 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R = 10 M). 6. R: 1 fM, 1 M zun (= 3 M).
Riemchenballerinas
Linkes und rechtes Schühchen 1. Rd (nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln): 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/ 57 M). 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Bast, 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 3. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M), 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 4. Rd: 18/20/21 fM, 1 M abn, 5 fM, 1 M abn, 24/26/27 fM (= 49/53/55 M). Arbeit nicht wenden. 5. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 1 M abn, 1 fM, 1 M abn, 23/25/26 fM, 1 M abn (= 46/50/52 M). 6. Rd: 14/16/17 fM, 3x 1 M abn, 1 fM, 3x 1 M abn, 16/18/19 fM, 1 M abn, 1 fM (= 39/43/45 M). 7. Rd: 1 M abn, 11/13/14 fM, 2x 1 M
SEARCH PRESS
Rechtes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Bast am vorderen M-Glied der 23./27./29. M der 11. R neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: 1 Lm, Arbeit wenden. 12. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 4 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder: 25/29/31 fM, 4 fM nur in das vordere M-Glied (dieselben 4 M wie am Anfang der R) (= 33/37/39 M). 13.–16. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 33/37/39 M). 17. R: 31/35/37 fM, 1 M abn (= 32/36/38 M). 18. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 32/36/38 M). 19. R: 30/34/36 fM, 1 M abn (= 31/35/37 M). 20. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 31/35/37 M). 21. R: 1 M abn, 27/31/33 fM, 1 M abn (= 29/33/35 M). 22. R: 1 M abn, 25/29/31 fM, 1 M abn (= 27/31/33 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Linkes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Bast am
Schlingen Sie den Faden in Weiß am vorderen M-Glied der 38./42./44. M der 2. Rd des Schuhs neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: 1. R: 1 Km in dieselbe M, in die Sie angeschlungen haben, 2 fM, 2 hStb, 13 Stb, 2 hStb, 2 fM, 1 Km. Faden sichern und lang abschneiden. Nähen Sie mit dem lang abgeschnittenen Faden das Teil mit Vorstichen fest.
30 super-cute booties to crochet for babies and toddlers
Lasche
Vorderer Schuhteil
Schlingen Sie den Faden in Schwarz am vorderen M-Glied der 20./22./23. M der letzten Rd der Sohle neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Am Ende der R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! 1. R: 1 M abn, 2 fM, 1 M abn (= 4 M). 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 4 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Nähen Sie das Teil mit einigen Vorstichen am Schuh fest.
Schlingen Sie den Faden in Türkis am hinteren M-Glied der 15. M der 11. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Häkeln Sie am Ende der R 1 Lm Schuhband und wenden Sie die Arbeit. Fädeln Sie mithilfe einer Sticknd das neon1. R: 1 M zun, 5 fM, 1 M zun (= 9 M). Dieses leichte sich für Sie und Ihn gleichergelbeSchuhwerk Garn wieeignet ein Schuhband an den 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9 M). maßen. Häkeln Sie Ihrem Liebling gleichdie ein Arbeit. ganzes Sortiment entsprechenden M durch 3. R: 1 M zun, 7 fM, 1 M zun (= 11 M).
lucia forthmann Espadrilles
Material
Material
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie in Zimt eine Sohle nach der Grundanleitung und fahren Sie zunächst in derselben Farbe in Rd fort. Häkeln Sie am Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und am Ende 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. Wenden Sie die Arbeit nicht, außer es wird explizit gefordert!
MAR 2016
Hinterer Schuhteil (Dicker Absatz)
Grown-up styles for little feet
Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Bast (Fb 257), Sonne (Fb 208), Cyclam (Fb 114), Signalrot (Fb 115) und Mandarine (Fb 209), je 50 g
Fell-Boots
So wird’s gemacht:
Schlagen Sie in Hellblau 9 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 Km in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, 1 Km, 2 fM, 2 Stb, 2 Stb zushäkeln, 4 Lm, 1 Km in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, 2 fM in 1 Lm, [1 fM, 1 hStb, 1 Stb ] in 1 Lm, 1 Km in die allererste Lm. Nähen Sie das Zeichen mit Vorstichen seitlich am Schuh fest.
Fun Feet
Material
Lucia Forthmann
1. R: 15/19/21 fM, 24 Lm. 2. R: 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die nächsten 22 Lm, 13/17/19 fM, 1 M abn (= 37/41/43 M). 3. R: 1 M abn, 13/17/19 fM, 22 Km (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
Rd (= 29/33/35 M), 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 11. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 29/33/35 M). Faden abschneiden und für das entsprechende Schühchen in der 12 R. weiterhäkeln. Es wird fortan nur noch in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R häkeln Sie 1 Lm und wenden die Arbeit.
Zeichen
dieser angesagten Strandläufer, ob unifarben oder gestreift. 47
kristi simpson
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages Cowboystiefel • 260 x 204 mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213574 • £7.99 / $12.95
Rechtes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Türkis an der 31./33./34. M der 9. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter.
je 50 g und in Crème (Fb 130), Rest 2 Holzknöpfe in Naturoptik, ∅ 20 mm
4.–6. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 11 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
Baby Shoes to Crochet
1. Rd: 1 Relief-M hinten in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 2.–4 Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Fertigstellen (= 51/55/57 M). Diese Stiefel sind nicht nur richtig cool, sie halten auch Nähen Sie mit türkisfarbenem Nylon5. Rd: 47/51/53 fM, 2x 1 M abn So wird’s gemacht: richtig warm! Kein Wunder, dass jeder sie haben will. faden das eine Ende des Riemchens am (= 49/53/55 M). anderen Ende fest. Häkeln Sie für die 6. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Für ein Schühchen Schnalle in Sonne ein Rechteck aus Km (= 49/53/55 M). Häkeln Sie in Bast eine Sohle nach der auf das aufliegende Riemchenende und 7. Rd: 17/19/20 fM, 7x 1 M abn, Grundanleitung und häkeln Sie wie sticken Sie in Gold mit Rückstichen ein 18/20/21 fM (= 42/46/48 M). abn, 1 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 14/16/17 fM, hinteren M-Glied der 8. M der 11. R neu folgt in Rd weiter: 2,5 mm Häkelnadel Rechteck auf die gehäkelte Schnalle. 8. Rd: 40/44/46 fM, 1 M abn Schachenmayr original Cata1 M abn, arbeiten. 1 fM (= 33/37/39 M). an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: Den zweiten Schuh genauso (= 41/45/47 M). nia1 Relief-M (LL 125m/50g) 1. Rd: hinten in in Taupe jede M der 9. Rd: 15/17/18 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 8. Rd: 11/13/14 fM, 1 M abn, 3 M zus 1 Lm, Arbeit wenden. Häkelnadel 2,5 mm (Fb 254), Orchidee (Fb 222) 3 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 15/17/18 fM häkeln, 1 M abn, 15/17/18 fM 12. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln:Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Schachenmayr original Cataund Kaffee (Fb 162), je 50 g (= 37/41/43 M). 2. Rd: 1 Relief-Stb vorne in jede M der (= 29/33/ 35 M). 4 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder: und in Cyclam (Fb 114) und 125m/50g) in Zimt Faden sichern nia und (LL abschneiden. Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Silber (Fb 172), Rest 9. und 10. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor25/29/31 fM, 4 fM nur in das hintere In R weiterhäkeln. (Fb 383) und Bast (Fb 257),
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
ch de ngar, öllop,
Material Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Bast (Fb 257), Rosa (Fb 246) und Fresie (Fb 251), je 50 g 2 Rocaille-Perlen in Rosa, ∅ 2 mm 2 Nieten (vorzugsweise in Blümchenform), ∅ 7 mm Nähnadel und Nähgarn in Rosa
KNITTING & CROCHET
charpå 27 halv-
Laufen muss das Baby noch nicht können, um in diesen sportlichen Sneakers eine gute Figur abzugeben. Stylen Sie Ihre persönlichen Turnschuhe und setzen Sie mutige Farbakzente!
Turnschuhe Für herrlich warme Sommertage häkeln Sie Ihrem Schatz doch diese wunderbar luftigen Sandalen!
Riemchensandalen
Faden sichern und abschneiden.
M-Glied (dieselben 4 M wie am Anfang Schlingen Sie den Faden in Cyclam an der der R) (= 33/37/39 M). 37./41./43. M der Vor-Rd neu an. Es 13.–16. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R wird in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder So wird’s gemacht: 27 (= 33/37/39 M). R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden. 17. R: 1 M abn, 31/35/37 fM Für ein Schühchen 1. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: (= 32/36/38 M). Es wird in Rd gehäkelt. Häkeln Sie am Je 1 fM in die nächsten 25 M (= 25 M). 18. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und schließen Sie Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. (= 32/36/38 M). die Rd mit 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. 2. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: Wenden Sie die Arbeit im Regelfall nicht, 19. R: 1 M abn, 30/36/38 fM 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). außer es wird explizit gefordert! (= 31/35/37 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. Häkeln Sie in Taupe eine Sohle nach der 20. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R 3. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: Grundanleitung und häkeln Sie danach 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). (= 31/35/37 M). wie folgt in Rd weiter: 21. R: 1 M abn, 27/31/33 fM, 1 M abn Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. 4. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: (= 29/33/35 M). 1. Rd: 1 Relief-M hinten in jede M 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). 22. R: 1 M abn, 25/29/31 fM, 1 M abn der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 27/31/33 M). 5. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: (= 51/55/57 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Fb-Wechsel zu Orchidee. 3. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd
Fellumrandung (beide Schühchen) (= 51/55/57 M), wenden.
Schlingen Sie den Faden in Crème an der4. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd letzten M der 12. R neu an und umhäkeln(= 51/55/57 M), wenden. Sie den Rand des Schühchens, indem Sie5. Rd: 13/15/16 fM, 20 Stb, 18/20/ in jedes R-Ende bzw in jede M je 1 Tul- 21 fM (= 51/55/57 M), wenden. 6. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 10x 1 M abn, 12/ pen-M häkeln.
Fertigstellen
14/15 fM (= 41/45/47 M), wenden. 7. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 41/45/47 M), wenden.
Auf Höhe der 18. R den Knopf seitlich 8. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 5x 1 M abn, festnähen. Die Schlinge auf gleicher Höhe 12/14/15 fM (= 36/40/42 M), wenden. am gegenüberliegenden Teil der seitlichen9. Rd: 11/13/14 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 1 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 13/15/16 fM, 1 M abn, Öffnung anhäkeln. Schlingen Sie dafür den Faden in Bast neu an und häkeln Sie 1 fM (= 31/35/37 M). 20 Lm. Fixieren Sie die Lm-Kette mit einer Km in dieselbe Stelle, an der Sie den Faden neu angeschlungen haben. Je nachdem, wie eng bzw. weit die Schuhöffnung sein soll, häkeln Sie weniger bzw. mehr Lm für die Schlinge.
1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
2x 1 M abn (= 2 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
Schuhvorderteil
3–6 Monate 1. R (Oberseite): Schlagen Sie in Signalrot 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in 0–3 Monate die restlichen 19 Lm (= 20 M). 1. R (Oberseite): Schlagen Sie in Cyclam Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm 2. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). Yeehaw! Lasst uns wieFb-Wechsel echte Cowboys und -girls in den die restlichen 19 Lm (= 20 M). zu Cyclam. gehören zu jedem(= 20 M) Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. Sonnenuntergang reiten! 3. R:Diese 1 fMBoots in jede M der Vor-R. Ausflughäkeln: in den WildenFb-Wechsel Westen. zu Sonne. 2. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). 4.–14. R: Häkeln Sie die R 2 bis 12 Fb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. der Anleitung zur Größe 0-3 Monate. 3. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben Nach dieser Rdzu nicht mehr wenden. Fb-Wechsel Mandarine. je 1 fM in die nächsten 15/19/21 M. Fb-Wechsel zudas Kaffee. 4. R: Nur in vordere M-Glied häkeln: und6–9 Monate Faden und abschneiden. 10. Rd: in Nur in M dasder hintere M-Glied hä1 fM jede Vor-R (= 20 M). 1. Rsichern (Unterseite): Schlagen Sie in Sonne keln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm Stern (= 31/35/37 M). 5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in die 1. Rd: Häkeln19 Lm Sie in Orchidee 6 fM in 11.–15. Rd: 1 fM jede M der Vor-Rd Fb-Wechsel zu in Sonne. restlichen (= 20 M). Magic-Ring (= 31/35/37 M). 6. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: einen Fb-Wechsel zu(= 6 fM). Signalrot. 2. Rd: 3 Lm, inM dieder 2. Vor-R Lm von(= 20 M). der 16. Rd:in 14/16/17 fM, 1 M zun, 15/17/ 1 fM jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). 2. R: 1 fM1 Km in jede Nd Fb-Wechsel aus gesehen, zu 1 fM in die nächsten Lm, 18 fM, 1 M zunzu(= 33/37/39 M). Fb-Wechsel Cyclam. Mandarine. 1 Km in die desvordere Magic-Rings, * 3 Lm, 17.7.und 18. Rd: in 2x jede1 M M der R: 1 M abn,1 fM 6 fM, abn, 3. R: Nur2.inMdas M-Glied häkeln: 1 Km in die 2. Lm Nd aus geseVor-Rd 6 fM, (= 33/37/39 M). 1 M abn (= 16 M). 1 fM in jede M von der der Vor-R (= 20 M). hen, 1 fM in die nächsten Lm, 1 Km in die 19. Rd: 5/6/6 fM, 1 M überspringen, Fb-Wechsel zu Madarine. Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. nächste M des Magic-Rings *, von * bis * 1 Stb, 4 Stb in 1 M, 1 Stb, 1 M über8. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: 4. R: fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). springen, 12/14/16 fM, 1 M überspringen, noch 3x wdh, 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 16 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. Faden sichern und abschneiden. 1 Stb, 4 Stb in 1 M, 1 Stb, 1 M überFb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. 5.–15. R: Häkeln Sie die R 2 bis 12 springen, 6/7/7 fM (= 35/39/41 M). 9. R: 1 M abn, 4 fM, 2x 1 M abn, der Anleitung zur Größe 0-3 Monate. Spore Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 4 fM, 1 M abn (= 12 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Beginnen Sie für den Stern der Spore 20. und 21. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. nicht mit einem Magic-Ring, häkeln Sie Vor-Rd (= 35/39/41 M). 10. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied Legen Sie das Vorderteil auf das Schühstattdessen eine Lm-Kette aus 6 Lm und Faden sichern und abschneiden. häkeln: 1 M abn, 2 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 2 fM, chen, sodass sich die letzte R an der Spitze schließen Sie den Ring mit 1 Km in die 1 M abn (= 8 M). befindet, und nähen Sie das Vorderteil mit Vordere Lasche erste Lm. Häkeln Sie danach die 2. Rd Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. Matratzenstichen an den verbliebenen 26/ Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R wie für den Stern (siehe oben), indem Sie 11. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 30/32 M der 2. Rd an. (Dabei nähen Sie 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! die Km in den Ring häkeln, sodass in der 4x 1 M abn (= 4 M). je 1 M der 2. Rd des Schühchens mit entSchlingen Sie den Faden in Orchidee am Mitte des Sterns eine Öffnung verbleibt. Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. weder 1 R-Ende des Vorderteils oder 1 M vorderen M-Glied der 12./14./16. M der 9. 12. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: der letzten R zusammen.) Band Rd neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: Schlagen Sie in Cyclam 43/47/49 Lm an, 59 häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd 1. R: 1 fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeaus gesehen und je 1 fM in jede weitere schlungen haben, je 1 fM in die nächsten Lm (= 42/46/48 M). Führen Sie nun 4 M (= 5 M). das Band durch die Öffnung des silber2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5 M). farbenen Sporensterns und nähen Sie die 3. R: 1 M zun, 3 fM, 1 M zun (= 7 M). Enden des Bandes mit 2 Überwendlings4. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 7 M). stichen zusammen. 5. R: 1 M abn, 3 fM, 1 M abn (= 5 M). 6. R: 1 M abn, 1 fM, 1 M abn (= 3 M). Fertigstellen Faden sichern und abschneiden. Nähen Sie den Stern mit orchideefarbeAbsatz nem Garn seitlich außen am Stiefel an. Zählen Sie die M bis zur 5./7./8. M der letz- Nähen Sie den Rand der vorderen Lasche ten Rd der Sohle ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit mit Vorstichen in Orchidee am Stiefel an. und schlingen Sie den Faden in Taupe an Stülpen Sie das Sporenband über die Öffder besagten M neu an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in nung des Stiefels.
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782214021 • £12.99
Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm und die Arbeit wenden.
39
43
BESTSELLER
Very British Baby Knits
Baby Booties and Socks
Fun Hats
30 stylish designs fit for a royal baby susan campbell
50 knits for tiny toes frÉdÉrique alexandre
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 204 (8 x 10¼ inches) • 130 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212218 • £12.99 / $24.95
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 195 (7¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489954 • £12.99 / $19.95
Delightful and amusing hats to knit, wear and love Lynne rowe
All rights free
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489336 • £12.99
Adorable Animal Knits for Little People 20 super-cute animal-themed hat, mitten, and bootee sets to knit Nuriya Khegay Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • full colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844489718 • £10.99
Loom Knitting for Babies & Toddlers More than 30 easy designs isela phelps Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489305 • £10.99
44 |
www.searchpress.com
See also Knitted Baby Bootees by Val Pierce in the Twenty to Make series on pages 117-122.
KNITTING & CROCHET
Knitted Birds A whole flock of fun feathered friends for you to knit nicola fijalkowska Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211099 • £12.99 / $19.95 All rights free
Adorable Teddy Bears to Knit
Jersey Yarn Creations
Knooking
20 Projects to Knit & Crochet
19 projects to knit with a crochet hook
Plus all their clothes and accessories
Alexandre Callier-Taylor
veronika hug
Rachel Borello Carroll
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 235 x 200mm (8 x 9¼ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212164 • £7.99 / $15.95
Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 215 x 155mm (6¼ x 8½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212249 • £5.99 / $12.95
Simply Stunning Crocheted Bags
Crochet Scandinavian Style
coats design studio
Eva wincent & paula hammerskog
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 230 x 180mm (7 x 9 inches) • 112 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212720 • £9.99
Once Upon a Time... in Crochet
Crocheted Cushions
30 amigurumi characters from your favourite fairytales
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 250 colour photographs • UK edition: 9781782210658 • US edition: 9781782211037 • £8.99 / $15.95
lynne rowe Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • UK edition: 9781782212621 • US edition: 9781782210924 • £9.99 / $17.95
susie johns
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) •120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212225 • £7.99 / $12.95
Arabic rights sold
20
17
German rights sold
US edition
Specification • Paperback • 168 pages • 266 x 194mm (7¾ x 10½ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211525 • £12.99
US edition
2017 Knitted Mice
ISBN: 9781782213994
How to Knit Beautiful Bags ISBN: 9781782213086
www.searchpress.com | 45
KNITTING & CROCHET
Tasty Knits Made with love susan Penny & susie Johns This book comprises material from the Twenty to Make series. Specification • Hardback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486663 • £9.99 / $17.95 Russian, German and Dutch rights sold
Knitted Fruit & Vegetables susie johns This book comprises material from the Twenty to Make series. Specification • Hardback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487554 • £9.99 / $17.95
Gothic Knits
to cherish and charm
Fiona McDonald
Fiona McDonald
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486489 • £10.99 / $19.95 All rights free
Cuddly Knitted Animals caprice birker
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 225 x 225mm (9 x 9 inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489251 • £9.99 / $19.95
46 |
30 Minute Crochet Knit the Nativity
60 quick and easy knitted projects
What can you crochet in half an hour or less?
Carol meldrum
Carol meldrum
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488773 • £9.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489688 • £9.99
jan messent Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 20 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488728 • £7.99 / $12.95 All rights free
Russian rights sold
Knitted Fairies Specification • Hardback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 50 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844483600 • £9.99 / $17.95 Russian rights sold
30 Minute Knits
www.searchpress.com
Knitted Pirates, Dress Up Your Princesses, Witches, Dolls Sensational outfits to knit & Wizards & Fairies
Babes in the Wool
With outfits & accessories
crochet for dolls up to 18in
FIONA MCDONALD
annette hefford
lise nymark
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485093 • £9.99 / $19.95 French, German & Dutch rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484249 • £12.99 / $25.95 French & Russian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 104 pages • 280 x 200mm (8 x 11 inches) • 61 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488513 • £12.99 / $24.95
Fashion Dog 30 designs to knit, crochet and sew
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 225 x 195mm (7½ x 9 inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486083 • £9.99 / $19.95
How to knit beautiful fashion dolls, clothes and accessories
Cute Creatures to Knit and Crochet Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 225 x 170mm (6½ x 8¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486076 • £10.99 / $19.95
100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet Lesley Stanfield
75 Birds, Butterflies 100 Snowflakes & Beautiful Beasties to Crochet to Knit & Crochet caitlin sainio
100 Lace Flowers to Crochet A beautiful collection of decorative floral and leaf patterns for thread crochet
100 Bright & Colourful Granny Squares to Mix & Match
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484034 • £10.99
lesley stanfield
100 Colourful Ripple Stitches to Crochet
50 Pincushions to Knit & Crochet
75 Lace Crochet Motifs
75 Knitted Floral Blocks
75 Crocheted Floral Blocks
Stash your sharps in something cute and handmade
Traditional designs with a contemporary twist for the home, clothing & accessories
Beautiful patterns to mix and match for throws, accessories, baby blankets and more
Beautiful patterns to mix and match for throws, accessories, baby blankets and more
Cat thomas
caitlin sainio
lesley stanfield
Betty Barnden
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210238 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211815 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488063 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488087 • £10.99
50 original stitches & 50 fabulous colour schemes for blankets and throws Leonie Morgan Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210986 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486168 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 225 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488056 • £10.99
caitlin sainio Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488971 • £10.99
150 Blocks to Knit & Crochet
Exquisite Trims in Thread Crochet
The anything-but-the-square collection
Edgings, corners, crescents & more
Heather Lodinsky
caitlin sainio
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486182 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489909 • £10.99
Leonie Morgan Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488995 • £10.99
www.searchpress.com | 47
KNITTING & CROCHET
MEGA SELLER
KNITTING & CROCHET Big Hook Rag Crochet
150 Crochet Blocks
25 quick-stitch designs using yarn made from leftover fabric
Charts, instructions, tools & techniques
dedri uys
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 450 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212706 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • full colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212812 • £12.99
Sarah Hazell
Learn to Knit Block by Block For beginners and up, a unique approach to learning to knit – 50 knit blocks to teach you 50 stitches & techniques che lam Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212744 • £10.99
500 Crochet Blocks The only compendium of crochet blocks you’ll ever need Hannah elgie & kath WEBBER Specification • Hardback • 288 pages • 150 x 150mm (6 x 6 inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489329 • £9.99
BESTSELLER
Great New Ways with Granny Squares
Granny Squares All Shapes and Sizes
rosa p.
Over 50 projects and techniques to give the classic crochet pattern a whole new look Barbara Wilder & Beatrice simon
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • full colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211495 • £7.99 / $12.95
48 |
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 200mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 112 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210498 • £10.99
www.searchpress.com
Granny Squares
500 Toys
Over 25 creative ways to crochet the classic pattern stephanie gohr, melanie sturm & barbara wilder
to knit, crochet, felt & sew nguyen le
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 267 x 204mm (8 x 10½ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488407 • £9.99
Specification • Hardback • 288 pages • 150 x 150mm (6 x 6 inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489312 • £9.99
KNITTING & CROCHET
Flowers to Knit and Crochet
Scandinavian Christmas Magical Shetland Lace Shawls to Knit Stockings
susie Johns & jan ollis
Classic designs to knit for the festive season Mette Handberg
Feather-soft & incredibly light, 15 great patterns & full instructions Elizabeth Lovick
Stitches, techniques, and projects for lighter-than-air shawls & more elizabeth lovick
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 241 x 178mm (7 x 9½ inches) • 63 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489442 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212737 • £15.99
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489350 • £14.99
150 Scandinavian Knitting Designs
Viking Knits & Ancient Ornaments
Quick Icelandic Knits
The Very Easy Guide to Fair Isle Knitting
MARY JANE MUCKLESTONE
Interlace patterns from around the world in modern knitwear
Specification • Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210511 • £9.99 / $17.95 Italian, Greek, Dutch, Russian, Norwegian & German rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489343 • £14.99
Elsebeth lavold Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 274 x 220mm (7¾ x 10¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211532 • £19.99
Sweaters, hats, socks, mittens and more gunn birgirsdottir Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 200mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 180 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210481 • £10.99
The Magic of Shetland Lace Knitting
Step-by-step techniques, easy-tofollow stitch patterns, and projects to get you started lynne Watterson Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 160 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488964 • £12.99
www.searchpress.com | 49
KNITTING & CROCHET 200 Fair Isle Designs
Knit Back in Time
Knitting Double
Sock Art
Knitting charts, combination designs and colour variations
Includes techniques for updating vintage patterns and retro-styling modern patterns geraldine warner
Mastering the two-colour technique with over 30 reversible projects
Bold, graphic knits for your feet
Mary Jane Mucklestone Specification • Paperback • 208 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486922 • £14.99
Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 246 x 200mm (8 x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489046 • £15.99
Anja Belle
Edelgard Janssen & Ute eismann
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 200mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 88 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210504 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 230 x 217mm (8½ x 9 inches) • 80 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489404 • £10.99
20 simple & cosy no-needle designs
A Beginner’s Guide to Knitting on a Loom
isela phelps
With over 30 fun projects
How to Knit and Stylish Accessories Knitted on a Hand Loom Crochet Blocks, Blankets & Throws More than 30 easy designs
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210436 • £10.99
isela phelps
isela phelps
Luise Roberts
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 140 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844483976 • £9.99
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 160 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487127 • £10.99
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488117 • £12.99
Loom Knitted Throws
See also Loom Knitting for Babies & Toddlers by Isela Phelps on page 44.
50 |
www.searchpress.com
The Crochet Workshop Learn to crochet in quick and easy steps Emma Osmond Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 234 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212201 • £7.99 / $12.95 All rights free
Crochet from Start to Finish Techniques, tips and advice to get it right first time Catherine hirst
KNITTING & CROCHET
BESTSELLER
Handbook of Crochet Stitches
The New Encyclopedia of Crochet Techniques
The complete illustrated reference to over 200 stitches betty barnden
Jan eaton Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489220 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 210 x 146mm (8¼ x 5¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210276 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 256 pages • 196 x 148mm (5¾ x 7¾ inches) • 240 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485116 • £9.99
250 Knitting Stitches
200 Crochet Stitches
Essential knitting stitches with charts
A practical guide with swatches, charts and step-by-step instructions
Compendium of Knitting Techniques
Compendium of Crochet Techniques
300 tips, techniques and trade secrets betty barnden
300 tips, techniques and trade secrets jan eaton
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484065 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484010 • £12.99
debbie tomkies Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211846 • £14.99
Sarah Hazell Specification
• Paperback • 208 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489633
• £12.99
BESTSELLER
www.searchpress.com | 51
BESTSELLER
BESTSELLER
KNITTING & CROCHET
Knitting for the Absolute Beginner
Crochet for the Absolute Beginner
alison dupernex
Pauline turner
Specification • Spiralbound Hardback • 144 pages • 210 x 148mm (8¼ x 5¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488735 • £10.99 / $19.95 French, German & Dutch rights sold
Specification • Spiralbound Hardback • 144 pages • 210 x 148mm (8¼ x 5¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs • UK edition: 9781782210818 • US edition: 9781782210900 • £10.99 / $19.95 All rights free
US edition
A-Z of Knitting
A-Z of Crochet
country bumpkin
country bumpkin
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 228 x 210mm (8¼ x 9 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211624 • £12.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 164 pages • 228 x 210mm (8¼ x 9 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211655 • £12.99 / $19.95
Arabic & North American rights sold
Arabic & North American rights sold
Search Press
Search Press
Classics
Classics
See also More in the A-Z of Needlecraft series on pages 22-23.
APR 2016
52 |
APR 2016
100 Little Knitted Gifts to Make
100 Little Crochet Gifts to Make
Search Press studio
Search Press studio
Specification • Paperback • 240 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212911 • £12.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 240 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213338 • £12.99 / $19.95
www.searchpress.com
JEWellery & beadwork
Image taken from Metal Clay Animal Jewellery, ISBN 978-178221-232-4
bestselling author
Natalia Colman is an author, teacher and jewellery designer who has had a passion for jewellery all her life and uses it extensively in her fashion styling work. Natalia has produced a range of jewellery making books including Silver Clay with Style and best selling DVDs Silver Clay Made Simple and Further Adventures in Silver Clay. Natalia lives in West Yorkshire with her daughter Estella. • Awarded runner-up in the Favourite Designer and the Jewellery Making Book of the Year categories in the Make & Sell Jewellery Awards
Metal Clay Animal Jewellery
20 striking projects in silver, copper and bronze
NEW
natalia colman Written by jewellery designer and author Natalia Colman, this gorgeous guide shows you how to create 20 animal-themed pieces of jewellery from silver, copper and bronze clays, covering every technique required in detail. It features rings, pendants, earrings and bracelets and is divided into five animal-themed chapters. Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210771 • £14.99 / $24.95 All rights free
Selling points • 20 stunning projects • Suitable for beginners and plenty to inspire experienced jewellery makers • Runner-up in Favourite Designer category in Make & Sell Jewellery Awards
Metal Clay Jewellery natalia colman Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210443 • £14.99 / $24.95
See also
All rights free
17
Leather Jewellery in the Twenty to Make series on pages 117-122.
20
JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
Natalia Colman
2017 Silver Clay with Style (Re-issue) Natalia colman
ISBN: 9781782213321
54 |
www.searchpress.com
NEW
25 great jewellery, accessories and home projects to knot
caitlin amy wynne 25 modern paracord designs with illustrated step-by-step instructions that will inspire you to get knotting. Projects range from homewares such as wall hangings and hammocks to accessories including bracelets and bags. There are no special skills required, so you’ll be creating unique and stylish pieces in no time. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 230 x 180mm (7 x 9 inches) • colour throughout Hammock • ISBN: 9781782213741 There is no better place to relax than in your own handmade hammock. This design requires just one easy, repeated knot, so • £9.99 it makes a perfectly simple but thoroughly satisfying project. Knots neeDeD for project
placemat
chain Sinnet knot (see page 124)
Dimensions 4m (13ft) 1m (3ft)
Add some handcrafted style to your dining table. Once you’ve mastered the Chain Sinnet knot, this project is a breeze. The design will also work for mats of any size and shape, from bath mats to floor mats. There is lots of scope for creativity here!
instructions Measure and cut your paracord into these lengths: 24 × 6m (20ft) Melt the ends with a lighter so that they don’t fray.
1
materials & tools 144m (480ft) of paracord Measuring tape Scissors Lighter
DImensIons 40cm (16in) 23cm (9in)
2
Gather all the 24 lengths at one end. Tie them together using an Overhand knot (see page 115) about 30cm (1ft) from their ends.
materIals & tools 60m (200ft) of paracord for each placemat Measuring tape Scissors Lighter
Tie an Overhand knot, leaving 30cm (1ft) at the ends (Step 2)
InstructIons Measure and cut your paracord into these lengths: 2 × 22.5m (75ft) in one colour 2 × 7.5m (25ft) in a second colour
1
2
JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
Made in Paracord
You will begin working with your two 22.5-m (75-ft) lengths of cord as one. Complete a loose Chain Sinnet knot (see page 124) 40cm (16in) in length.
Working cord
note When making your rows of Overhand knots, ensure that your knots are tight and level with each other.
End of cord length
24 lengths
Tying a Chain Sinnet knot (Step 2)
Knots neeDeD for project overhand knot (see page 115)
104
placemat
Made In Paracord!
69
Selling points • 25 modern paracord designs • Illustrated step-by-step instructions • Includes wall hangings, hammocks, bracelets, bags and more
Ancient Worlds, Modern Beads
30 stunning beadwork designs inspired by treasures from ancient civilisations
NEW
mortira natasha vanpelt 30 beadweaving designs combining new and traditional techniques with popular classical themes inspired by ancient Rome, Greece and Egypt. Projects range in skill level from easy to advanced, appealing to the novice and experienced beader alike. Each chapter includes: - Introduction to the themes and styles of the region-along with examples of modern interpretations of the style - 10 projects ranging in skill level from easy to advanced Specification
12–15
11 Finish the row with 1 green and 1 brown seed bead and step up. In the next row, add 1 brown and 1 green seed bead, then pass through the glass bead and 2 green seed beads in the increase and up through the top green seed bead in the next column. Finish the row and step up. 12 Add 1 brown and 1 green seed bead to start a new row. Pick up 7 green seed beads in the increase, and stitch up through the top green seed bead of the next column. Pull the base thread snug with each stitch to begin closing the gap around the glass bead, making sure it rests above the new set of 7 green seed beads. 13 Finish the row and step up. Continue adding new rows with herringbone, and decrease the green seed beads in the centre by 1 with each stitch until you have 3 green beads in the gap. 14 For the remaining rows, pick up 2 brown seed beads for each herringbone stitch. Add 2 green seed beads to the increase and 1 in the following row.
Ancient Rome
17 Bring the ends of the beadwork together. using the first needle, zip up the edges by weaving up and down through the first and last rows. Pull snug after every stitch to create a smooth join. 18 Weave the thread across the join twice, following the natural herringbone thread path. Weave the remaining thread through the ring, passing several times through the glass bead in the centre and the outermost columns of the beadwork. Repeat with the tail thread, and trim.
17
The coiled armband is one of the most recognized styles of classical jewellery. This project mimics the design in a simpler form, allowing for fun colour combinations with a two-tone beaded rope and coil-like embellishments. using two slightly different bead sizes with tubular herringbone weave creates a gentle curve that is perfect for bangles and bracelets. By combining Czech and Japanese seed beads, you can create a rope with a single colour, or use a contrast for an even bolder look.
Tools and maTerials • 13m (14yd) smoke braided beading thread, 0.2mm • Size 10 beading needle
Skill level: intermediate Technique: tuBuLar herringBone weave
Beads • 10g jet black 11/0 Japanese seed beads (1) • 10g mustard yellow 11/0 Japanese seed beads (2) • 10g golden orange 11/0 Japanese seed beads (3)
Tools and maTerials • 17.3m (19yd) white nylon beading thread, size D • Beading wax • Size 10 beading needle Beads • 8g light topaz 11/0 Japanese seed beads (1) • 6g medium topaz 11/0 Czech seed beads (2) • 2g brown iris 11/0 Czech seed beads (3) • 2 x 6mm brown iris glass druks (4) • 1 x 18mm haematite Czech glass button (5)
dimensions: 2.5 x 17.8cm (1 x 7in)
1 Thread a needle onto 1.2m (50in) of waxed beading thread. Leaving a 35cm (14in) tail, create an 8-stack-wide 2-bead ladder in topaz with the following pattern: 1 Czech bead, 5 Japanese beads and 2 Czech beads (a), (Techniques, page 132). use ladder stitch to weave the first and last stacks together securely (b), then stitch up through the first stack of Czech beads added.
1a
2 Add 8 beads around the top of the ladder using herringbone weave, making sure to match the beads to the ones in the ladder below (a). step up by stitching up through the top 2 beads of the first stack (b).
2a
dimensions: 1 x 19cm (1⁄2 x 71⁄2in)
colour paleTTe 16
Cassiopeia Coil Bracelet
Skill level: intermeDiate TechniqueS: herringBone weave, Peyote stitch
1
2
3
Selling points • 30 projects combining new and traditional beadweaving techniques • Inspired by the classical cultures of Rome, Greece, and Egypt • Projects range in skill level from easy to advanced AMPHORA CuFF
102
16 Test the fit of your ring on your finger or sizing mandrel. Thread a needle on the tail thread and stitch up through 5 or 6 beads to move the thread away from the edge.
• 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 50 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213383 • £12.99
The Romans borrowed much of their artistic inspiration from the Greeks, including pottery styles and motifs like the key pattern known as the ‘meander’. This cuff is inspired by the classic black and gold artwork seen on ancient amphoras and urns like the one shown left, which were used to hold wine and olive oil. The slightly bulkier, more uniform shape of Japanese seed beads is ideal for making the pattern in this bracelet shine. Although it looks complex, the pattern repeats often, so once you’ve stitched a few rows, it is easy to refer to your beadwork for a reminder.
colour paleTTe 1
2
4
5
3 1b
6
2b
103
www.searchpress.com | 55
CAssIOPEIA COIL BRACELET
15 Step up to add the next row and add 2 brown seed beads. Stitch up through the top bead in the following column, and pull snug to close the gap. Continue adding ordinary rows of herringbone weave in brown seed beads until the beadwork has reached the desired length for your ring.
Amphora • PaperbackCuff • 144 pages
play with patterns: You can create some interesting patterns by adding more colours to the beadwork. Divide the columns into two colours, or create a border around the increase by using a contrasting colour for the beads added to the gap.
69
JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
Learn to Make Bead Jewellery
NEW
With 35 fabulous projects
lynn davy A must-have book for every beginner beader, this is a comprehensive guide to designing and creating beautiful beaded jewellery using simple stringing techniques. Featuring 35 colourful projects, beginning with a pair of simple earrings and working up to a dramatic beaded collar, this resource will teach you the skills you need to make gorgeous jewellery for any occasion. Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213390 • £10.99
Lynn Davy
Lynn Davy
LEARN TO MAKE BEAD JEWELLERY
LEARN TO MAKE BEAD JEWELLERY
WITH 35 FABULOUS PROJECTS
WITH 35 FABULOUS PROJECTS
Selling points • 35 colourful beaded jewellery projects to make • Clear, step-by-step instructions • Beautiful accompanying photography
How to Make 50 Fabulous Flat Kumihimo Braids
NEW
beth kemp How To Make 50 Fabulous Flat KUMIHIMO BRAIDS
A beginner’s guide to making flat braids for fabulous cord jewellery and accessories. Includes a lightweight but sturdy square kumihimo braiding loom to get you started. Specially drawn graphics accompany the easy-to-follow instructions, and there are ideas for how to use the braids to make cute friendship bracelets through to more intricate beaded projects.
lat
O
Kemp rent astic imo s and r to
eate more clasps,
uare rted.
en . She is e with dio.
98 30
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs Peppermint Leaves • ISBN: 9781782213802 Ensemble • £12.99
How To Make 50 Fabulous Flat
50cm (20in) lengths of 2mm nylon braiding cord: n
n
KUMIHIMO BRAIDS
n
My First Friendship Bracelets
Bracelet 1: 3 lengths of Light Blue and 3 lengths of Dark Blue
These little bracelets are fun to make, and all your friends are sure to want one. They are ideal for your first braid, and once you have the moves memorised, it’s easy to make variations by changing the position and colours of the threads.
Bracelet 2: 2 lengths of Light Blue and 4 lengths of Dark Blue
Technique
Bracelet 3: 6 lengths of Light Blue
40
projects
n
n
The braid has thread in six positions. It is started with two knots and finished with a third knot. The space between the first two knots forms a fastening loop for the third knot to pass through when wearing.
n
Preparing the plate and threads
Tie the six lengths of thread together at one end with an overhand knot (see page 18). Tie a second knot, leaving a space of approx. 2cm (¾in), to create the fastening loop. Place the knots in the hole of the plate and position the threads in the slots as shown in step 1. Each warp will be approx. 38cm (15in) long.
n
n
Necklace: two 200cm (80in) lengths of Dark Green and two of Light Green
This pretty little braid is worked in two colours to show off the pattern. The side with the chevrons is used as the front here, but both sides look good. Technique
n
n
n
The braid has thread in eight positions. The bracelet is started with a plaited loop and finished with a knotted tassel. The necklace is started with a neat end and finished with end crimps.
For necklace only: 10mm flat end
n
6mm flat end crimps and clasp
Front & back: The front faces away from the braider. It is slightly rounded compared to the back, but there is virtually no difference.
8 small E-Z Bobs
BETH KEMP
INCLUDES
n
Kumihimo Square Braiding Loom
The braid has thread in eight positions, with beads on four of them. It is started with a neat end and finished with end crimps. The beads are released one at a time during braiding.
Preparing the plate and threads
Back
When using a pendant with a metal finish, match the end crimps and clasp to the metal.
Cat Horn
Front & back: the front faces towards the braider, featuring the beads. there are no beads on the back.
1
set up the plate as per the diagram and Adding a pendant description above. Following braiding If you are adding a pendant that will fit over instructions as for the orange sherbet the beaded braid, it should be added before Bracelet (see page 36), work six rounds the end fittings are assembled. If the pendant Bracelet 2 without beads to make a section that will go will not go over the completed braid, stop at Set up the plate by placing Light Blue in slots into an end crimp when the braid is finished. the halfway point, fit the pendant, reinstate
5 and 7, and Dark Blue in 6, 5, 6 and 7. the threads and beads and continue on. this Follow the braiding instructions for Bracelet 1. continue braiding, but now release a method is also used to fit the tube bead to bead every time there are beaded warps the Blue Bling Bead Necklace (see page 94). Bracelet 3 at both 6 and 7. When each of these Set up the plate by placing Light Blue in all Finishing threads is moved up to 6 and 7 at the top, six positions and braid as instructed for see page 26 for instructions on how to finish release a bead on each. this will occur twice Bracelet 1. the braid with end crimps. tweak the beads in a row, so that a little cluster of four beads so they sit up nicely in their groups. are worked into the braid. they will be locked Finishing Finished size: the braid is about 60cm (24in) in place on the following round. see page 20 Remove the braid from the plate and tie the long and 6mm (¼in) wide. for more on beading techniques. end with an overhand knot. Trim each end, leaving tassels approx. 3cm (1¼in) long. continue braiding until there are 46 The plate will now look like this. Repeat To wear, insert the knot at the finish end clusters or the braid measures approx. steps 3–4 for 16.5cm (6½in) or length through the middle of the threads in the 60cm (24in), finishing with six rounds required. The colours swap sides after each knotted starting loop. without beads to match the start. round. On the final repeat of step 4, move Finished size: The braid is about 16.5cm (6½in) long and 8mm (5 ⁄ 16in) wide. B up to 7 and B down to 5.
2
Front & back: the front faces towards the braider. It is slightly textured with a ‘V’ pattern; the back has straighter stripes.
Front
n
n
Position the threads evenly across the hole in the plate as follows: Thicker threads: 5 across to 7 and 8 across to 6 Thinner threads: 6 across to 8 and 7 across to 5 Using a scrap piece of thread, tie the threads together at the hole in the plate with a lark’s head knot to form a neat end (see page 23). Each warp will be 100cm (40in) long. n Thread 46 beads on to each of the four thinner threads (see page 19). Wind all the threads on to bobbins. n
SKILL LEVEL 2
Make the plaited loop of the bracelet to fit a decorative bead instead of a double knot.
4
Move B up to 7, B over to 5 down to B.
B and
at the centre with a lark's head knot to form a neat end (see page 23) and place the tie in the hole of the plate. Both: Position the threads in the slots as shown in step 1. Each necklace warp will be approx. 100cm (40in) long, each bracelet warp 48cm (19in) long.
5 3
Selling points 6 • Specially drawn graphics and easy-to-follow instructions • Includes kumihimo square braiding loom Finishing
place Light Green in slots 5, 6, 7 and 8, and Dark Green in 5, 6, 7 and 8.
2
Move 5 and 6 one space left to 4 and 5. Move 7 and 8 one space right to 8 and 9.
3
Move 6 up to 6, 7 up to 7, 5 down to 6, 8 down to 7, 5 up to 5 and 8 up to 8.
Leather & Bead Jewellery to Make cat horn
4
Move
6 over to 5 and 7 over to 8.
5
Move 4 down to 7 and 9 down to 6. Note how the threads are now crossed over each other.
Bracelet: remove the braid from the plate and tie the end with a double overhand knot (see page 25). trim to leave a 6.5cm (2½in) tassel. to wear, insert the double knot and tassel through the starting loop. Necklace: see page 26 for how to finish the braid with end crimps. the pendant will probably have to be fitted before you attach the second crimp. Finished size: the bracelet braid is about 16.5cm (6½in) long, the necklace 56cm (22in) long. Both are 8mm (5 ⁄ 16in) wide.
30 cool projects for bracelets, pendants and more
FEB 2016
Leather & Bead Jew
Learn how to create beautiful beaded leather jewellery using simple stringing and knotting techniques. In no time you will be making fashion jewellery you will love to wear and show off. cool projects for bracelets, pendants and more Features clear, step-by-step instructions for bead30stringing, wire wrapping, braiding, weaving and macramé techniques as well as 30 stylish projects. For experienced beaders there are more challenging projects that mix and 30 match different techniques, as well as advice on how to design cool projects for bracelets, pendants and more and create your own leather jewellery.
Cat Horn
Leather & Bead Jewellery to
make
to m
to make
Leather & Bead Jewellery 30 cool projects for bracelets, pendants and more
to make
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Cat Horn Search Press
Search Press
£10.99
Technique
If the hole in the pendant is too small to slide over the finished braid, you will need to add it at the halfway point. It may be easier to thread half of the beads, work the first side, fit the pendant and then thread and work the other half.
n
If the braid will not stay in the hole of the plate, ease it back into place when re-tensioning the top threads (see page 17).
3
SKILL LEVEL 2
n
repeat steps 2–5 for 16.5cm (6½in) for bracelet, 56cm (22in) for necklace or length required for either. the colours return to the starting position after every second round.
1
78-1-78221-387-1
Pendant (optional)1
Be a better braider
The beads are released to form little clusters of four beads at regular intervals along the length of this braid. The addition of a pendant adds interest and weight to the necklace.
Be a better braider
firm hold of the loop while upBthe andtofor Move setting 5 over to andplate, 5 over B.the first few Move 6 up to 5, 6 down to 6, Place Light Blue in slots 5, 6moves, and 7, to prevent the loop from collapsing. 7 up to 6 and 7 down to 7. n Necklace: Using a scrap piece of thread, tie all the threads together and Dark Blue in 5, 6 and 7.
pendant (optional)
8-1-78221-380-2
ix and match eate your own
6g size 8 seed beads in C/L 3 Purple Fuchsia AB (approx. 184 beads)
Lost your way? The last thread moved will be on top of the others at the point of braiding. If taking a break, it is best to stop after a step 4 so you can restart a repeat at step 3.
Bracelet: Make a plaited loop at the midpoint of the threads (see page 24) and place the loop in the hole of the plate. It is important to keep a
2
crimps and clasp Bracelet 1
e wrapping, cts to practise on.
Two 300cm (120in) lengths2 of 0.8mm nylon braiding cord in Purple
Preparing the plate and threads n
1
£12.99
mple stringing jewellery you will
Two 200cm (80in) lengths of 1mm rattail or satin cord in Purple
SKILL LEVEL 1
To achieve the correct spacing when tying the second knot at the start of the braid, wrap the threads around a pencil.
1mm rattail or satin cord:
Bracelet: two 100cm (40in) lengths of Dark Green and two of Light Green
Royale Necklace
You will need Be a better braider
The length of each warp for this braid should be double the finished length of the project. For example, to make a 60cm (24in) necklace, each warp should be 120cm (48in) long.
You will need
n
projects
projects
You will need
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213871 • £10.99 CAT HORN
(smaller spines)
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
rch Press Search Press
56 |
www.searchpress.com
Selling points • 30 beaded leather jewellery projects and advice on creating your own pieces • Clear step-by-step instructions for a range of techniques
FEB 2016
25 superfine macramé projects to make
jenny Townley
Knotted Bead Jewellery
Knotted Bead Jewellery 25 superfine macramé projects to make Every technique explained, for beginners up
Explore the fabulous world of micro macramé with this collection of 25 jewellery projects to make. Create gorgeous pieces, including bracelets, necklaces, pendants and earrings, ranging from simple knotting projects to more advanced patterns combining threads with beautiful beads to stunning effect. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) Every technique explained, for beginners up Townleycolour photographs •Jenny 150 • ISBN: 9781782213901 • £10.99
Knotted Bead Jewellery: 25 Superfine MacraMÉ proJectS to MaKe
Knotted Bead Jewellery 25 Superfine MacraMÉ projectS to Make every technique explained, for beginners up
Jenny Townley
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Jenny Townley
Search Press
Jenny Townley
Selling points • 25 knotted jewellery projects to make • Instructions for all the basic knots • Detailed step-by-step photographs and instructions
(smaller spines)
and projects to build a Woman’s Weekly Guide to Beading Techniques lifelong passion, for beginners up
jean Search Press
FEB 2016
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
power
Search Press
If you can’t get to a beading class or workshop close to home or work, this skillbuilding book is the next best thing. For the beginner and the improver, it’s a passport to successful learning. (back cover alternative)
Features hundreds of detailed how-to photographs, carefully annotated so they are easy to use; guest designers sharing some of their favourite patterns; ‘quickstart’ projects for beginners and really useful lists sprinkled throughout the pages for readers who want to quickly understand the essentials. Plus there are beaders’ clinics, where ‘Doctor’ Jean solves her students’ beading dilemmas. Specification • Paperback •160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213840 • £12.99
See also
Selling points • Hundreds of detailed, carefully annotated how-to photographs • ‘Quick-start’ projects for beginners • Features beaders’ clinics with helpful troubleshooting tips More in the Woman's Weekly series on page 112.
www.searchpress.com | 57
JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
Knotted Bead Jewellery
Successful Jewellery Maker
ul y JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
Successful Jewellery Maker
teaching to ace and offers
Successful Jewellery Maker
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Solutions and best practice
Maker
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
(smaller spines)
Search Press
W
hen it comes to jewellery making, sometimes things just don’t go to plan. Metals may not behave exactly as you expect, joints may suddenly detach or a slip of the hand has you thinking you have ruined your last three hours of work. But if you can work out how to fix these problems, making mistakes really is the best way to learn.
Frieda Munro Selling points • Comprehensive manual for jewellery makers • Includes every conceivable problem that a jeweller might face with troubleshooting tips • Numerous images and diagrams throughout
Successful Jewellery How to Make Hammered Wire Jewellery Maker Frieda Munro draws on her experience of jewellery making and teaching to cover every conceivable problem that a jewellery maker might face and offers creative solutions.
(smaller spines)
There are plenty of wonderful images, tips and diagrams throughout to help you identify where you are going wrong, and what to do next.
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
(big spines and title pages and backcovers) linda jones
Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
(back cover alternative)
Search Press
£12.99
ISBN: 978-1-78221-382-6
www.searchpress.com
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 320 colour photographs (smaller spines) • ISBN: 9781782212980 • £12.99 / $24.95
All rights free
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
58 |
www.searchpress.com
MAR 2016
Solutions and best practice Linda Jones shows how dependent to makeongorgeous wire jewellery using hammering and alternative typefaces design. beading techniques. Hammering wire is easy and creates texture, form and toughness, and here is it combined with some simple jewellery-making techniques to create extraordinary items of jewellery. There are 25 beautiful projects to choose from, suitable for crafters of all abilities.
Search Press
Search Press
Frieda Munro is a tutor, technician and designer based in London. She lectures in jewellery making and designing at Morley College and is a technician at Central St Martin’s, advising students on the best techniques and machinery to use in their designs. She also runs her own studio in south London. Check out her website at: http://friedamunro.com.
Frieda Munro
ss Search Press
s
Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 450 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213826 practice • £12.99
Successful Jewellery Maker
Search Press
Frieda Munro
382-6
Solutions and best
Frieda Munro
Search Press
£12.99
A comprehensive manual for jewellers. Author Frieda Munro draws on her experience both making jewellery and teaching the craft, and describes every conceivable problem that a jeweller might face at all stages of making a piece, suggesting ways to resolve what’s gone wrong, or to use it creatively.
Successful Jewellery Maker
Successful Jewellery Successful Maker Jewellery
ISBN: 978-1-78221-382-6
12.99
Frieda Munro
Frieda Munro
Frieda Munro is a tutor, technician and designer based in London. She lectures in jewellery making and designing at Morley College and is a technician at Central St Martin’s, advising students on the best techniques and machinery to use in their designs. She also runs her own studio in south London. Check out her website at: http://friedamunro.com.
and res in Morley al St est their io in e at:
FEB 2016
frieda munro
ust don’t go to oints may g you have w to fix these
hout to help
Problems, solutions and best practice
Search Press Selling points • High profile author with strong following in UK and US • Hammering is easy, requires few specialist tools and produces stunning results • 25 projects to make and lots of further ideas for gorgeous jewellery (back cover alternative)
JUL 2016
carolyn schulz This first book in the new Jewellery School series will get readers started in making beaded jewellery, even those who have never tried beading before. It includes clear, jargon-free instructions, tips and advice on a range of techniques, and 12 simple yet stunning step-by-step projects. Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 160 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212584 • £7.99 / $12.95
All rights free
Selling points • High-profile designer with following in UK and US • Based on the author's hugely popular absolute beginner's course • Pictorial glossary of equipment
Beading for the Absolute Beginner
MAR 2016
liz thornton & jean power Liz Thornton and Jean Power, tell you everything you need to know to create beautiful, colourful beaded accessories – even if you’ve never tried before. Featuring clear, step-by-step photography and no-nonsense, easy-to-follow text – specially designed for the beginner. Specification • Spiralbound Hardback • 192 pages • 210 x 148mm (8¼ x 5¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212669 • £12.99 / $21.95 All rights free
Selling points • A reasonably priced, basic guide to beading for people with no previous experience • Clear, step-by-step photography and no-nonsense, easy-to-follow text • Small size and wire-bound format make this an extremely handy little book to carry around and use
www.searchpress.com | 59
JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
Let’s Start Beading
JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
Amazing Macramé
29 knotted & beaded accessories to make
MAY 2016
claire rougerie Macramé is back with a fresh, new style! Claire Rougerie guides the reader through 9 lessons accompanied by easy, step-by-step instructions and diagrams. There are 29 original and colourful designs to make including jewellery, bags and accessories, and numerous ideas for embellishing your outfits and making them unique. The designs are both chic and bohemian, combining retro style with a clean, modern look. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213567 • £10.99 / $19.95
Selling points • 29 imaginative macramé projects to make •Step-by-step lessons guide readers through all the techniques •Beautiful and inspirational designs with strong gift book potential
Resin Jewellery
NOV 2016
sara naumann Resin jewellery is a hot topic in the craft world and this book shows you how to make beautiful, contemporary jewellery that you can wear every day. Using quick and easy lowcost techniques that combines paper crafts such as stencilling, layering and stamping with jewellery making, you can make numerous items in a range of styles for yourself and your family and friends. Add found items such as leaves and feathers for a personal touch, and create beautiful designs of your own using the numerous ideas in this book to inspire you. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216 mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213376 • £9.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Selling points • Techniques will appeal to paper crafters as well as jewellery makers • Quick and eacy to make, with stunning results • Over 40 projects and ideas for many more
See also Washi Tape Cards in the Twenty to Make series on pages 117-122.
60 |
www.searchpress.com
Decorative Knots
Using kumihimo disks and plates
kat hartmann
helen deighan Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 292 x 206mm (8¼ x 11½ inches) • 120 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211303 • £7.99 / $15.95
18 macramé projects Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 229 x 203mm (8 x 9 inches) • full colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212171 • £12.99
Wing Mun Devenney
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489060 • £17.99
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489626 • £14.99
• Paperback • 192 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487578 • £15.99
melissa hunt
BESTSELLER
30 unique pieces to make
Compendium of Beading Techniques
Compendium of Jewellery Making Techniques
jean power
beth kemp
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210214 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210184 • £12.99
300 tips, techniques and trade secrets
250 tips, techniques and trade secrets
Jean Power
XUELLA ARNOLD & SARA WITHERS
Small Beads, Big Jewellery
From beginner to advanced, techniques, projects & patterns Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212713 • £12.99
Stonesetting for Contemporary Jewellery Makers
Twist, Turn & Tie: 50 Japanese Braids
The Complete Guide to Making Wire Jewellery
Wing Mun Devenney
The Art of Soldering Silversmithing for for Jewellery Jewellery Makers Makers: Techniques Elizabeth bone and Projects Specification
The Art of Beadweaving
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484362 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489374 • £12.99
30 Minute Jewellery
Exquisite beaded jewellery
60 quick and easy jewellery projects
Jane Lock
Beverly McCullough
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489640 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212775 • £9.99
www.searchpress.com | 61
JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
Beautiful Braiding Made Easy
BESTSELLER
JEWELLERY & BEADWORK
The Encyclopedia of Beading Techniques
The New Encyclopedia of Jewellery Making Techniques
The Encyclopedia of Wire Jewellery Making Techniques
sara withers & stephanie burnham
A comprehensive visual guide to traditional and contemporary techniques
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 600 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844480470 • £12.99 / $19.95
jinks mcgrath
A compendium of step-by-step techniques for making wire-based jewellery
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486212 • £12.99
BESTSELLER
sara withers
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485260 • £12.99
75 Decorative Knots A directory of knots & knotting techniques - plus exquisite jewellery projects to make & wear
Amanda Hinson
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486199 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486939 • £10.99
Ornamental Knots for Beaded Jewellery
100 Beaded Jewellery Designs Easy-to-bead necklaces, bracelets, brooches and more
Celtic Knots for Beaded Jewellery
suzen millodot
suzen millodot
suzen millodot
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844480548 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9780855329686 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 80 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844482481 • £9.99 / $19.95
Afrikaans, Romanian, Spanish, Indonesian, German, French, Irish, Dutch, Italian & Russian rights sold
German, French, Italian, Dutch, Indonisian, Spanish & Russian rights sold
Dutch, Spanish, Russian & Italian rights sold
Uses material from Suzen Millodot’s three previous books.
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488148
• £14.99 / $29.95 Russian rights sold
suzen millodot
Perfect little designs to use for gifts, jewellery and accessories
laura williams & Elise Mann
Chinese, Celtic & Ornamental Knots for Beaded Jewellery
Chinese Knots for Beaded Jewellery
100 Beaded Flowers, Trinkets & Charms
Stephanie burnham
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844481897 • £12.99
See also
The art of kumihimo
200 Braids to Loop, Knot, Weave & Twist
Simple Recipes for Stylish Jewellery
How to Make Friendship Bracelets
jacqui carey
jacqui carey
Specification • Paperback • 256 pages • 195 x 145mm (5¾ x 7¾ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486526 • £9.99
This book uses material from the Twenty to Make series.
veronique follet
Originally published as Beginner’s Guide to Braiding.
Japanese Braiding
Specification • Spiralbound Hardback • 64 pages • 210 x 148mm (5¾ x 8¼ inches) • 155 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484263 • £10.99 / $21.95
62 |
www.searchpress.com
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485338 • £12.99 / $25.95
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 230 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485420 • £7.99 / $15.95
Tatted Lace Accessories by Donatella Ciotti on page 20.
painting & drawing
Image taken from Glyn Macey's World of Acrylics, ISBN 978-178221-117-4
PAINTING & DRAWING
Jean Haines bestselling author International watercolourist Jean Haines is well-known for her love of watercolour. Jean's techniques draw on influences from all over the world, including Asia, the Middle East and Europe. Her vibrant, free and expressive style has earned her an international following and her hugely successful workshops are held regularly in the UK, Australia and the USA. Jean writes for a number of art magazines and exhibits in galleries worldwide. • Winner of many awards including Anthony J Lester Art Critic Award • High-profile artist with an international following • Author of many bestselling books
Paint Yourself Calm
MAY 2016
Using watercolour to discover your creative self
Jean Haines Meditative, peaceful and calming, watercolour painting offers a sense of control and self-worth to everyone, with no judgement or goal beyond the joy of painting itself. This book shows you how to calm and enhance your outlook through the movement of brush on paper. Inspirational artist Jean Haines leads you on a journey through paint, showing you how to wipe away your worries with the soothing, gentle strokes of watercolour paint. You can paint yourself calm. Specification • Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 280 x 216 mm (8½ x 11 inches) • Colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212829 • £15.99 / $29.95
All rights free
Selling points • No painting experience necessary • A mindfulness approach to painting • Inspirational life-enhancing guide to self discovery
Jean Haines Colour & Light in Watercolour
NEW EDITION
NEW
jean haines In this new and extended edition of her best-selling book How to Paint: Colour and Light in Watercolour (9781844484881), Jean Haines has produced a book even more inspirational than the first. With 40 per cent new material in the form of new hands-on demonstrations, examples of her work and extended text, Jean provides a valuable insight into the materials and techniques she uses to inject colour and light into her stunningly beautiful, award-winning watercolour paintings. Specification • Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212614 • £15.99 / $29.95
All rights free
collector’s edition Specification • Hardback • ISBN: 9781782214038 • £25.00 / $50.00
All rights free
64 |
www.searchpress.com
Selling points • Expanded edition of the bestselling book • Includes 40 per cent more demonstrations, finished
paintings and extended text • World-renowned artist with a huge fan base
Jean Haines’ Atmospheric Watercolours
Jean Haines
Painting with freedom, expression and style
Specification • Hardback • 176 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782210399 • £19.99 / $35.00 Italian & French rights sold
Jean Haines Specification • Hardback • 176 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844486748 • £19.99 / $35.00 Italian rights sold
David Bellamy bestselling author Popular artist and tutor, David Bellamy, loves sketching and painting in wild places. His inspirational books reflect his passion for nature, offering a whole new perspective to artists who are seeking new, varied and spectacular subjects, whatever their skill levels. • Highly regarded as a teacher of art with a tremendous following among leisure painters • Holds courses and workshops both in the UK and overseas • He gives demonstrations and talks, produces successful DVDs, and is a regular contributor to art magazines.
David Bellamy’s Skies, Light & Atmosphere
In watercolour
In watercolour
David Bellamy’s David Bellamy’s Mountains & Moorlands Complete Guide In watercolour to Watercolour Painting
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487035 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486779 • £9.99 / $19.95 French & Italian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 216 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485833 • £9.99 / $19.95 French & Italian rights sold
20
Italian rights sold
17
David Bellamy’s Winter Landscapes
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487349 • £12.99 / $19.95 Italian & Russian rights sold
2017 Painting the Arctic david bellamy
ISBN: 9781782214236
www.searchpress.com | 65
PAINTING & DRAWING
Jean Haines’ World of Watercolour
PAINTING & DRAWING
Terry Harrison bestselling author Terry Harrison started his artistic career in 1984 as a graphic artist, and never dreamed that he would become a full-time painter. Terry’s clear, no-nonsense advice and easy-to-follow instructions make art accessible to all those who have never had the confidence to start painting before. • Author of many best-selling books on painting with acrylics and watercolours • Demonstrates to artists' groups and teaches on painting holidays • Developed a range of his own brushes and paints
Terry Harrison’s Watercolour Secrets
SEPT 2016
Terry Harrison Terry Harrison's Watercolour Secrets combines all the know-how of his bestselling Terry's Top Tips with brand new material, including more step-by-step demonstrations, more beautiful examples and new techniques. Terry's no-nonsense teaching style and expert tips make this a musthave manual for anyone wanting to learn how to paint watercolour landscapes using simple techniques. There are over 500 illustrations and plenty of gorgeous paintings to inspire artists of all skill levels. Specification • Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 510 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782213291 • £12.99 / $25.95
All rights free
Selling points • Based on the bestselling Terry's Top Tips • Brand new material, step-by-step demonstrations and examples • Gorgeous paintings to inspire artists of all skill levels
Painting Boats & Painting Watercolour Painting Watercolour Sea & Sky The Easy Way Harbours in Watercolour Trees The Easy Way Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844489503 • £12.99 / $25.95 All rights free
66 |
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844489541 • £12.99 / $24.95 Italian & French rights sold
www.searchpress.com
Rustic Buildings & Barns in Watercolour
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 325 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487790 • £12.99 / $25.95
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 160 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844483426 • £12.99 / $19.95
German, Italian & French rights sold
French rights sold
PAINTING & DRAWING
Painting Watercolour Landscapes The Easy Way Brush with watercolour 2
Painting landscapes the easy way Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 325 colour photographs • ISBN: 9780855329709 • £12.99 / $24.95 Spanish, Dutch, French, Arabic, Indonesian, German & Italian rights sold
Painting Acrylic Landscapes The Easy Way
Brush With Acrylics Painting the easy way Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 345 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844480081 • £12.99 / $24.95 French, German, Indonesian & Arabic rights sold
Brush with acrylics 2 Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 325 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484669 • £12.99 / $25.95 French & Italian rights sold
20
17
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 325 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484645 • £12.99 / $25.95 French & German rights sold
Brush with Watercolour
2017 Painting Snow Scenes in Watercolour the Easy Way terry harrison
ISBN: 9781782213253
See also
Terry Harrison’s Terry Harrison’s Watercolour Flowers in Complete Guide to Watercolour Landscapes the Landscape This book comprises material from Sea & Sky in Watercolour, Watercolour Flowers in the Landscape, Watercolour Trees and Watercolour Mountains, Valleys & Streams. Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844483204 • £12.99 / $25.95 French, German & Russian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844480975 • £7.99 / $15.95 French & German rights sold
More from Terry Harrison on pages 90-91,93 and 94.
www.searchpress.com | 67
PAINTING & DRAWING
Billy Showell bestselling author Brilliant contemporary botanical artist, Billy Showell, shares her techniques with expert advice, tips and detailed step-by-step demonstrations. Billy Showell approaches her subjects with the same level of accuracy as botanical artists. Her flowers are meticulous and realistic, but infused with her distinctive sense of design to give them a modern twist.' - The Artist 'It all confirms Showell not just as an impressive floral painter, but also as one of the UK's leading watercolour artists in any genre.' - The Artist & Illustrators
Billy Showell’s Botanical Painting in Watercolour
APR 2016
billy showell Billy Showell is a well-respected botanical watercolour artist, and her exceptional eye for detail and ability to re-create texture, colour and patterning have earned her a formidable reputation worldwide. In this beautiful book, Billy provides a fascinating and invaluable insight into the techniques she uses to produce her stunning botanical paintings in watercolour. Over 90 step-by-step demonstrations, interspersed with numerous examples of the author's exquisite paintings. Specification • Hardback • 192 pages • 250 x 228mm (9 x 10 inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484515 • £19.99 / $35.00 Chinese rights sold Selling points • World-renowned botanical watercolour artist • An indispensable guide for botanical artists of all abilities • Her work is held in the Kew archives and the Hurt Institue in America
A-Z of Flower Portraits billy showell Specification • Hardback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484522 • £17.99 / $35.00 French, German, Italian, Chinese, Polish & Korean rights sold
68 |
Watercolour Fruit & Vegetable Portraits
Watercolour Flower Portraits
billy showell
billy showell
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782210832 • £15.99 / $25.00 Russian, Dutch, French, German, Italian & Chinese rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210825 • £15.99 / $25.00 German, French, Italian, Korean, Russian, Spanish & Chinese rights sold
www.searchpress.com
FEB 2016
david thomas Experienced artist David Thomas demonstrates how to use watercolour, pencil and charcoal to produce rewarding results in your portrait work. This book will show you how to fill your paintings with life and character, and explain clearly how to build your sketches up into more developed drawn artwork, and from there to inspiring watercolour portraits. Includes: - 5 projects (2 charcoal, 3 watercolour) - Information on design, composition and lighting - Close-up exploration of eyes, hands and hair to help your perfect your portraits Specification • Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 420 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210917 • £15.99 / $29.95
All rights free Selling points • 5 step-by-step portrait demonstrations • Approachable and achievable results • Popular medium with little competition in this discipline
JUL 2016
How to Paint Skies NEW EDITION geoff kersey Uses material from Painting Skies in Tips and Techniques series.
All rights free
2017
17 20
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782214205 • £12.99 / $24.95
Anna Mason’s Watercolour World ISBN: 9781782213475
Beginner’s Guide to Botanical Flower Painting michael lakin
ISBN: 9781782213109
JUL 2016
How to Paint Flowers & Plants NEW EDITION janet whittle Uses material from Painting Flowers & Plants in Tips and Techniques series.
All rights free
2017
17 20
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782214182 • £12.99 / $24.95
Pure Watercolour Peter cronin
ISBN: 9781782214359
Perspective, Depth and Distance geoff kersey
ISBN: 9781782213116
www.searchpress.com | 69
PAINTING & DRAWING
Drawing & Painting Portraits in Watercolour
PAINTING & DRAWING
Take Three Colours: Landscapes
JUL 2016
Geoff kersey This book is for people who may never have picked up a paintbrush before, but want to have a go without investing in lots of materials. Geoff Kersey shows how, with just three primary colours and the minimum of equipment, anyone can learn to paint landscapes. Starting from picking up the paintbrush and just having a go, he builds up skills through simple exercises, each one resulting in a painting the budding artist will be proud of. By the end of the book, readers will be producing beautiful yet simple scenes that they can put on the wall and show off to friends. Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212973 • £8.99 / $17.95
All rights free Selling points • Confidence-building tuition makes it perfect for beginners • Learn to paint landscapes using just three primary colours
How to Paint Water
AUG 2016
NEW EDITION
joe francis dowden Everything you want to know about painting water in all its moods is contained in this easy-tofollow guide - a complete inspirational course for all those interested in capturing the beauty and atmosphere of landscapes and seascapes. This beautiful new edition takes material from the author’s bestselling Painting Water and Joe Dowden’s Complete Guide to Painting Water in Watercolour. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782214199 • £12.99 / $24.95
All rights free
Selling points • New edition based on material from 2 bestselling books • A complete inspirational course on painting water
BESTSELLER
Painting Successful Watercolours from Photographs
Joe Dowden’s Complete Guide to Painting Water in Watercolour
geoff kersey
Joe dowden
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489985 • £12.99 / $24.95
Specification • Hardback • 160 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487684 • £19.99 / $35.00 All rights free
French rights sold
70 |
www.searchpress.com
58
landsCapEs and CiTysCapEs
siMplE sTill livEs
peONy ON BLACK BACKGROUND
wil freeborn
Materials • Cold-pressed watercolor paper 300gsm stretched 6 x 6 in. • 2b pencil • #10 Watercolor brush (synthetic will do) • #04 Watercolor brush • Water
Color palette • Sap Green • Raw Sienna • Payne’s Grey • Alizarin Crimson • Ultramarine Blue
Choosing a floWER subjECT
Choose a single flower for this exercise. try to pick one with a distinct shape or silhouette—tulips are good. here, i’ve used a peony, going for a simple, almost black and white, color range. Just pick a good contrast between the background and your flower: you could even go with strong colors.
SEP 2016
49
4 Once the dark shadows are done, we can move onto the mid tones. Mix a color inbetween the first Sap Green color wash you used and the shadow. test your color first. then add the mid tones of the leaves. it’s quite a nice effect to paint around the veins of the leaves, leaving them lighter. in the same way, but with Ultramarine Blue, add the mid tones to the bottle. with a very diluted payne’s Grey, paint in the darker petals. then comes the fun part—mixing a lot of payne’s Grey for your background. Use lots of water and lots of As inspiration for this project I looked at Hiroshi Yoshida, a Japanese painter paint, and be sure to mix up more than you think Start with your #10 brush, letting the and woodblock printer (1876–1950) He was well known foryou’ll hisneed. subtle pigment pool into interesting areas. while the paint watercolors and a mastery of ambient light effects that gaveishis paintings still wet, jump in with your #04 brush to get 3 Next we’ll be adding some depth to the close to the flower between the petals and leaves. leaves and stalk. it’s good such to thinka ofmeditative the shadow atmosphere. in terms of defined shapes. Mix some Sap Green with payne’s Grey to create a dark green, then take your time and add the shadows. in the same manner, keep with the Raw Sienna and Alizarin Crimson that you used earlier, but use 1 experiment less water and more paint. if it helps, on a piece of paper to get the richness of color right before you commit to your painting. Use Ultramarine Blue for the bottle’s shadow.
in this exercise you’ll see how you Written by one of the UK’s foremost artists, this unique book is a complete course in watercolour by painting. Built up subject by subject with over 50 small paintings, key concepts and techniques are introduced gradually throughout the book, providing a solid foundation to build your skills. This course will start you on a great journey of watercolour painting and inspire you with the confidence to continue.
With this painting i’ll be introducing a technique can change a scene’s atmosphere common to the scottish Colorists. painters such as samuel peploe wouldusing often introduce a very dark palettes. different color background to their still lives to increase impact with a strong dynamic contrast between the delicacy of the flower and the boldness of the backdrop. This friction between the two elements allows you to put less emphasis on modeling the individual aspects of the flower. Rather than trying to model the flower’s subtle graduations, we’ll be focussing more on shapes and patterns to create a bold watercolor.
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 250 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782214397 • £12.99
2 Using Sap Green, start with a wash over the 1 Draw the flower with a 2b pencil. think of the leaves, using lots of water. think of filling the overall shape first, then work out individual leaf area with a pool of water rather than painting. shapes and petals. if you work in this manner, then use a wash of Raw Sienna with a touch of rather than start with a petal at a time, you Alizarin Crimson for the stalks. it’s okay if the could be surprised how it will fit into place. color runs into the leaves slightly. Finally add a Use the idea “start with a shovel finish with a of Ultramarine Blue for theisbottle. Be as the basis needle”—you begin with the big shapes before here is the wash simple landscape that used careful to leave white highlights unpainted honing into small details. of this exercise. it’s very common to paint outside for later.
when the sun is shining—who doesn’t love painting in the warm sunlight? Unfortunately, this can make paintings look a little predictable—with bright blue skies and green grass, it starts looking a bit primary. But with a selection of different color palettes, you can create a very different atmosphere.
1
1
3
3 4
6
4 5
6
5 5 After the background has dried, we can add the highlights to finish this painting. Use Alizarin Crimson to paint the red highlights. Use your own judgement if the petals need darkening at all.
Vibrant Watercolours
Draw out the scene you’d like to use. Keep the lines fairly simple and light. i used a printer to print out the lines onto four separate sheets of watercolor paper. this is a great way to experiment with your painting, as you don’t need to go through the process of drawing the same scene over and over again.
2
2
sunRisE 1 Sky Simple dilute watercolor wash with yellow Ocher with a touch of Burnt Sienna, applied lightly as a graduation from the top of the page to where the sky meets the sea. 2 Foreground Graduated wash of diluted Burnt Sienna to Cerulean Blue. 3 Hills Furthest hills use a very light Burnt Sienna; for the close ones, add a touch of Cobalt Violet to make them a little bit darker (not too much). 4 Boats Use the hills mixture to paint the boats. Make simple horizontal brush marks to suggest the boats, you don’t need to go into details. 5 Cast shadows wait until tombstones have dried, then mix a dark tone with Cobalt Violet and a small touch of pure indigo. paint the cast shadows from the tombstones with pure indigo.
sunsET 1 Sky wash yellow Ocher and touch of orange. 2 Foreground Cobalt Violet with touch of yellow and orange. 3 Hills yellow Ocher, use more pigment, less diluted. 4 Sea Diluted yellow Ocher. 5 Tombstones Cobalt Violet with shadows with some Burnt Sienna. 6 Cast shadows purple with payne’s Grey.
Selling points • High-profile artist • Complete course in watercolour painting • Over 50 little painting to build your skills
yellow Ocher
Burnt Sienna
Cerulean Blue
Cobalt Violet
pure indigo
yellow Ocher
Burnt Sienna
Cobalt Violet
purple
payne’s Grey
DEC 2016
Hazel Lale Do you want your watercolours to capture what is in your imagination? Inspired by her travels through India, Africa, Europe and the Americas, Hazel Lale shows you how to unleash your inner creativity. Learn to produce paintings filled with energy and vibrancy as you build from line and form to colour, light and abstraction. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212942 • £14.99 / $24.95
All rights free
Selling points • Learn to unleash your inner creativity • Paintings filled with energy and vibrancy • Artist inspired by worldwide travels
BESTSELLER
Watercolours Unleashed jane betteridge Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782210351 • £14.99 / $24.95 All rights free
PAINTING & DRAWING
Pick up the skills, put on the paint, hang on black background: Little Ways 9topeony Learn Watercolour up your art Color, light, and atmosphere Creating dynamic contrast 48
Wendy Tait’s Watercolour Flowers Fresh, effective and imaginative techniques Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782210177 • £15.99 / $29.95 All rights free
www.searchpress.com | 71
MoonlighT 1 Sky pure indigo and 2 Foreground pure i 3 Hills Cerulean Blue 4 Sea Cerulean Blue. 5 Tombstones purple 6 Highlights paint the (moonlight color has a
Cerulean Blue
PAINTING & DRAWING
The Modern Flower Painter
Drawing and Painting with Water Soluble Media
Creating, vibrant botanical portraits in watercolour
Fiona peart
anna mason
Specification • Paperback with flaps • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489534 • £15.99 / $29.95 All rights free
Specification • Hardback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844488636 • £17.99 / $35.00 Chinese, Czech & Italian rights sold
Painting Watercolour Flowers from Photographs
Janet Whittle’s Watercolour Flowers
robin Berry
An inspirational step-by-step guide to colour and techniques
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486120 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486687 • £12.99 / $19.95
William Newton’s Complete Guide to Watercolour Painting william newton
Specification • Hardback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488308 • £17.99 / $29.95
French, German, Italian, Russian & South African rights sold
Glyn Macey’s World of Acrylics
French rights sold
How to paint sea, sky, land and life
MAY 2016
Glyn macey Artist and author Glyn Macey is irrepressible, enthusiastic and filled with innovative ideas for using acrylics effectively. His deep love for painting will show you how to unleash your creativity with the adaptable, interesting and exciting acrylic medium. Learn how to see like a child again, with wide-eyed excitement, and paint the world around you using just a few acrylics and whatever else you have to hand! This book is a creative adventure that will give you ideas and inspiration for expressive and personal acrylic artworks. More importantly, it will set yourself on your own artistic path so you can discover and explore your own painting style. Specification • Paperback with flaps • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211174 • £15.99 / $29.95 All rights free
Acrylics Unleashed glyn macey Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844487967 • £14.99 / $24.95 French rights sold
72 |
www.searchpress.com
Vibrant Acrylics Hashim akib Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486977 • £14.99 / $29.95 French, German, Italian & Dutch rights sold
OCT 2016
fraser scarfe The eternal challenge for any landscape artist is how to successfully evoke the feeling of the outdoors. Follow SAA Artist of the Year Fraser Scarfe through the seasons as he shows how to create landscape paintings filled with light, drama and atmosphere. Packed with inspiration, advice and techniques, learn to make your acrylics sing and bring your landscapes to life. Specification • Hardback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212836 • £15.99 / $29.95 All rights free
20 17
2017 Acrylics for the Absolute Beginner Charles evans
ISBN: 9781782213987
Sea & Sky in Acrylics
A-Z of Bird Portraits
Techniques & inspiration
An illustrated guide to painting beautiful birds in acrylics
Dave white Specification • Paperback with flaps • 128 pages • 290 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782210672 • £12.99 / $21.95 All rights free
andrew forkner Specification • Hardback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210023 • £19.99 / $35.00 Dutch Chinese, Italian & French rights sold
Complete Guide to Painting in Acrylics
Little Ways to Learn Acrylics
lorena kloosterboer
50 mini painting projects to get you started
Specification • Paperback • 320 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211877 • £15.99
Incredible Acrylics
All About Acrylics
Techniques, ideas and new ways to use this versatile medium
A complete guide to painting using this versatile medium
Jean-Paul van Boxtel
oliver lohr, kristina schaper & ute Zander
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 275 x 210mm (8¼ x 10¾ inches) • 145 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485376 • £14.99 / $29.95
Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 280 x 210mm (8¼ x 11 inches) • 315 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486052 • £14.99 / $24.95
mark nelson Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212508 • £12.99
The Acrylic Flower Painter’s A to Z Lexi sundell
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844482948 • £12.99 / $19.95
www.searchpress.com | 73
PAINTING & DRAWING
Atmospheric Landscapes in Acrylics
PAINTING & DRAWING
6
Abstract Nature
Expressing the natural world with acrylics, watercolour and mixed media
SEP 2016
waltraud nawratil Waltraud Nawratil teaches you how to express the natural world through abstract art. Using a range of mediums such as acrylics, watercolour and mixed media – including elements from nature such as sand, bark and leaves – the reader will learn to convey the natural world in a 7 einstimmende gedanken new and creative light.
einstimmende gedanken
eInstIMMende gedanKen
Marger stern
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 225 x 225mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212386 • £12.99 / $24.95
Einige Monate nachdem ich mich der Malerei zugewendet hatte, brachte mir der Ausspruch meiner damals zwölfjährigen Tochter, „Mami, wenn ich deine Bilder anschau, wird mir ganz fröhlich!“, die Erkenntnis, dass ich genau solche Bilder malen will: Bilder, die Fröhlichkeit ausstrahlen und die dazu in der Lage sind, diese Fröhlichkeit auf den Betrachter zu übertragen. Es ist meine tiefe Verbundenheit mit der Natur, die mich dazu veranlasst, vor wiegend Blumen und Bäume zu malen. Das bedeutet für mich jedoch nicht, nur das Gegenständliche zu kopieren, sondern darüber hinaus meine Empfindungen beim Betrachten von Blumen und Bäumen auszudrücken. Meine Bilder sollen die farbige Verlockung der Natur und ihre Lebendigkeit einfangen, ihre Verwand lung, aber auch ihre Verletzlichkeit widerspiegeln.
Material
Rechteckige Leinwand Acrylfarbe Hookersgrü blau, Schwarz, Weiß, Z Acrylfarbe Heavy Body Aquacrylfarbe Mittelge Airbrushfarbe Olivbrau Acrylbinder, feiner San Flachpinsel, Schrägpin Sprühflasche mit Wass
t Marg
p Ausschnitt: Die
rylfarbe Heavy Bo wird Airbrushfar Wasser besprüht,
War es zuerst die Aquarellmalerei, die mich in ihren Bann zog, folgte rasch der Wunsch, die Zartheit eines Aquarells mit der Kraft und Dynamik eines Acrylbildes zu verbinden. Dabei versuche ich, die fast unendliche Farbenvielfalt der Natur einzufangen, ohne dass die Bilder jedoch allzu bunt werden und an Ruhe einbüßen.
Selling points • Features a stunning range of the artist’s own abstract work • Includes techniques in acrylics, watercolour and mixed media • Ideal for nature lovers and painters looking for inspiration
Dabei ist mir die Natur sowohl geduldiges Modell als auch ständige Quelle der Inspiration. Sicher wird es auch Ihnen so ergehen, wenn Sie Ihre Augen öffnen für die Veränderungen, die die Jahreszeiten an den Pflanzen bewirken. Lassen Sie sich anregen vom stetigen Wandel der Blüten und Bäume im Jahreszyklus und schaffen Sie mit Ihren Bildern ein dauerhaftes Zeugnis dieser eigentlich flüchtigen Momentaufnahmen, an welchem Sie sich jederzeit erfreuen können.
BESTSELLER Oben links: Blumengarten, Acryl, 80 x 80 cm Oben rechts: Mohnblüten, Mischtechnik, 50 x 60 cm Unten: Seerose, Aquarell, 50 x 60 cm
Abstracts: Techniques and Textures
Abstracts: 50 Inspirational Projects
Painting Abstracts
The Art of Abstract Painting
Realistic Abstracts
Ideas, projects and techniques
A guide to creativity and free expression
Rolina Van Vliet
rolina van vliet
Rolina van Vliet
Rolina van Vliet
Painting abstracts based on what you see
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 225 x 225mm (8½ x 8½ inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489558 • £12.99 / $25.95
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 225 x 225mm (8½ x 8½ inches) • 175 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487158 • £12.99 / $25.95
Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 225 x 225mm (8½ x 8½ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844483365 • £12.99 / $25.95
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 225 x 225mm (8½ x 8½ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844484270 • £12.99 / $25.95
Sea & Sky in Oils
NEW EDITION
kees van aalst
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 225 x 225mm (8½ x 8½ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485604 • £12.99 / $25.95
NEW
Roy Lang Roy Lang shows you how to capture the power, majesty and atmosphere of the sea in oils. Learn how the sea and sky interact in nature, and how to portray their many moods. There is information on oil paints and on techniques such as tonal underpainting, as well as general painting advice on colour, tone and composition and two step-by-step demonstrations. Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213055 • £9.99 / $19.95 Italian rights sold
Selling points • Expert author • Winner of The Society of All Artist’s ‘Artist of the Year’ 2002 • Covers all aspects of painting seascapes in oils
74 |
www.searchpress.com
DEC 2016
haidee-jo summers Renowned oil painter, Haidee-Jo Summers, believes that oil paints are ideal for a contemporary, fresh and spontaneous way of painting. In this book she shows how they can be used to produce beautiful, vibrant paintings. This exploration of her painting philosophy and techniques teaches everything the painter needs through simple exercises and step-by-step projects, and it is packed with Haidee-Jo's beautiful paintings. Covering alla prima, plein air painting, landscapes, seascapes, portraits and indoor scenes, this book has something to inspire every oil painter from beginners to experienced artists. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212539 • £14.99 / $24.95 All rights free
Selling points • A fresh, contemporary approach to oil painting • Simple step-by-step projects • Something to inspire beginners to experienced artists
See also
SEARCH PRESS
for
l the
g.
the complete oil painter
e for Yet lete
Classics
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
25/11/2013 12:33
oil Painter
Pastel Artist’s Bible
The complete
ture,
the
edited by Claire Waite Brown
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Search Press
Search Press
Brian gorst
the essential reference source for artists
An essential reference for the practising artist (smaller spines)
Search Press
B R I A N
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
G O R S T
Search Press Search Press
(smaller spines)
Search Press
The Complete Oil Painter
Painting Pastel Landscapes
Pastels Unleashed
The essential reference source for artists
Jeremy ford
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489084 • £14.99 / $24.95 Italian & French rights sold
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Press Search Press
ress
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
brian gorst
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212805 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback with flaps • 96 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211167 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
margaret evans
The Pastel Artist's Bible on page 98, Pastel Painting Step-by-Step on page 89, and Painting with Pastels on page 95.
www.searchpress.com | 75
PAINTING & DRAWING
Vibrant Oils
PAINTING & DRAWING
Drawing & Painting Cats
Wild and domestic cats in watercolour, acrylics, ink, pastel and pencil
NEW
vic bearcroft Award-winning animal artist Vic Bearcroft presents his versatile and complete guide to all aspects of drawing and painting cats. From your first pencil sketches to breathtaking finished artworks in a variety of popular and more unusual media, Vic shows you how to capture the elusive magic of cats both big and small. Whether you want to paint playful housecats or majestic big cats, this book will provide you with all you need. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211129 • £15.99 / $27.95
All rights free
Selling points • Multiple media makes it accessible to all artists • Drawing titles are popular and cats are a perennial favourite • Vic Bearcroft has been named Winner of the Endangered Species category in the BBC Wildlife Artist of the Year 2012 competition
: R IFE AR IES NE L YE C IN ILD E PE W C W F TH D S 012 O E 2 BB ST ER RD TI NG A AR DA AW EN
Drawing & Painting Wild Animals vic bearcroft Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486946 • £14.99 / $24.95 Dutch, French & Italian rights sold
DRAWING & PAINTING
Drawing & Painting Animals with Expression Wild Animals
NOV 2016
marjolein kruijt
Life and expression are the key to producing engaging animal artwork, and this book shows you how to capture all sorts of animals, from popular favourites cats, dogs, horses and birds to wild animals including lemurs, monkeys and rabbits. Marjolein Kruijt shows you her techniques for filling your animal artwork with character and style using charcoal, pencil, oils, watercolours and pastel. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213215 • £15.99 / $29.95
Selling points • Learn to capture the personality of all sorts of animals • Multiple media makes it accessible to all artists
76 |
www.searchpress.com
APR 2016
Landscapes with your tablet
PAINTING & DRAWING
Painting without Paint matthew palmer
The perfect introduction to digital painting for artists, Matthew Palmer's clear and simple approach will allow you to produce beautiful landscapes on your tablet within minutes. Perfect for beginners and experienced artists, this book is a gateway into the exciting, emerging world of digital painting. With a close look at the medium's advantages and unique techniques, along with information on how to apply traditional painting skills, you will quickly find yourself immersed in enjoyable and rewarding artwork. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212843 • £12.99 / $25.95
All rights free
Selling points • Clear and simple instructions with no technical jargon • 4 full projects and lots of exercises • Perfect for beginners and those new to digital art
BESTSELLER
Watercolour for the Absolute Beginner Matthew palmer Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 566 colour photographs 9781844488254 Malen Sie gerne gegenständlich? Dann• ist ISBN: das Malen im Pop- und Roy Lichtenstein, inspiriert Ergänzt werden sie durch Art-Stil vielleicht genau das Richtige für Sie! Denn diese Stil- zahlreiche Motive, die aktuelle Themen und trendige Pro/ $19.95 • £12.99 dukte aufgreifen richtung ist eine Gegenbewegung zur abstrakten Malerei: Die Objekte werden stark vereinfacht und meist nur flächig dar- Zu Beginn ist es am einfachsten, wenn Sie die Motive direkt Slovenian, Estonian & Russian rights gestellt – ganz ohne schwierig zu erstellende Farbverläufe und als Vorlagen verwenden und einfach nachmalen Sie könkomplizierte Strukturen entstehen dabei beeindruckende Bil- nen Ihr Lieblingsmotiv aber selbstverständlich auch farbsold
Vorwort
Pop Art
der In diesem Buch finden Sie zahlreiche Beispiele in unterschiedlichen Schwierigkeitsstufen, so dass hier für jeden etwas dabei ist Die gezeigten Motive sind teilweise von bekannten Pop-Art-Künstlern, wie zum Beispiel Andy Warhol
lich abwandeln oder ganz nach Belieben andere Materialien und Werkzeuge verwenden Sie werden sehen, dann ist der nächste Schritt gewiss nicht mehr weit Schnell werden Sie auf eigene Ideen kommen Schließlich finden sich im all-
täglichen Umfeld jede Menge Motive, die sich in Pop-Art typischer Manier umsetzen lassen In der Einführung werden neben den grundsätzlichen Aspekten zu Materialien und Malutensilien auch einige einfache Techniken vorgestellt, wie Sie von einem Foto oder einem realen Objekt hin zu Ihrer Malvorlage und dann zu Ihrem Bild gelangen Denn bei Pop-Art-Bildern ist es vor allem wichtig, die Darstellung zu reduzieren, d h eine komplexe Vorlage zu vereinfachen und in die klare, einfache Formensprache der Pop-Art zu übertragen
Egal, ob Sie das Malen nun eher als dekoratives Hobby betrachten oder den Ehrgeiz entwickeln, eigene Pop-Art-Werke zu schaffen, ich hoffe – und das ist das Entscheidende – dass Sie beherzt und mit Freude malen!
JUN 2016
Thoma bÖhler Thomas Böhler shows you how to achieve this bold, colourful, iconic style of art. Ideal for artists of all abilities, this book is packed full of inspirational pop art pieces and includes advice on everything from choosing your materials to using photo or a real-life reference, as well as adding colour and bold design effects.
Pop-Art ganz einfa
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212331 • £8.99 / $15.95
Im Folgenden fin und Motivideen, die S Bereichen der Pop-Art Blumen à la Andy Warh wie der Cadillac oder d Tier oder M
Selling points • A fantastic, iconic art style that is suitable for all abilities • Packed full of inspirational pop art pieces • Create your own unique works of pop art 18
6
7
www.searchpress.com | 77
matthew brehm HOW TO SEE IT, HOW TO DRAW IT: HOW TO SEE IT AND HOW TO DRAW IT: THE PERSPECTIVE WORKBOOK
PAINTING & DRAWING
NEW How to See It,How to Draw It: The Perspective Workbook Unique exercises with more than 100 vanishing points to figure out
THE PERSPECTIVE WORKBOOK
Perspective is an essential skill for anyone who wants to draw or paint in any genre and in any medium. Matthew Brehm teaches you how to understand and apply this intuitive skill in this wonderful reference book, packed full of exercises and a unique 'image quiz' to practise putting your observational skills to the test. By the end of the book you will be able to apply perspective without a ruler or drafting table. There is also a 30-page workbook to hone your skills. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212768 • £15.99
Paul Heaston
Selling points • A hands-on guide to perspective from artist and architect Matthew Brehm • Features a unique 'image quiz' to practise your observational skills • Also includes a 30-page workbook to put your skills to the test
Unique exercises with more than 100 vanishing points to figure out
Matthew Brehm
Sketching People
FEB 2016
An urban sketcher’s guide to drawing figures and faces
sketching People
Lynne chapman
This book provides straight forward, practical help to give novice sketchers the confidence and ability to draw all sorts of people in a variety of situations. With detailed advice on how to put together an urban sketching toolkit and the best media to choose for particular situations, it will teach you new ways of looking at your subject, and different techniques to help you draw more quickly and explore new styles. Drawing people out in the world is exciting. Lynne Chapman shows you how to capture figures with immediacy and honesty. There is plenty of straightforward, practical help to give beginner sketchers the confidence to draw all sorts of people in a variety of situations. Learn how to capture people in motion and create a vivid sense of time and place.
Clearly written and fun to read, this book is bursting with inspirational artwork and candid advice, which will improve your drawing skills and change the way you sketch forever.
sketc
An urba n sketch
Lynne Chapman has published 30 children’s books, all illustrated in pastels. She founded Urban Sketchers Yorkshire in 2010, and runs SketchCrawls every month. She has delivered Urban Sketching workshops all over the world. Lynne has her own blog: “An Illustrator’s Life for Me!” at lynnechapman.blogspot.co.uk.
Lynne Chapma n
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213857 • £12.99
£12.99 ISBN: 978-1-78221-385-7
Searchpress.com
and ability to draw people There is plenty of straightforward, helpan to give beginner sketchers the • Advice on puttingpractical together urban sketching toolkit confidence to draw all sorts of people in a variety of situations. Learn how to capture Bursting with ainspirational artwork and straightforward advice people in•motion and create vivid sense of time and place. Clearly written and fun to read, this book is bursting with inspirational artwork and candid advice, which will improve your drawing skills and change the way you sketch forever.
A complete guide Thomas Thorspecken Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) • Over 350 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782210979 • £12.99
78 |
www.searchpress.com
£12.99 ISBN: 978-1-78221-385-7
Searchpress.com
Lynne Chapma n
Urban Sketching
Lynne Chapman has published 30 children’s books, all illustrated in pastels. She founded Urban Sketchers Yorkshire in 2010, and runs SketchCrawls every month. She has delivered Urban Sketching workshops all over the world. Lynne has her own blog: “An Illustrator’s Life for Me!” at lynnechapman.blogspot.co.uk.
sketching People
Selling points Practical guide give beginner sketchers confidence Drawing • people out in the worldto is exciting. Lynne Chapman shows the you how to capture figures with immediacy and honesty.
FEB 2017
Drawing & painting birds using coloured pencils alan woollett
Alan Woollett's breathtaking bird artwork is strikingly realistic, and this book captures perfectly the exquisite beauty of birds in their natural environments. Using graphite and coloured pencils, the techniques will allow you to produce artistic compositions with startling depth and impact. Dozens of inspirational examples showcase birds from all over the world. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212966 • £15.99 / $29.95
All rights free
Selling points • Uses graphite and coloured pencils • Inspirational examples that showcase birds from all over the world • Award-winning artist with a strong international following
Drawing and Painting Flowers with Coloured Pencils
The Art of Sumi-e
Chinese Brush Painting
Beautiful ink painting using Japanese brushwork
trudy friend
naomi okamoto
Traditional and contemporary techniques using ink and water soluble media
Specification • Paperback with flaps • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489428 • £15.99 / $29.95 Chinese & Czech rights sold
Specification • Paperback flexi-bound • 160 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • Colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211440 • £15.99 / $29.95
cheng yan Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • Colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212072 • £10.99 / $21.95
20
17
All rights free
Chinese Brush Painted Flowers 35 beautiful flowers and how to paint them, for all levels of artists from beginner up Joan lok Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211013 • £14.99
2017 Chinese Brush Painting: Animals cheng yan
ISBN: 9781782214113
www.searchpress.com | 79
PAINTING & DRAWING
Bird Art
PAINTING & DRAWING
The Human Form
DEC 2016
A complete guide to anatomy for artists
gottfried bammes The human figure has been at the centre of art since ancient times. Learn about its underlying anatomy in this English-language edition of the internationally acclaimed textbook by Gottfried Bammes. Seamlessly combining scientific information with practical drawing tutorials, and stepby-step exercises, this is the essential reference guide for both students of life drawing as well as professional artists. The focus is on human proportions, the static and dynamic laws of posture and movement, body expression and the basic elements that compose the human figure. There is also helpful information on the history of the study of anatomy and the development of three-dimensional ideas in art. Specification • Paperback • 476 pages • 295 x 210mm (8¼ x 11½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213574 • £30.00 / $50.00
Selling points • English-language edition of Gottfried Bammes' internationally acclaimed textbook for the artist • Combines scientific information with practical drawing tutorials and step-by-step exercises • Invaluable resource for students of life drawing and professional artists
Complete Guide to Life Drawing
Complete Guide to Drawing Animals
Drawing and Painting Horses Draw Portraits
Draw Flowers
Eva Dutton
renate klein
gottfried bammes
gottfried bammes
Specification • Paperback • 240 pages • 295 x 210mm (8¼ x 11½ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489213 • £19.99 / $35.00
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 280 x 208mm (8¼ x 11 inches) • 84 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486960 • £8.99 / $17.95
Using pencils, pastels, crayons and charcoal
Specification • Paperback • 312 pages • 295 x 210mm (8¼ x 11½ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486908 • £19.99 / $35.00
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211136 • £15.99 / $24.95
80 |
Italian, German & French rights sold
Just Paint It!
Just Draw It!
The world’s most enjoyable painting course. Ever
The dynamic drawing course for anyone with a pencil & paper
Sam piyasena & beverly philp
Sam Piyasena & Beverly Philp
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • Over 300 illustrations • ISBN: 9781782210382 • £9.99
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • Over 300 illustrations • ISBN: 9781844488988
www.searchpress.com
• £9.99
anne pieper
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 187mm (7¼ x 10¼ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485284 • £10.99 / $19.95
NEW
michael bossom BACK BY POPULAR DEMAND Encaustic art is fascinating, fun and so easy to do. Learn how to create vibrant wax paintings in no time at all. Using over 155 step-by-step photographs and many inspirational examples, Michael Bossom shows how to paint a whole range of stunning pictures - vibrant flowers, incredible fantasy scenes, tranquil landscapes and luminous abstract designs. Each painting is unique and there are ideas for a whole range of cards and gifts that can be made quickly and simply. Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 240 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782214212 • £9.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Selling points • Back by popular demand • Quick, fun and easy to do • No special skills required - suitable for all abilities
Encaustic Art
JUN 2016
Painting with wax
michael bossom The encausTic arT ProjecT Book
With just a few wax colours, some card and a small electric iron, a whole range of cards, gifts and paintings can be made easily and quickly.
Encaustic Art Painting with Wax Michael Bossom
Michael BossoM
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213048 • £7.99 / $12.95
All rights free
Selling points • Learn to paint with wax to create stunning artwork • New edition of a popular title • Suitable for all abilities search Press
Search PreSS
Classics
A Beginner’s Guide to Airbrushing
Wonderful Ways with Wax
mEINRAD MARTIN FROSCHIN
Encaustic art for craft projects
Techniques of Traditional Icon Painting
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211198
Jann Visser
gilles weissmann
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 193mm (7½ x 10¼ inches) • 430 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487905 • £12.99 / $25.95
Specification
• £12.99 / $19.95
• Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487943 • £17.99 / $35.00
www.searchpress.com | 81
PAINTING & DRAWING
The Encaustic Art Project Book
PAINTING & DRAWING
Giovanni Civardi bestselling author Giovanni Civardi was born in Milan in 1947. While training to become a sculptor, portrait artist and illustrator at the Free Life-Study School of the Accademia di Brera, he also studied medicine and surgery. Giovanni pursued his interest in, the relationship between medical anatomy and the artistic depiction of the human form, and his experience of teaching the subject has led to the publication of numerous successful books. • Well-known Italian artist and teacher who combines the study of medicine and surgery with the practice and teachings of sculpture of art • Author of numerous bestselling books both in the UK and abroad
Figure Drawing: A Complete Guide
SEP 2016
giovanni civardi This is an essential guide for anyone learning to draw the human figure. Starting with the basic drawing techniques, Civardi gives expert advice on drawing the nude, sketching people, clothing on figures, heads and faces, and hands and feet. Civardi's technical advice and practical tips, accompanied by his own outstanding drawings, make this an invaluable resource for any artist. Specification • Paperback • 378 pages • 220 x 152mm (6 x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212799 • £9.99 / $19.95
Selling points • Essential guide for anyone learning to draw the human figure • Expert advice and clear, visual instruction • Based on material from previously published books by Giovanni
BESTSELLER
An Introduction to Drawing the Human Body
Drawing: A Complete Guide
giovanni civardi
A pocket-sized edition of Giovanni Civardi’s essential reference work Complete Guide to Drawing, revised to include The Nude.
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 180 b/w illustrations • ISBN: 9781844486090 • £12.99 / $24.95
82 |
www.searchpress.com
Giovanni Civardi
Specification • Paperback • 440 pages • 220 x 152mm (6 x 8¾ inches) • 450 b/w illustrations • ISBN: 9781844485086 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification
Excellent teaching and reference manuals for all artists. • Provide highly visual, expert guides to a broad range of subjects • Includes numerous examples of the author’s own work • Suitable for beginners as well as more advanced artists
• Paperback • 64 pages • 295 x 210mm • 8½ x 11½ inches • £8.99/ $17.95
MAR 2016
Wild Animals giovanni civardi
2017
20
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 295 x 210mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • illustrated throughout • ISBN: 9781782212935 • £8.99 / $17.95
17
Giovanni Civardi shows you how to capture a variety of wild animal subjects from Africa, Asia and the Americas. This inspirational and easy-to-follow guide will suit beginners as well as more experienced artists.
Drawing Statues giovanni civardi
ISBN: 9781782213154
Drawing Babies and Children giovanni civardi
ISBN: 9781782213161
Clothing on Figures
Understanding Perspective
Heads & Faces
Drawing Pets
ISBN: 9781782212300
ISBN: 9781844487837
ISBN: 9781844487851
ISBN: 9781844487844
Drawing Light & Shade
Drawing Hands & Feet
Drawing Portraits
Flowers, Fruit & Vegetables
Sketching People
ISBN: 9781844481866
ISBN: 9781844480715
ISBN: 9781903975091
ISBN: 9781844486823
ISBN: 9781844486830
Understanding Human Form & Structure ISBN: 9781782212317
www.searchpress.com | 83
PAINTING & DRAWING
The Art of Drawing series
PAINTING & DRAWING
How to Draw series
Specification • Paperback • 32 pages • 292 x 216mm
A fantastic series for anyone wanting to learn how to draw. • See how easy it is to create great pictures • Shown in simple steps from initial shapes to finished fullcolour drawing • Achievable and fun to do JUL 2016
• 8½ x 11½ inches • Colour throughout • £4.99/ $9.95
AUG 2016
AUG 2016
OCT 2016
Manga Animals
Manga Chibis
Babies & Children
Manga Monsters
yishan li
yishan li
susie hodge
yishan li
ISBN: 9781782213437
ISBN: 9781782213444
ISBN: 9781782213420
ISBN: 9781782213451
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
OCT 2016
OCT 2016
NOV 2016
People in Action
Zentangles
Mandalas
Hands and Feet
susie hodge
ann marie irving
ann marie irving
susie hodge
ISBN: 9781782213406
ISBN: 9781782214328
ISBN: 9781782214311
ISBN: 9781782213413
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
Waterfall Stand Free specially designed waterfall stand available with your initial order for just 48 books Details • Measures: 27cm wide x 46cm deep x 170cm high (including header) • Displays titles face out or spine out, holds 48 books • Fold-flat design means the unit can be wall mounted or free standing • One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
84 |
DEC 2016
www.searchpress.com
PAINTING & DRAWING
People
Garden Flowers
Exotic Flowers
Trees
Dogs
Birds
Fashion Figures
Susie Hodge
Penny Brown
janet whittle
denis John-naylor
Susie hodge
Polly pInder
Susie Hodge
ISBN: 9781844489480
ISBN: 9781844488797
ISBN: 9781844486366
ISBN: 9781844483730
ISBN: 9781844483747
ISBN: 9781844483549
ISBN: 9781844487646
Spanish rights sold
All rights free
Italian rights sold
Insects
Wild Flowers
Flowers
Italian, French & Slovenian rights sold
German, French & Italian rights sold
German, French & Italian rights sold
Spanish & Italian rights sold
DANDI PALMER
janet whittle
Janet Whittle
Wild Animals
Cats
Faces
Horses
ISBN: 9781844484478
ISBN: 9781844485642
ISBN: 9781844483266
jonathan newey
Polly Pinder
Susie Hodge
eva dutton
Spanish & Slovenian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844485734
ISBN: 9781844483693
ISBN: 9781844486731
ISBN: 9781844483723
German, French & Italian rights sold
German, French, Spanish & Italian rights sold
Italian, Croatian & Slovenian rights sold
German, French, Spanish, Italian & Slovenian rights sold
All rights free
French & Italian rights sold
BESTSELLER
Dinosaurs dandi palmer
ISBN: 9781844488711 Italian rights sold
Dragons paul bryn davies
ISBN: 9781844483129 Italian rights sold
Fairies paul bryn davies
ISBN: 9781844483716 French & Italian rights sold
Monsters jim McCarthy
ISBN: 9781844487950 Italian rights sold
Manga Girls yishan li
ISBN: 9781782211266
How to Draw Fantasy Creatures Dragons, fairies, vampires & monsters in simple steps paul bryn davies & jim Mccarthy Uses material from the How to Draw series. Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213093 • £9.99 / $17.95 All rights free
How to Draw Animals in simple steps Eva dutton, susie hodge, polly pinder, jonathan newey Uses material from the How to Draw series. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486649 • £12.99 / $19.95 Croatian, Italian, French, Dutch, German & Slovenian rights sold
How to Draw Flowers & Trees in simple steps Denis John-Naylor, Janet Whittle & Penny Brown Uses material from the How to Draw series.
French & Italian rights sold
Manga Boys yishan li
ISBN: 9781782211259 French & Italian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488766 • £12.99 / $19.95 Italian, French & Slovenian rights sold
www.searchpress.com | 85
Specification
Everything you need to know to develop and improve your drawing skills. Complete, practical guides offering expert instruction from top artists, packed with practical advice, techniques and inspiration. • Step-by-step projects to help you improve your drawing skills • Beautiful, inspiring drawings • Packed with expert advice
MAY 2016
NEW
• Paperback • 96 pages • 280 x 216mm • 8½ x 11 inches • 100 b/w illustrations • £12.99 / $19.95
AUG 2016
NOV 2016
Clothed Figures
Trees
Perspective
Botanical Drawing
lucy swinburne
Denis John-Naylor
tim fisher
penny brown
ISBN: 9781782210795 All rights free
ISBN: 9781782210931 All rights free
ISBN: 9781782211112 All rights free
ISBN: 9781782212607 All rights free
Animals
Landscapes
Life Drawing
Flowers
Portraits
lucy swinburne
margaret eggleton
eddie armer
Margaret Eggleton
Carole Massey
ISBN: 9781844487721
ISBN: 9781844489596
ISBN: 9781844488186
ISBN: 9781844487240
ISBN: 9781844487479
Spanish rights sold
Spanish rights sold
Spanish rights sold
Spanish rights sold
Spanish rights sold
2017
17
Includes FREE links to online tutorial videos
20
PAINTING & DRAWING
Drawing Masterclass series
Hands & Feet eddie armer
ISBN: 9781782214274
86 |
www.searchpress.com
The techniques you need to create beautiful paintings using the popular mediums of watercolour and acrylics.
Start to Paint with Acrylics
FEB 2016
NEW EDITION
arnold lowrey In this new edition of his popular book Painting with Acrylics (9781844480104), Arnold Lowreyoffers an inspiring and creative introduction to painting with acrylics. Written in clear, simple-to-understand terms he explores the materials and techniques you will need to get started in this exciting medium. Includes: - Six step-by-step demonstrations - Materials, tools and basic techniques Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213260 • £9.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Selling points • Covers all the essential techniques of working in acrylics • Includes six step-by-step projects • New edition of the highly successful book 'Painting with Acrylics'
Start to Paint with Watercolours
NEW EDITION
FEB 2016
arnold lowrey In this new edition of his popular book Starting to Paint (9781903975237), Arnold Lowrey offers an inspiring and creative introduction to painting with watercolours. Written in clear, simple-to-understand terms he explores the materials and techniques you will need to get started in this popular medium. Includes: - Six step-by-step demonstrations - Materials, tools and basic techniques Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213277 • £9.99 / $19.95
Selling points • Watercolour is a popular medium • Aimed at complete beginners • New edition of the highly successful book 'Starting to Paint'
www.searchpress.com | 87
PAINTING & DRAWING
Start to Paint series
PAINTING & DRAWING
How to Paint series
Specification
• The ultimate series for all artists • Subjects and ideas for successful paintings • Expert guidance from leading artists • Detailed step-by-step demonstrations
• Paperback • 64 pages • 292 x 216mm
• 8½ x 11½ inches • Colour throughout • £8.99/ $17.95
Flowers in Acrylics
Oils
tim fisher
stephen rose
ISBN: 9781844485826
ISBN: 9781844482917
Italian & French rights sold
French, Italian, Latin American (Spanish) & Russian rights sold
Abstracts Dani Humberstone
Flowers in Watercolour
ISBN: 9781844482900
Julie king
French & Italian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844482672
Watercolour Washes
French & Italian rights sold
fiona peart
Watercolours
ISBN: 9781844483662
jeremy Ford
Italian & French rights sold
ISBN: 9781844482665 French, Italian, Latin American (Spanish) & Russian rights sold
Waterfall Stand
Drawing Techniques
Free specially designed waterfall stand available with your initial order for just 48 books
quentin de la BÉdoyÈre
Details • Measures: 27cm wide x 46cm deep x 170cm high (including header)
ISBN: 9781844482689 French, Latin American (Spanish) & Italian rights sold
• Displays titles face out or spine out, holds 48 books • Fold-flat design means the unit can be wall mounted or free standing • One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
Trace & Paint series Each book is packed with step-by-step demonstrations accompanied by full-size outline drawings, with clear instruction from leading artists. These books comprise material from the Ready to Paint series. Watercolour Terry Harrison, Geoff Kersey & Arnold lowrey
ISBN: 9781844485529
All rights free
Flowers Wendy Jelbert, Michael Lakin, Fiona Peart & Wendy Tait
ISBN: 9781844487271
All rights free
Watercolour Landscapes Terry Harrison & geoff kersey
ISBN: 9781844487288
All rights free
88 |
www.searchpress.com
F tli Fu RE ne ll- E in d siz clu ra e de wi d ng s Specification ou
• Paperback • 128 pages • 292 x 216mm • 8½ x 11½ inches • colour throughout • 18 outline drawings • £12.99/ $25.95
Brush-loads of inspiration and ideas, with 24 full-size outlines supplied so artists can simply transfer their chosen picture onto the painting surface, or mix and match different elements.
Specification • Paperback • 112 pages • 285 x 216mm
• 8½ x 11¼ inches • Colour throughout • £10.99/ $21.95
Lakes, Rivers & Streams in Acrylic
charles evans
paul apps
ISBN: 9781844489589
ISBN: 9781782210948
All rights free
Hills & Mountains in Watercolour Peter woolley
ISBN: 9781782210894 All rights free
Boats & Harbours in Acrylic
All rights free
Trees, Woodlands & Forests in Watercolour Geoff Kersey
ISBN: 9781844487615
French & Italian rights sold
Landscapes in Watercolour terry harrison
ISBN: 9781844486618
French & Italian rights sold
Flowers in Watercolour Wendy tait
ISBN: 9781844486588
French, Italian & Russian rights sold
Painting Step-by-Step series Leading artists use clear step-by-step demonstrations to explore many different techniques. These books comprise material from the Leisure Arts series. • Detailed demonstrations • Expert advice • Great ideas for beautiful drawings and paintings
Specification • Paperback • 144, 160 pages • 280 x 220mm • 8½ x 11 inches • Colour throughout • £12.99/ $19.95 Watercolour Flower Painting ISBN: 9781844487363
All rights free
Oil Painting ISBN: 9781844486656
All rights free
Watercolour Painting Originally published as Working with Watercolour 978-0-85532-956-3.
ISBN: 9781844484386
All rights free
Watercolour Landscapes
Acrylic Painting
ISBN: 9781782210849
ISBN: 9781844484119
All rights free
All rights free
Pastel Painting
Drawing
ISBN: 9781844488612
ISBN: 9781844484393
All rights free
All rights free
www.searchpress.com | 89
PAINTING & DRAWING
What to Paint series
d e
si
in g s
c
The series that bridges the gap between painting by numbers and conventional art instruction books.
Free
t r a
PAINTING & DRAWING
Ready to Paint series
i n
Trace it, Paint it, treasure it
Specification • Paperback • 72 pages • 292 x 216mm • 8½ x 11½ inches • colour throughout • Includes tracings • £8.99/ $17.95
Ready - Paint! It’s as easy as that. With tracings included no drawing skills are required. Transfer the image, follow the detailed demonstrations and paint beautiful pictures with confidence.
Irish Landscapes in Watercolour
Italian rights sold
dermot cavanagh
ann mortimer
ISBN: 9781844489763 All rights free
Irises in Watercolour Julie King
ISBN: 9781844487219 All rights free
Cats & Kittens in Acrylics julie nash
ISBN: 9781844487165 French & Italian rights sold
Dogs & Puppies in Acrylics paul apps
ISBN: 9781844488162
Waterfall Stand
French rights sold
Wild Animals in Acrylics angela gaughan
ISBN: 9781844488933 All rights free
Horses in Acrylics dave white
ISBN: 9781844488179 All rights free
Vibrant Flowers in Watercolour fiona peart
ISBN: 9781844485468 Italian, Russian & French rights sold
Roses in Watercolour Janet Whittle
ISBN: 9781844486359
Details • Measures: 27cm wide x 46cm deep x 170cm high (including header)
French, Italian, Russian & Spanish rights sold
• Fold-flat design means the unit can be wall-mounted or free standing • One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
www.searchpress.com
ISBN: 9781844488216
Free specially-designed waterfall stand available with your initial order for just 48 books
• Displays titles face out, holds 48 books
90 |
Orchids in Watercolour
BESTSELLER
BESTSELLER
PAINTING & DRAWING
Watercolour Flowers
Watercolour Landscapes
Abstracts in Acrylics
Wendy Tait
Landscapes in Acrylics
dani humberstone
Charles Evans
Watercolour Boats & Harbours
Country Landscapes in Watercolour
ISBN: 9781844482849
Terry Harrison
ISBN: 9781844484898
ISBN: 9781844484232
charles evans
terry harrison
Canadian, French, German, Italian, Russian & Spanish rights sold
ISBN: 9781844482658
French, Italian & Korean rights sold
Italian & Russian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844483327
ISBN: 9781844486434
London in Watercolour
French, Italian & Russian rights sold
Russian & Italian rights sold
Venice in Watercolour joe francis dowden
ISBN: 9781844484911
Canadian, French, German, Italian, Russian & Spanish rights sold
New York in Watercolour
Venice in Acrylics
geoff kersey
wendy jelbert
ISBN: 9781844484195
ISBN: 9781844484133
Russian rights sold
Watercolour Trees & Woodlands Geoff Kersey
Russian rights sold
Geoff Kersey
ISBN: 9781844484720
Watercolour Rivers & Streams
Watercolour Barns
French & Russian rights sold
Terry harrison
ISBN: 9781844484256
ISBN: 9781844484089
Italian & Russian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844484799
Paris in Watercolour
Russian & Korean rights sold
Italian, Russian & Spanish rights sold
ISBN: 9781844485352
ISBN: 9781844486564
French & Russian rights sold
French, Italian, Russian & Spanish rights sold
Geoff Kersey
fiona peart
ISBN: 9781844487233 Russian & Italian rights sold
Russian rights sold
Keith Fenwick
Tulips in Watercolour
Flowers in Acrylics
ISBN: 9781844483303
wendy jelbert
French, Italian, Russian & Spanish rights sold
Coastal Landscapes in Watercolour tony cowlishaw
Ready to Paint The Masters series • No drawing skills are required • Simple step-by-step instructions
Specification Monet noel gregory
ISBN: 9781844484553
French & Italian rights sold
Van Gogh Michael sanders
ISBN: 9781844484546
French, Italian, Korean & Russian rights sold
Turner noel gregory
ISBN: 9781844485796
Italian rights sold
• Paperback • 88 pages • 292 x 216mm • 8½ x 11½ inches • 150 colour photographs • Includes tracings • £9.99/ $19.95
www.searchpress.com | 91
PAINTING & DRAWING
Art Handbooks series
Previously published as the hugely successful Step-by-Step Leisure Arts series, reissued in a handy format with beautiful new covers and the same high-quality content.
Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 215 x 155mm
• 6¼ x 8½ inches • colour throughout • £4.99/ $7.95
Water in Watercolour Joe Francis Dowden
ISBN: 9781844488919
All rights free
Flowers in Watercolour Wendy tait
ISBN: 9781844488889
All rights free
Wild Flowers in Watercolour wendy tait
ISBN: 9781844489824
All rights free
Sea & Sky in Watercolour Painting with Watercolours
Painting with Oils
Basic Drawing Techniques
arnold lowry
WILLIAM nEWTON
noel gregory
richard box
ISBN: 9781844489848
ISBN: 9781844488841
ISBN: 9781844488858
ISBN: 9781844488902
All rights free
Italian rights sold
Italian rights sold
All rights free
Landscapes in Acrylics
Painting with Acrylics
Painting with Pastels
Perspective
david hyde
Wendy Jelbert
Peter Coombs
ray campbell smith
ISBN: 9781844489787
ISBN: 9781844488872
ISBN: 9781844488865
ISBN: 9781844488896
All rights free
Italian rights sold
Italian rights sold
All rights free
Drawing Trees denis john-naylor
ISBN: 9781844489794
Counter Top Zig Zag Display FREE specially designed counter top display unit is available with an order for 40 assorted titles. Details • Measures: 32cm wide x 14cm deep x 46cm high (when filled) • Displays 8 titles face out, 5 books per pocket • One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
All rights free
Drawing Landscapes Ronald Swanwick
ISBN: 9781844489817
All rights free
Landscapes in Watercolour Ray Campbell Smith
ISBN: 9781844489800
All rights free
92 |
www.searchpress.com
Handbook of Watercolour Tips & Techniques
Handbook of Watercolour Landscapes Tips & Techniques
A compact, new edition of the previously published Watercolour Tips and Techniques.
A compact, new edition of the previously published Watercolour Landscapes Tips and Techniques.
Specification • Paperback • 376 pages • 219 x 162mm (6½ x 8½ inches) • 1,000 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486625 • £12.99 / $24.95
Specification • Paperback • 376 pages • 219 x 162mm (6½ x 8½ inches) • 1,000 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489619 • £12.99 / $24.95
30 Minute Artist series A new series for all busy artists, whatever their skill levels, in a portable, easy-to-use compact format. There are stepby-step demonstrations and advice from high-profile experts, explore all the techniques and show you how to create successful paintings in just half an hour. • Popular subjects for all artists • Each painting take just 30 minutes to complete • Quick tips and handy hints in a pocket-sized format
Painting Flowers in Watercolour
Painting Water in Watercolour
fiona peart
terry harrison
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 215 x 155mm (6¼ x 8½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844488261 • £6.99 / $12.95 French & Russian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 215 x 155mm (6¼ x 8½ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844489572 • £6.99 / $12.95 French & Russian rights sold
Art Answer series
These fantastic books contain practical answers and advice from the experts to all your questions about painting. Step-by-steps tips and techniques will help you learn and improve your skills.
Drawing & Sketching VERA CURNOW ISBN: 9781844488827
Acrylic Painting
Specification • Paperback • 224 pages
jennifer king
• 195 x 145mm
ISBN: 9781844488810
• 5¾ x 7¾ inches
Portrait Painting tricia reichert
• 200 colour photographs • £10.99
ISBN: 9781844489725
www.searchpress.com | 93
PAINTING & DRAWING
Handbooks series
PAINTING & DRAWING
Top Tips series Top artists reveal their secrets and show how to paint with confidence and imagination. • Hot tips, tricks-of-the-trade and essential techniques • Essential reference guides for artists of all ability • Handy pocket-sized ‘lay-flat’ book Easy to use lay-flat binding.
BESTSELLER
Specification • Spiral-bound Hardback • 96 pages • 210 x 148mm • 5¾ x 8¼ inches • 120 colour photographs • £9.99/ $19.95
Terry’s Top Tips for Watercolour Artists
Terry’s Top Tips for Acrylic Artists
Ray’s Top Tips for Watercolour Artists
terry harrison
terry harrison
Ray campbell smith
ISBN: 9781844483358 French, Korean & Italian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844484638 French, Korean & Italian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844484539 All rights free
Wendy’s Top Tips for Acrylic Artists
Alwyn’s Top Tips for Watercolour Artists
Geoff’s Top Tips for Watercolour Artists
Charlie’s Top Tips for Watercolour Artists
wendy jelbert
alwyn crawshaw
Geoff kersey
charles evans
ISBN: 9781844484850 Italian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844485802 All rights free
ISBN: 9781844484690 French & Italian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844484713 All rights free
94 |
www.searchpress.com
Specification
This classic, bestselling series provides perfect books for artists who want to paint successful pictures. • Richly illustrated, practical guides • Teeming with hot tips and expert advice • Step-by-step demonstrations allow the reader to put into practice all the techniques they have learnt
• Paperback • 96 pages • 292 x 216mm • 8½ x 11½ inches • Colour throughout • £9.99/ $19.95
Perspective, Depth & Distance
Painting with Pastels
Painting Mood & Atmosphere
From Sketch to Painting
Creative Acrylic Landscapes
geoff kersey
Jenny Keal
barry herniman
wendy jelbert
wendy jelbert
ISBN: 9781844480142 Italian, French & Dutch rights sold
ISBN: 9781844485901 French, Italian, Polish & Serbian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844480012 French & Italian rights sold
ISBN: 9780855329952 Dutch, French & Italian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844481712 French & Italian rights sold
The Kew Book of Botanical Illustration christabel King The Royal Botanical Gardens, Kew are world leaders in the recording and preservation of plants and Christabel King is their foremost botanical artist. Here she explains botanical art and illustration in detail, including materials used, collecting plant material, drawing and painting techniques, magnification, and painting leaves, flowers, cactii and succulents, wild flowers and trees. A chapter on travel drawing gives a flavour of the author's passion and worldwide experience, and there are many of her beautiful plates from the prestigious Curtis's Botanical magazine. There is also a helpful section on suitable subjects for beginners and a glossary of terms. The text is highly illustrated throughout with beautiful paintings. Specification • Hardback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844489473 • £19.99 / $35.00
Chinese rights sold
Selling points • Kew is a world leader in plant recording and preservation and this is their first practical art book • Christabel King is Kew's foremost botanical artist • Brilliant teaching manual for botanical artists of all abilities
www.searchpress.com | 95
PAINTING & DRAWING
Tips and Techniques series
PAINTING & DRAWING
Art Compendiums series
Compendium of Acrylic Painting Techniques
Compendium of Drawing Techniques
Compendium of Watercolour Techniques
300 tips, techniques and trade secrets
200 tips, techniques and trade secrets
gill barron
Donna krizek
Over 200 tips, techniques and trade secrets
Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210450 • £12.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488032 • £12.99
robin berry Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487714 • £12.99
Art Encyclopedias series
The Encyclopedia of Drawing Techniques
The Encyclopedia of Oil The Search Press Guide to Painting Techniques Painting Techniques
hazel harrison
jeremy galton
elizabeth tate
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212256 • £12.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9780855329600 • £12.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 208 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844487141 • £14.99
96 |
www.searchpress.com
The New Encyclopedia of Watercolour Techniques diana craig & Hazel harrison Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844486496 • £12.99
NEW
NEW
Specification
• Paperback • 48 pages • 215 x 155mm • 6¼ x 8½ inches • 55 colour photographs • £6.99 / $9.95
JUL 2016
Acrylics
Watercolour
Oils
julie collins
julie collins
julie collins
ISBN: 9781782210559
ISBN: 9781782210542
ISBN: 9781782210566
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
Winsor & Newton’s Colour Mixing Guide: Acrylics
The Pastel Colour Wheel Book
john barber
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 200 x 200mm (7¾ x 7¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485345 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 185 x 145mm (5¾ x 7¼ inches ) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844482276 • £9.99 / $19.95
john barber
www.searchpress.com | 97
PAINTING & DRAWING
A new colouring mixing guide series. These pocket-sized, practical guides have everything an artist needs to know about colour mixing, from colour theory to complementary, warm and cool colours, colour tone, using a limited palette, dull and bright colours and local colours. • Template provided so readers can paint their own colour wheel • Uses readily available Winsor & Newton colours, easily substituted by other ranges • Pocket-sized and practial format
D ES AN RI BR SE W NE
Colour Mixing Guides series
D ES AN RI BR SE W NE
PAINTING & DRAWING
New Artist’s Bibles series
Specification
This series of essential guides for the practising artist are 234 x 178mm, a perfect size for readers to keep handy and reference often. The stylish design of these books, along with the use of numerous photographs, illustrations and diagrams, make the learning process simple and fun for beginners and provides useful tips for more advanced readers.
• Paperback • 192 pages • 234 x 178mm • 7 x 9¼ inches • Colour throughout • £12.99
• Contains essential information on materials, equipment and techniques • Step-by-step sequences show how to master each medium, accompanied by expert tips and advice • Includes suggestions for presenting your finished pieces and how to go about getting your work seen and exhibited NEW
NEW
NEW
JUN 2016
the
Sketching & Drawing Bible
the
Sketching
the
& Drawing Bible
Watercolour
Oil Painter’s Marylin Scott
Marylin Scott
edited by Claire Waite Brown
Marylin Scott
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
rch Press Search Press
marylin scott
ISBN: 9781782213925
Search Press
marylin scott
Acrylic Artist’s Bible
Drawing Bible
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
jane strother
98 |
An essential reference for the practising artist
(smaller spines)
Search Press
www.searchpress.com
(back cover alternative)
The Watercolour Flower Artist’s Bible (big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
edited by claire waite brown
ISBN: 9781782213963 Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
An essential reference for the practising artist
(smaller spines)
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
(back cover alternative)
edited by Claire Waite Brown
Jane Strother
The Acrylics Artist’s Bible The Coloured Pencil Artist’s Bible marylin scott
Search Press
Watercolour Flower Artist’s Bible
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
h Press
the
Coloured Pencil Artist’s
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
reference for the practising artist
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
OCT 2016
the
Marylin Scott
ISBN: 9781782213956
edited by claire waite brown (big spines and title pages and backcovers)
ISBN: 9781782213949
OCT 2016
the
rch Press Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
JUN 2016
An essential (smaller spines)
The Pastel Artist’s Bible
ISBN: 9781782213932 Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
(smaller spines)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press Search Press
ISBN: 9781782213918
An essential reference for the practising artist
reference for the practising artist
The Watercolour Artist’s Bible
marylin scott
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
An essential (smaller spines)
Search Press
The Oil Painter’s Bible
The Sketching & Drawing Bible
Search Press
reference for the practising artist
Search Press
An essential (smaller spines)
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
An essential reference for the practising artist
(smaller spines)
ch Press
the
Artist’s Bible
Bible
Marylin Scott
Pastel Artist’s Bible
the
ISBN: 9781782213970 Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
MAR 2016
jan pickett A treasure trove of ideas for anyone who loves lettering, this book contains essential calligraphic instruction and a myriad of ideas for decorating your lettering. Whether you want to learn about formal calligraphy, or simply find inspiration for a special gift or greetings card, master calligrapher Jan Pickett shows you what you need to know in this inspiring and exciting book. There is instruction and inspiration for a huge range of styles, techniques and media, making this an indispensable resource suitable for beginners, experienced calligraphers and all those interested in the magical world of lettering. Includes: - Guidance on 8 traditional calligraphic styles - Dozens of innovative and contemporary decorative ideas - Hand-drawn alphabets for inspiration Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211556 • £12.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Selling points • Jan Pickett is a fellow of the Calligraphy and Lettering Arts Society (CLAS) and the Society of Scribes and Illuminators (SSI) • Combines traditional calligraphy with innovative and modern ideas • Rich source of information on styles, techniques, colour and media
Celtic Calligraphy Calligraphy knotwork and illumination kerry richardson Specification • Spiralbound • 96 pages • 215 x 155mm (6¼ x 8½ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210016 • £12.99 / $24.95
Czech rights sold
Complete Guide to Calligraphy
The Encyclopedia of Calligraphy Techniques
Everything you need to know, with 20 beautiful lettering styles
diana hardy wilson
vivien lunniss Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 228 x 195mm (7¾ x 9 inches) • 300 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782211822 • £14.99
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488100 • £12.99 / $19.95
www.searchpress.com | 99
PAINTING & DRAWING
Decorated Lettering
PAINTING & DRAWING
Manga Now! How to Draw Monsters & Mecha
FEB 2016
keith sparrow Clashing kaiju meet mighty mecha in this action-packed guide to drawing monsters and giant robots, suitable for all abilities.Written by bestselling author Keith Sparrow, this book includes an overview of Manga basics before launching into the exciting – and terrifying – world of monsters, mutants and dangerous beasts. Containing everything you need to get started, this action-packed guide will quickly have you drawing robots to save humanity – or crushing it beneath your monster's mighty feet! Specification • Paperback • 288 pages • 210 x 160mm (6½ x 8¼ inches) • 524 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211983 • £9.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Selling points • Popular subject • Bestselling author • Presented in simple step-by-step format
Manga Now! How to Draw Action Figures
Draw Manga
keith sparrow
Sonia Leong
Specification • Paperback • 288 pages • 210 x 160mm (8¼ x 6½ inches) • colour illustrations throughout • ISBN: 9781782210788 • £9.99 / $19.95
28 online video demonstrations
Complete skills
Specification • Paperback • 256 pages • 228 x 195mm (7¾ x 9 inches) • 550 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489381 • £14.99
All rights free
Draw Action
FEB 2016
250 ways to get movement into your drawings
carlos gomes cabral
Search Press
Search Press
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213888 • £10.99
What's a cartoon drawing without any kind of action?
250 WAYS TO get movement CARLOS GOMES CABRAL Search inTO YOUR DRAWINGS Search Press
Carlos Gomes Cabral, Cartoonist and illustrator shares his toolkit of tips and tricks to bring your drawings to life. With sections on positioning a shadow, (smaller spines) using speed lines and exaggerating expressions, Carlos shows how to draw dozens of action-packed subjects. Also featured are guest artists with varying styles sharing their unique methods for drawing movement. alternative dependent on design. Whether you are drawing digitallytypefaces or
250 WAYS TO get movement CARLOS GOMES CABRAL Search Press inTO YOUR DRAWINGS
Cartoonist and illustrator Carlos Gomez Cabral shares his toolkit of 300 tips and tricks to get movement into your drawings. Focusing on simplicity, rhythm and line of action, Carlos covers everything from action comics and pencil drawing to video games and digital art. He applies these and other tips to dozens of different subjects, showing you how you can bring your art to life. alternative typefaces dependent on design.
G
and tricks to bring your drawings to life. With sections on positioning a shadow, (smaller spines) using speed lines and exaggerating expressions, Carlos shows how to draw dozens of action-packed subjects. Also featured are guest artists with varying styles sharing their unique methods for drawing movement.
Search Press
100 |
www.searchpress.com
has had a huge passion for drawing and comic books since he was a kid. With a Bachelor's degree in Information Technology, he started working in the mobile app industry, but his enthusiasm for education turned into a driving passion when his drawing web tutorials became a big hit. Since then, he has freelanced for clients around the world. You can find him on Twitter (twitter.com/cgcabral) and Behance (www.behance.net/theidol).
Search Press
Search Press
£10.99 with points a good old-fashioned pencil, this Selling Carlos Gomes Cabral ISBN: 978-1-78221-388-8 CARLOS book gives you the skills you need. • 300 tips and tricks from cartoonist and illustrator Carlos Gomez GOMES CAB (big spines and title pages and backcovers) Cabral Search Press Search Press What's a cartoon drawing without any •kind Covers comics, pencil drawing to video games and digital art www.searchpress.com of action?action Gomes Cabral, Cartoonist and •Carlos Features advice from 7 guest illustrators all with varying styles illustrator shares his toolkit of tips
Search Press
Carlos Gomes Cabral has had a huge passion for drawing and comic books since he was a kid. With a Bachelor's degree in
Search
Whether you are drawing digitally or with a good old-fashioned pencil, this book gives you the skills you need.
(back cover alternative)
£10.99
alternative
Search Press Search Pres
ISBN: 978-1-78221-388-8
SEINEN
FEB 2016
How to turn your photos into manga drawings
sonia leong
LEONG
Manga
Your World
Beguiling and beautiful Manga is much easier to draw than it looks. With a fun exercise-book approach to this Japanese comic style, Manga Your World will help you to inject Manga magic ALSO AVAILABLE into your everyday life, through a series of easy-to-follow, sketching challenges and scenarios. Draw your friends, bento-style lunch box, beloved pooch, or even yourself, in a Manga-style selfie! Draw a High Fashion Self-Portrait
The characters found in Josei manga are often stylish, mature, and independent men and women. They have strong personalities and tastes, so it is common for this to come out with their appearance, not only with the way they are drawn, but also in the clothes they wear. With this in mind, why not try drawing yourself in your most glamorous, high fashion outfit?
HOW TO TURN YOUR PHOTOS INTO MANGA DRAWINGS
Manga Your World
Specification How to Draw: Manga Boys • Paperback • 128 pages ISBN: 978-1-78221-125-9 Seinen Gallery £4.99 254 203mm (8of seinen x 10 inches) Seinen manga (青年漫画) is marketed to a male • audience aged x These are generalizations and even if a series has none roughly 18 to 30. They have many of the same themes and of these characteristics, it can be classified as such if this is the subgenres as shounen, but they are often more • psychological, target audience. The appearance of seinen manga is widely 350 colour photographs satirical, violent, and sexual in nature, as they are intended for varied, including hyper-realistic, loose sketches, and crude a more mature audience. simplicity. What is common throughout most seinen artwork is • ISBN: 9781782214007 that the drawings are not conventionally slick, beautiful, or There is a stronger focus on plot and slightly less focus on typical of what we expect popular manga to look like. action. Characters and their interactions are more • £10.99 sophisticated. Overall, seinen tends to be more strongly rooted in reality, with many incidental details added to heighten the sense of realism—even fantasy elements are subject to a Above: Berserk, by Kentaro Miura. strong "realistic" logic. Where shoujo will have idealized love While seinen fantasy heroes may have similar designs to stories, seinen will have more uncertainties, dealing with the videogames—with their oversized swords and chunky How to Draw: Manga Girls practical give-and-take realities of a relationship, including armour—they are drawn with immense levels of detail, with ISBN: 978-1-78221-126-6 the physical side of things. lots of hatching to depict flesh and muscle.
Initial sketches
Try out a few different pose
sort of mood and show off t you want the image to wor
down small, or cropped? Th
How to draw and co
Lines should be placed prec
being there; this style does matter is high fashion, this
with lots of detail. Use a fai
Top left: Hellsing, by Kouta Hirano. Supernatural horror is depicted with detailed pentagrams and a shadowy figure with elongated limbs. Top right: Akira, by Masamune Shirow. Seinen manga will often have images shown at unusual angles and perspective to generate a sense of unease and create a striking impression. Above: Chobits, by Clamp At first glance, this image looks like it could be a shoujo illustration, but the characters are designed to appeal to men, with their outfits and sci-fi accessories. Photo source This Gothic Lolita outfit is very extravagant, and shows off the Left: Blade of the Immortal, by Hiroaki Samura wearer’s passion for fashion to maximum effect. It includes This image moves away from the slick, precise feel oftextures, other plenty of different with a black feather cape, lacy bolero, and a gold satin and black lace corset. When looking for types of manga by using lots of sketchy lines and for soft shading. inspiration your Josei-type drawing, make sure you choose
1
Refine your sketch graduall you need before inking, Whe
goes or every twist of cord
3
a photo with lots of fine detail in a style that isn’t overly cute.
£4.99
These soft fills allow you to
lines, but the feathers are in against the more open area
Selling points 47 • Use your personal photos and draw from life to Manga every aspect of your world • Projects are divided by Manga genre – a unique approach • Professional Manga artist with over 80 publications to her name 64
SEARCH PRESS
46
SEARCH PRESS
Sonia Leong
See also
More Manga books in the How to Draw series on pages 84-85.
Manga: The Mega Guide
PAINTING & DRAWING
Manga Your World
Figures
AUG 2016
Samantha gorel Figures are key to your manga artwork, and bringing character, expression and motion to your drawings will fill them with the energy and life that is core to achieving great results. Covering anatomy, clothing and lighting, as well as faces and proportion, professional manga artist Samantha Gorel helps you delve into the detail to really bring your figures to life. An in-depth and exhaustive look at drawing and colouring your manga artwork, focussing on the figures. This book is packed with detail, inspiration and great ideas that will push your artwork to the next level. Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782210764 • £14.99 / $24.95
All rights free Selling points • Dozens of inspirational examples • In-depth and expert advice on anatomy and drawing skills • Clear and simple explanations – no jargon!
www.searchpress.com | 101
PAINTING & DRAWING
Draw & Paint Fairies in Watercolour
Drawing for Fantasy Artists
matt stawicki
How to bring your fairy realm art to life
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 250 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782210221 • £12.99
sara burrier
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 215mm (8½ x 11 inches) •100 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781844487776 • £12.99
How to Draw and Paint Fantasy Combat
socar myles
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 illustrations • ISBN: 9781782211006 • £12.99
All new original designs in a stunning series of sourcebooks packed with inspiration for all your projects.
Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 222 x 222mm
• 8¾ x 8¾ inches • 100 b/w images • £7.99/ $12.95
D s C sign EE de FR of ll Fu
The Design Library series
• 100 specially commissioned designs that can be combined or enlarged and used for a special piece of work • With accompanying CD containing tiff and jpeg designs
Aboriginal Designs
Art Nouveau Flower Designs
Art Nouveau Designs
Heart & Flower Designs
Art Deco Designs
Polly pinder
Polly pinder
penny brown
Judy Balchin
polly pinder
ISBN: 9781844488438
ISBN: 9781844488414
ISBN: 9781844487264
ISBN: 9781844487394
ISBN: 9781844487325
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
All rights free
The Complete Book of Flower Designs This book uses material from the Design Source Book series.
Celtic Designs
Flower Designs
Maori Designs
penny brown
Judy Balchin
penny brown
ISBN: 9781844487257
ISBN: 9781844488155
ISBN: 9781844488421
Irish rights sold
All rights free
All rights free
102 |
www.searchpress.com
specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • ISBN: 9781844484409 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
General & papercrafts
Image taken from My Handmade Wedding, ISBN 978-178221-158-7
GENERAL CRAFTS
My Handmade Wedding
A crafter’s guide to making your big day perfect
MAR 2016
marrianne mercer My Handmade Wedding is a practical, friendly guide to planning and personalising your big day. It contains over 20 tried-and-tested projects, with helpful advice on cost-cutting, time-planning and preparation. Whether you want to hand-make your entire wedding, or just select a few ideas to personalise it, this book will show you how. Ideal for creative, budget-savvy brides and grooms to be, this practical, friendly guide – based on the author's own wedding – will help couples plan and personalise their big day. Sections include: Planning your wedding | The Wedding Party | The Ceremony | The Reception | After the Honeymoon Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 380 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211587 • £12.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Selling points • Practical, friendly advice on how to plan and personalise your big day • Over 20 inspiring step-by-step projects to try • Ideal for creative, budget-savvy brides and grooms to be
BESTSELLER
Craft a Creative Business
Craft, Show & Sell
fiona pullen
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • Over 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210429 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 240 pages • 210 x 170mm (6¾ x 8¼ inches) • 50 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782210528 • £12.99 / $24.95
torie Jayne
All rights free
104 |
www.searchpress.com
The Crafter’s Guide to Taking Great Photos
The Crafter’s Guide to Patterns
Foolproof techniques to make your handmade creations shine online heidi adnum
How to create and use your designs
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 220 x 170mm (6¾ x 8¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487516 • £12.99
Jessica swift Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 300 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212195 • £12.99
Projects, techniques, designs
AUG 2016
sarah kelly THE COMPLETE
THE ART OF MOSAIC
MOSAIC HANDBOOK Projects • Techniques • Designs
Learn the tricks of the trade to create beautiful mosaics, drawing inspiration from the most awe-inspiring mosaics in the world. All you ever wanted to know about mosaic design, materials and techniques with 30 inspirational projects. This is the ultimate reference, resource and reliable course in every way. As the definitive mosaic guide, this practical
resource book provides a step-by-step approach to making mosaics. Taking inspiration from the Byzantium era through to the present day, The Art of Mosaic is packed with good
ideas and practical techniques. Transform your living space, both indoors and out, with wonderful creative projects, and make exciting and unusual gifts. Both easy to follow and foolproof, this is an
SARAH KELLY
instructive sourcebook for the amateur and professional alike. With four professional
Specification • Paperback • 320 pages • 254 x 254 mm (10 x 10 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782214403 • £19.99 mosaicists as authors, each with their very own style and approach, there are projects for every taste and budget.
Selling points • 30 inspirational projects • Ultimate reference book
SARAH KELLY
Complete Guide to Mosaic Techniques
Beginner’s Guide to Mosaic
The Encyclopedia of Mosaic Techniques
Compendium of Mosaic Techniques
bonnie fitzgerald
Peter massey & Alison Slater
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 200 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782211853 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212058 • £6.99 / $12.95
emma biggs & tessa hunkin
200 tips, techniques, trade secrets and templates bonnie fitzgerald
All rights free
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • Over 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211921 • £12.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Rock Art!
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • Over 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488049 • £12.99
Painting on rocks, stones and pebbles
The Encyclopedia of Printmaking Techniques
denise scicluna
judy martin
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 230 x 180mm (7 x 9 inches) • 250 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782211839 • £9.99
Back by popular demand! Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782211273 • £12.99 / $22.50
www.searchpress.com | 105
GENERAL CRAFTS
The Complete Mosaic Handbook
GENERAL CRAFTS Beginner’s Guide to Enamelling
The Polymer Clay Artist’s Guide
Dorothy cockrell
A directory of mixes, colours, textures, faux finishes and surface effects Marie Segal
Back by popular demand! Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 180 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210863 • £9.99 / $19.95
All rights free
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • Over 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210191 • £14.99
Start to... series
Handmade Baskets
Living Willow Sculpture
From Nature’s Colourful Materials susie vaughan
jon warnes
Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 292 x 216mm (8½ x 11½ inches) • 112 Colour Illustrations • ISBN: 9781782212096 • £9.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 90 colour photographs • ISBN: 9780855328344 • £7.95 / $13.95
Russian & Romanian rights sold
Polish, Hungarian, German & Romanian rights sold
Inspirational pictures and clear step-by-step photographs teach youngsters all about the wonderful world of textiles.
Specification • Paperback
• 8 x 10¼ inches
• 48 pages
• colour throughout
• 260 x 204mm
• £6.99 / $10.95
Start to Quilt miriam edwards ISBN: 9781844483891 Indonesian rights sold
The Bumper Book of Crafty Activities This book comprises material from Crafty Activities and More Crafty Activities. Specification • Paperback • 320 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 600 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487936 • £15.99 / $19.95
All rights free
106 |
www.searchpress.com
Start to Knit
Start to Embroider
alison dupernex
claire buckley
ISBN: 9781844483884 Indonesian & Russian rights sold
ISBN: 9781844483907 Indonesian & Russian rights sold
Start to Stitch claire buckley, miriam edwards & nancy nicholson Uses material from the Start to Series. Specification • Paperback • 176 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489077 • £12.99 / $19.95 Danish rights sold
NEW
jane jenkins Jane Jenkins’ quilling creations are truly inspirational: from a realistic bird of prey to a fantasy wizard, it is hard to believe that they were made simply by manipulating strips of paper. Jane shows how to make amazing creations by just rolling, looping, twisting and curling little strips of paper. Here she shows in clear, practical steps the techniques required to make six beautiful projects, building skills as you create tulips, a butterfly, and art nouveau iris and more. There is plenty here to inspire the keen quiller, and all the beginner needs to get started in this fascinating craft. Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 210 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212065 • £8.99 / $17.95
All rights free Selling points • Author is Vice-Chair of the National and International Quiller’s Guild • Learn a full repertoire of quilling techniques • 6 beautiful projects and alternatives, patterns provided
Paper Cut Cards
30 stunning handmade cards with eye-popping 3D designs
MAR 2016
emily gregory At the heart of pop-ups lie a few simple mechanisms, and no matter how complex the design, the pop-up can be achieved using one of the basic techniques. Paper Cut Cards covers all these techniques, such as essential folds, creating slots and tabs, as well as rotating discs and springs. Simple step-by-steps will guide any novice from papercrafter to paper engineer. The 30 inspirational projects included offer a range of card designs for birthdays, weddings and celebrations, as well as ornamental to put on display or to giveto family and friends. BEEprojects AND HONEYCOMB CASTLE POP-UP Not only a great project to give to a friend, this card would make a lovely decoration to put on a bookshelf or mantlepiece. You can make a series experimenting with different colored cardstock. Why not try black for the foreground and yellow for the background for a fox at sunset version? Be carfeul when separating the cut out pop-up elements from the foreground card as they are small and delicate.
Not only a great project to give to a friend, this card would make a lovely decoration to put on a
Eachbookshelf design in PaperYouCut Cards has or mantlepiece. can make a series experimenting with different colored cardstock.
PAPER CUT CARDS
Paper Cut Cards
Emily Gregory
30 stunning handmade cards with eye-popping 3-D designs
been created by one of these leading Specification paper artists: • Paperback with flaps • 144 pages • Mary Beth Cryan • SarahxDennis • 246 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) 3 • Sabrina Giselle Acevedo • 200 colour photographs • Lynn Hatzius • ISBN: 9781782213864 • Tina Krauss 4 • £12.99 • Freya Lines Why not try black for the foreground and yellow for the background for a fox at sunset version? Be carfeul when separating the cut out pop-up elements from the foreground card as they are small and delicate.
WHAT YOU NEED:
WHAT YOU NEED: • • • • •
Craft knife Cutting mat Scissors Metal ruler Glue stick
• •
Invisible tape Coloured cardstock (approx 160180gsm in weight) cut to 260mm x 160mm Variety of multi coloured papers (7090gsm in weight) approx 50mm x 100mm of each
•
1. Enlarge the template on page... to 100%
•
using a photocopier, Kyle Olmon roughly cut around
•
strips of invisible tape. Ingrid Siliakus
•
carefully cut Van along the solid lines inside the Marthe Herk
•
knife’s tipYoo punctuate the dotted lines to mark Rosa
outer edge of the castle and attach it to the coloured cardstock along all edges with small
•
. To create your pop up, fold card along the scored lines by gently lifting the mountain folds forward with your fingers away from the back of the card. The valley folds should form automatically by gently closing the card and then pressing it firmly shut to enhance all folds.
•
shape. This will open up the windows and release the lower roof silhouettes. Using the
out the folds on the card beneath. Then, starting with the rooftops, cut around the outline of the castle with a pair of small scissors before removing the template.
. Lastly you can add a message to the flat part of the card or you might choose to cover the entire buildings with coloured elements and write on the reverse instead.
6
2
3
. U se o ne o f the he xa g o ns c ut f ro m the c a rd a s a te mp la te a nd with a p e nc il tra c e a ro und it to ma rk o ut the sha p e o n yo ur ye llo w a nd g o ld p a p e r. C ut a p p ro x 1 0 - 1 2 o f e a c h c o lo ur a nd stic k the m a c ro ss the ho ne yc o mb, ma king sure the y line up with the o ute r e d g e s a nd e mp ty sha p e s. . Fo r the he xa g o ns whic h a re o v e rla p p e d b y the b e e ’s le g s, yo u will ha v e to f a ste n the o ute r e d g e s o f yo ur p a p e r to the c a rd f irst, the n turn the c a rd a ro und a nd c ut a lo ng the b e e ’s le g s f ro m the b a c k o f the c a rd to re le a se the p a p e r b e ne a th. Turn the c a rd rig ht sid e up a g a in, c ut o f f the lo o se b its tha t c o v e r the lo we r le g s a nd g lue d o wn the re st o f the he xa g o n a ro und the sha p e o f the b e e. Fo r the he xa g o ns b e lo w the he a d a nd ta il, slid e the p a p e r und e r the b e e sha p e a nd stic k d o wn. The n turn the c a rd o v e r a nd re le a se the o v e rla p o f p a p e r b y c utting a ro und the b e e
Search Press
Selling points • Offers contemporary designs, including ever-popular paper cuts, that utilise classic pop-up mechanisms • Features full-size templates and easy-to-follow steps • Bridges the gap from papercraft to paper engineering
. U sing a c ra f t knif e o n a c utting ma t, c a re f ully c ut a lo ng the so lid line s insid e the sha p e o f the ho ne yc o mb. This will o p e n up the e mp ty he xa g o ns a nd re le a se the o utline o f the b e e.
28
U sing the knif e ’s tip, p unc tua te the d o tte d line s to ma rk o ut the f o ld s o n the c a rd b e ne a th. The n c ut a ro und the o ute r line with a p a ir o f sc isso rs b e f o re re mo v ing the te mp la te.
4
1
26
Search Press
Craft knife Cutting mat Scissors Pencil Metal ruler Invisible tape Dark brown cardstock (approx 160180gsm in weight) cut to 220mm x 150mm Yellow and gold paper (approx 7090gsm in weight) 150mm x 100mm of each Tracing paper (approx 70-90gsm in weight) 100mm x 30mm
. Enla rg e the te mp la te o n p a g e... to 1 0 0 % using a p ho to c o p ie r, ro ug hly c ut a ro und o ute r e d g e s o f the ho ne yc o mb, wing s a nd b e e ’s strip e s. A tta c h the ho ne yc o mb to the b ro wn c a rd sto c k, the wing s to the tra c ing p a p e r a nd the b e e ’s strip e s to the ye llo w p a p e r with sma ll strip s o f inv isib le ta p e.
5
. You’re now free to decorate the buildings with small sections of coloured paper. To match exact shapes to the castle silhouette, lay your coloured paper under the card and cut around the outer edge, then use the glue stick to attach the paper to the front of the card.
2. Using a craft knife on a cutting mat,
• • • • • • •
. Place the metal ruler along the dotted lines and score the card by pressing the backside of your craft knife blade gently down. Be careful to take note of the sections that are unmarked by dots and make sure not to score those. With your fingers gently push cardstock apart along the cut lines to insure all elements separate.
Emily Gregory
www.searchpress.com | 107
PAPERCRAFTS
Quilling: Techniques and Inspiration
PAPERCRAFTS
3D Origami
MAR 2016
15 projects using modular triangles
maria angela carlessi 3D origami is a new and original technique that doesn't require any special skills – just a little patience. While traditional Japanese origami is a well-known technique, this clever adaptation uses individual triangular folds to construct impressive, modular designs. Maria Angela Carlessi shows you how to create a colourful range of animals and creatures. There are 15 projects to choose from including rabbits, owls, squirrels, dogs, cats and even a tortoise. Each project comes with detailed instructions making them easy and fun for papercrafters of all skill levels. Specification • Paperback • 64 pages • 235 x 109mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782214090 • £7.99
Selling points • 15 colourful animals and creatures to make • Includes an illustrated step-by-step techniques sections • Easy-to-follow project instructions with accompanying charts
Make Your Own Ideabook with Arne & Carlos
JUL 2016
Creating handmade journals and bound keepsakes to store inspiration and memories Arne & Carlos
An ideabook can be many things: a keepsake; a work of art; a source of inspiration; a method of organisation; a collection of memories; a way to store recipes or patterns; a genealogical journal; a wedding planner or just a peek inside the chaos and creativity of our own mind! With Arne and Carlos’s wit, style and trademark handcrafting genius to guide you, learn how you can make and enjoy your own ideabook – to celebrate, remember or aspire to for the future. Specification • Paperback •160 pages • 277 x 210mm (8¼ x 10¾ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782214120 • £12.99
Selling points • Arne & Carlos have handmade their own journals for over 15 years • Great way to organise memories, ideas and future plans • Beautiful handmade keepsakes
See also
108 |
More from Arne & Carlos on page 35.
www.searchpress.com
AUG 2016
Paper Panda Papercutting is becoming increasingly popular, and Paper Panda is at the top of the papercutting tree with more than 238,000 Facebook Likes. As a craft, it requires very little in the way of equipment - just paper, a craft knife and a steady hand! This book takes readers through Paper Panda’s distinctive design process and also includes 20 gorgeous projects, each consisting of a full-size template and a beautiful finished papercut, plus hints and tips on cutting. Some of the projects will be designs made by Paper Panda’s friends, which complement her own style. Simple enough for beginners, but also attractive and interesting enough to inspire more advanced papercutters, the finished papercuts will be displayed in the form of greetings cards, framed pictures and Christmas decorations. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213246 • £12.99 / $24.95
All rights free
Selling points • High-profile author with over 238,000 followers on Facebook • Papercutting is becoming increasingly popular • 20 gorgeous projects and full-size templates included
See also Papercuts in the Twenty to Make series on page 117-122.
50 Templates for Cardmaking
SEP 2016
Sketches to inspire 1000s of cards
Fransie Snyman An invaluable resource for every card maker! Filled with ideas for card makers of all levels and especially useful when you just don’t know where to start, this fabulous collection of 50 templates will simplify the process of creating beautiful cards. There is basic information on colour, composition and balance, and 1000s of easy-to-follow sketches that will save you time and give you a basic design so you can focus your creativity on selecting and combining the different elements. Includes: - Layouts for standard, square, oblong and large cards are included - Examples from birthdays to wedding invitations - Learn to use embellishments and paper combinations in ways that you have never thought of before Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 193mm (7¾ x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782214410 • £12.99 / $19.95
Selling points • 50 templates • 1000s of sketches for inspiration • Easy-to-follow project instructions with accompanying charts
TURQUOISE FLOWER The three ribbons on the dark background are strips of washi tape. The card is decorated further by a large, laser-cut wooden butterfly, as well as a smaller wooden one. The finish includes a large paper flower with a smaller flower pasted onto it, and a few self-adhesive rhinestones.
PINK AND BROWN HEARTS Brown and pink polka-dot fabric ribbon and washi tape with a bird motif are used. The hearts are attached with foam tape to add dimension. The little circles are made of crystal stickers that are attached to hearts, then cut out and pasted onto the ribbon strips.
BRAID AND CARDSTOCK
PARTY PLEASURE The directions for sections A and B are followed exactly. Lovely vivid colours are used as the background for this The size of the second rectangle labelled C is adapted to accommodate the text. The strips labelled E and F are lengths cheerful card. Contrasting blue, purple and pink paper strips braid. Smaller squares, cut from the same cardstock that are added. Two cute stickers are attached with foam tapeofand is used for the rectangles in section C, are pasted onto the the focal point is a small envelope with sequins. The finishing squares in section D to provide a stylish finish. They are touches are provided by adding a few sequins and fine beads, attached with foam tape to add dimension. and using glitter glue to outline the edges of the paper strips and patterned paper. EMBOSSED BLOCKS Sections A and B are replaced by a washi tape frame. Embossed cardstock is used for sections C and D. The simplicity of the arrangement allows the patterns to stand
FRIENDLY PIRATES The embellishments and black cardstock make this a striking card. Three washi tape strips are pasted onto the red out beautifully. The narrow ribbons of washi tape used for background, and cute stickers with a pirate theme provide a sections E and F focus the attention on the embossed shapes. fun finish.
SUNFLOWER GREETING
The basic sketch is followed for sections A and B, while the blocks in sections C and D are embellished with sunflowers and buttons respectively. The patterned paper used for the strips in section F ties all the colours together, and the glossy ribbon used for section E provides a stunning finish. WOODEN SHAPES ON PATTERNED PAPER Brightly patterned paper is used for both large sections of the design. Section A’s purple-and-white dotty paper is contrasted beautifully by the floral paper with a glitter finish used for B. Instead of using the regular strips for E and F, as indicated on the sketch, washi tape ribbons of varying widths and colours are used to frame sections C and D. Wooden figurines and other ready-to-use embellishments replace C and D.
www.searchpress.com | 109
PAPERCRAFTS
Paper Panda's Guide to Papercutting
BESTSELLER
PAPERCRAFTS The Art of Papercutting jessica palmer Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782210665 • £12.99 / $21.95
All rights free
Papercutting for Special Occasions
The Crafter’s Guide to Papercutting
Washi Style!
Step-by-step instructions for festive decorations, invitations & more! emily hogarth
The complete guide to cutting paper for artworks, greetings cards, keepsakes and more emily hogarth
marisa edghill
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210030 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 254 x 215mm (8½ x 10 inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488957 • £12.99
Make it with paper tape Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 150 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781782211860 • £9.99
Origami Garden
Origami
Kirigami
Fold, Cut & Curl
Amazing flowers, leaves, bugs and birds
& other paper creations ghylenn descamps
The art of cutting and folding paper ho huu an & laurence arnac
Ioana Stoian
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 195mm (7¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781844489930 • £12.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 222 x 195mm (7¾ x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour illustrations • ISBN: 9781844489947 • £12.99 / $19.95
75 exquisite snowflakes, stars and sunbursts to make Ayako Brodek & Cecelia Louie
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 350 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212751 • £10.99
Start Origami All the techniques and tips you need to get you started Mark Bolitho Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 210 x 148mm (5¾ X 8¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844487387 • £6.99 / $13.95
110 |
www.searchpress.com
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222 mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489657 • £10.99
Embroidery on Paper for Cardmakers Annie & nico heesakkers Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 50 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486113 • £6.99 / $13.95
BESTSELLER
PAPERCRAFTS
130 New Iris Folded Cards to Make maruscha Gaasenbeek
The All New 460 Iris Folded Cards to Encyclopedia of Cardmaking Techniques Compendium of Make Cardmaking Techniques Specification Maruscha Gaasenbeek & Tine
This book combines three previously published books by the same author: Iris Folding With Love, Iris Folding For Fun and Iris Folding a Full Year.
Beauveser
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 202 x 202mm (8 x 8 inches) • 60 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844486106 • £8.99 / $17.95
Specification • Paperback • 272 pages • 202 x 202mm (8 x 8 inches) • 116 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844483082 • £12.99 / $25.95
This book combines three previously published books by the same authors: Iris Folding Compendium 1, 2 & 3.
• Paperback • 192 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844482832 • £12.99 / $19.95 South African (Afrikaans & English) rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844481613 • £12.99 / $19.95 Danish & Russian rights sold WINNER of the Best Craft Book 2007 in The Craft Awards 2007
Best Craft Book
BESTSELLER
Beautiful Quilling Step-by-Step
Quilled Borders & Motifs Handmade Decorative Books judy cardinal
diane boden crane, judy cardinal, jane jenkins & janet wilson
Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781844482085 • £6.99 / $13.95 Turkish & Russian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 192 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844485109 • £12.99 / $25.95
Sue Roddis Specification • Paperback • 80 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 150 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844483143 • £9.99 / $19.95 All rights free
www.searchpress.com | 111
WOMAN'S WEEKLY
Woman’s Weekly Bestselling magazine Woman’s Weekly magazine, launched in 1911, has been running for over 100 years and celebrated its 100th anniversary in 2011. It continues to be the number-one bestselling woman’s magazine in its market, with health, cookery, fiction, craft, knitting, travel, gardening, fashion and beauty features every week, plus tips and advice. • Woman’s Weekly has a weekly circulation of 296,793 • Number-one bestselling woman’s magazine
Woman’s Weekly Guide to Crochet
Techniques and projects to build a lifelong passion, for beginners up
FEB 2016
tracey todhunter A skill-building book ideal for beginners and improvers alike. Features include: hundreds of detailed how-to photographs, carefully annotated so they are easy to use; charts and patterns working in tandem to explain crochet concepts; guest designers sharing some of their favourite patterns; ‘quick-start’ patterns for beginners and useful lists sprinkled throughout the pages for readers who want to quickly understand the essentials. This book also, includes crochet clinics, where the author solves her students’ crochet dilemmas. Specification • Paperback •160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213833 • £12.99
Selling points • Hundreds of detailed, carefully annotated how-to photographs • Charts and patterns working in tandem to explain crochet concepts • ‘Quick-start’ patterns for beginners
and projects to build a Woman’s Weekly Guide to Beading Techniques lifelong passion, for beginners up
FEB 2016
jean power If you can’t get to a beading class or workshop close to home or work, this skill-building book is the next best thing. For the beginner and the improver, it’s a passport to successful learning. Features hundreds of detailed how-to photographs, carefully annotated so they are easy to use; guest designers sharing some of their favourite patterns; ‘quick-start’ projects for beginners and really useful lists sprinkled throughout the pages for readers who want to quickly understand the essentials. Plus there are beaders’ clinics, where ‘Doctor’ Jean solves her students’ beading dilemmas. Specification • Paperback •160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 500 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782213840 • £12.99
Selling points • Hundreds of detailed, carefully annotated how-to photographs • ‘Quick-start’ projects for beginners • Features beaders’ clinics with helpful troubleshooting tips
112 |
www.searchpress.com
SUgarcraft & cake decorating
Image taken from Sensational Sculpted Cakes, ISBN 978-178221-197-6
sugarcraft & cake decorating
The Modern Cake Decorator series Specification • Paperback • 260 x 204mm • 8 x 10¼ inches • Colour throughout • £8.99 / $17.95
An exciting new technique series for beginner to experienced cake decorators, with tasty tips, hot hints, step-by-step demonstrations and appetising advice from leading experts who show how to create a mouthwatering selection of brilliantly original cakes for all occasions. • From tower-tiered designs to mini treats and cupcakes • New innovative techniques for original designs • Easy methods and great results for a professional finish
NEW
Piping on Cakes Christine Flinn Christine Flinn adds a modern twist to a traditional technique. Learn all you need to know to produce beautiful effects through piping with royal icing, from covering cakes and boards and making piping bags to piping basic shapes, roses and leaves. There are ten stunning projects, with templates provided.
Using Cutters on Cakes sandra monger 80 pages • ISBN: 9781782210337 Dutch, Spanish & Italian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 390 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782212379 • £12.99 / $19.95 All rights free
NEW
Airbrushing on Cakes cassie brown Sugarcraft specialist Cassie Brown shows you how to use your airbrush to decorate show-stopping cakes. Containing full instructions on the tools, materials and techniques you need to produce your own sumptuous works of cake craft, you will be amazed by the stunning range of results you can achieve using any airbrush.
Stencilling on Cakes stephanie weightman 80 pages • ISBN: 9781844489527 Italian rights sold
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 260 x 204mm (8 x 10¼ inches) • 400 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211228 • £10.99 / $19.95 All rights free
20
17
2017
114 |
Using Moulds and Mats on Cakes
Painting Flowers on Cakes
Christina ludlam
stephanie weightman
ISBN: 9781782213789
80 pages • ISBN: 9781844489510 Italian rights sold
www.searchpress.com
9 amazing designs to carve, shape and decorate
MAR 2016
Rose Macefield Rose Macefield shows how to stack, support and decorate fantastic novelty cakes using simple techniques, readily available ingredients and her wonderful designs. Create a messy monster, a teenage girl's bedroom, a show dog, a rocker's guitar, baking, fishing, craft and tennis scenes and a toy train. Rose's attention to detail is extraordinary and her sense of humour a delight, yet everything is simple to make with her clear instructions. Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 320 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782211976 • £14.99 / $29.95 All rights free
Selling points • 9 show-stopping novelty cakes • Cakes to suit every age and occasion • Cake sculpting, covering and decorating simply explained
BESTSELLER
Decorating Christmas Cakes 14 spectacular festive designs paul bradford & DAVID BRICE Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 315 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488834 • £12.99 / $24.95 French rights sold
Cute character cake toppers for all occasions
75 Sugar Flowers
Lorraine mcKay
A beautiful collection of easy-to-make floral cake toppers Helen penman
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 160 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210320 • £12.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 160 pages • 246 x 190mm (7½ x 9¾ inches) • 450 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489367 • £12.99
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 222 x 222mm (8¾ x 8¾ inches) • 250 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781782210573 • £10.99
All rights free
Decorating Birthday Cakes paul bradford & david brice ISBN: 9781782211976
Compendium of Cake Decorating Techniques 300 tips, techniques and trade secrets carol deacon
2017
17 20
Fun Figures
See also 100 Little Sugar Decorations to Make in the 100 to Make series on page 124.
www.searchpress.com | 115
sugarcraft & cake decorating
Sensational Sculpted Cakes
sugarcraft & cake decorating
Cool Cake Toppers
Super Pops
Put anything you want on a cake
tamsin aston with JUDITH FERTIG
Amanda Rawlins & caroline deasy Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 220 x 200 (8 x 8¾ inches) • 200 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488377 • £12.99
Decorating Cupcakes & Cookies
Sensational Sugar Fairies
Frances McNaughton & lisa slatter Previously published in hardback as Cupcakes and Cookies: Decorations for all Occasions.
frances mcNaughton
Specification • Paperback • 96 pages • 235 x 190mm (7½ x 9¼ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844489398 • £8.99 / $14.95 Italian, Dutch & Spanish rights sold
Sensational Sugar Animals frances mcnaughton Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 315 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844487448 • £12.99 / $24.95 Russian & Italian rights sold
See also
More from Frances McNaughton in the Twenty to Make series on pages 117-122.
116 |
Specification • Paperback • 144 pages • 220 x 200 (8 x 8¾ inches) • 100 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488384 • £12.99
www.searchpress.com
Specification • Paperback • 128 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • 315 colour photographs • ISBN: 9781844488650 • £12.99 / $24.95 All rights free
twenty to make
Image taken from Twenty to Make: Tiny Toys to Knit, ISBN 978-178221-252-2
1,
20 to Make series • Pocket-sized and portable with fabulous photography, clear instructions and lots of great ideas • Each book contains 20 recipes for beautiful, stylish projects and inspirational alternative designs, all for the amazing price of £4.99 / $9.95 • Designs and instructions for great projects in a small, inexpensive format
2017
SO
O
0,
ve
r
00
LD
0
Crocheted Baby Bootees
20 17
20 TO MAKE
75
ISBN: 9781782214076
Candles
ISBN: 9781782214298
Rights available on application, please contact Search Press.
Specification • Paperback • 48 pages • 215 x 155mm • 6¼ x 8½ inches • Colour throughout • £4.99/ $9.95 One-Patch Quilts
APR 17
ISBN: 9781782213765
Crocheted Mandalas
OCT 16
ISBN: 9781782214342
Sugar Cats ISBN: 9781782212874
118 |
NEW
Knitted Snoods
JUN 16
ISBN: 9781782213222
Granny Square Flowers ISBN: 9781782212591
www.searchpress.com
Knitted Charms ISBN: 9781782213758
Tiny Toys to Knit
NOV 16
Silk Ribbon Flowers ISBN: 9781782211075
OCT 16
ISBN: 9781782214335
FEB 16
Modern Needlepoint ISBN: 9781782212263
ISBN: 9781782212522
NEW
Crocheted Flowers to Wear
NEW
Simple Statement Rings ISBN: 9781782212577
NEW
NEW
20 TO MAKE
Pompom Christmas ISBN: 9781782213468
NEW
Crocheted Hearts
ISBN: 9781782210634
Tatted Snowflakes
Leather Jewellery
ISBN: 9781782212270
ISBN 9781782211990
Modern Decoupage
Papercuts
Knitted Headbands
Mini Mosaics
ISBN: 9781782210870
ISBN: 9781782211914
ISBN: 9781782211594
ISBN: 9781782211105
Faux Fur Fun
Sugar Brides & Grooms
Quilled Animals
Felt Brooches
ISBN: 9781782212027
ISBN: 9781782212461
ISBN: 9781782210887
9781782211969
Fabulous Pompoms
Washi Tape Cards
Mini Cupcakes
Crocheted Purses
ISBN: 9781782212010
ISBN: 9781782212034
ISBN: 9781782210641
ISBN: 9781782211945
www.searchpress.com | 119
20 TO MAKE Knitted Wrist Warmers
Knitted Beanies
Crocheted Beanies
Mini Christmas Knits
ISBN: 9781844489756
ISBN: 9781844487073
ISBN: 9781782210009
ISBN: 9781844487226
Mini Christmas Crochet
Knitted Flowers
Crocheted Flowers
Easy Knitted Tea Cosies
ISBN: 9781844487400
ISBN: 9781844484935
ISBN: 9781844487066
ISBN: 9781782210108
Knitted Bears
Crocheted Bears
Crocheted Granny Squares
Easy Knitted Scarves
ISBN: 9781844484829
ISBN: 9781844486335
ISBN: 9781844488193
ISBN: 9781844489114
Knitted Boot Cuffs
Knitted Baby Bootees
Knitted Phone Sox
Knitted Vegetables
ISBN: 9781844488490
ISBN: 9781844486410
ISBN: 9781844488759
ISBN: 9781844485390
120 |
www.searchpress.com
20 TO MAKE
Knitted Mug Hugs
Mini Bunting
Bunting and Pennants
Jelly Roll Scraps
ISBN: 9781844486069
ISBN: 9781782210047
ISBN: 9781844486984
ISBN: 9781844489466
Fabric Flowers
Stitched Fabric Brooches
Mini Cross Stitch
Felt Christmas Decorations
ISBN: 9781844486991
ISBN: 9781782210405
ISBN: 9781844486571
ISBN: 9781844489435
Needle Felties
Wild Women
Pewter Jewellery
Steampunk Jewellery
ISBN: 9781844489053
ISBN: 9781844483020
ISBN: 9781782210801
ISBN: 9781782210122
Micro MacramĂŠ Jewellery
Bracelets
Button Jewellery
Modern Friendship Bracelets
ISBN: 9781844483495
ISBN: 9781844482764
ISBN: 9781844486540
ISBN: 9781782210160
www.searchpress.com | 121
20 TO MAKE Sugar Christmas Decorations
Mini Sugar Bags
Sugar Scaries
Chocolate Animals
ISBN: 9781782210153
ISBN: 9781844488643
ISBN: 9781844489411
ISBN: 9781844488452
Sugar Wobblies
Mini Sugar Shoes
Sugar Birds
Sugar Flowers
ISBN: 9781844488322
ISBN: 9781844488445
ISBN: 9781844486724
ISBN: 9781844486250
Sugar Animals
Celebration Cake Pops
Decorated Cookies
Sugar Dogs
ISBN: 9781844484782
ISBN: 9781844487639
ISBN: 9781844485475
ISBN: 9781844489664
Glass Painted Projects
Tags & Toppers
Polymer Clay Buttons
ISBN: 9781844483471
ISBN: 9781844483372
ISBN: 9781844488803
122 |
www.searchpress.com
Counter Top Zig Zag Display FREE specially designed counter top display unit is available with an order for 40 assorted titles. Details • Measures: 32cm wide x 14cm deep x 46cm high (when filled) • Displays 8 titles face out, 5 books per pocket • One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
25 Pocket Pentagonal Spinner FREE specially designed display spinner is available with an order for 200 assorted titles. Details • Measures: 48cm wide x 48cm deep x 164cm high • Displays 25 titles face out, 8 books per pocket • One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
Small Series Stand
20 To Make: Six-Tier Spinner with Base
FREE counter-top display unit (can be used face out or spine out) available with an order for 30 assorted titles.
FREE specially designed display spinner is available with an order for 360 assorted titles.
Details • Measures: 17.5cm wide x 15.5cm deep x 21cm high
Details • Measures: 45cm wide x 46cm deep x 185.5cm high
• Displays titles face out or spine out, holds 30 books
• Displays 60 titles face out, 6 books per pocket
• One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
• One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
A large range of display options are available for this series. Please see our website www.searchpress.com/trade for details.
www.searchpress.com | 123
20 TO MAKE
Display Options 20 to make series
100 TO MAKE
100 to Make series
Specification
These books comprise material from the Twenty to Make series. • Paperback • 8½ x 11 inches • 100 easy-to-make projects covering a wide variety of themes • 240 pages • Colour throughout • Includes projects from bestselling authors • 280 x 216mm • £12.99/ $19.95 • Materials are easy to obtain and inexpensive • Appeal to both beginners and more accomplished crafters • Amazing value of £12.99 / $19.95 Rights available on application, please contact Search Press.
APR 2016
100 Little Sugar Decorations to Make Search Press studio Specification • Paperback • 240 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212928 • £12.99 / $19.95
124 |
www.searchpress.com
APR 2016
APR 2016
100 Little Knitted Gifts to Make
100 Little Crochet Gifts to Make
Search Press studio
Search Press studio
Specification • Paperback • 240 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782212911 • £12.99 / $19.95
Specification • Paperback • 240 pages • 280 x 216mm (8½ x 11 inches) • colour throughout • ISBN: 9781782213338 • £12.99 / $19.95
Mini Makes series
• Cute pocket-size books that make great little gifts for children and adults alike • Fun little projects that are quick and easy to make • Easy-to-follow instructions and inspiring photographs • Great value for money at just £4.99 / $6.95
MINI MAKES
Specification • Hardback • 64 pages • 120 x 93mm • (3½ x 4¾ inches) • Full colour throughout • £4.99 / $6.95
Napkin Folding
Fabric Jewellery
Brazilian Jewellery
didier bursin
anne KHÂ
sandra lebrun
Little Animals using Chenille Stems
ISBN: 9781782212409
ISBN: 9781782212416
ISBN: 9781782212423
marie e. debuisson
only 31 cm
ISBN: 9781782212430
Shamballa Bracelets sandra lebrun ISBN: 9781782212447
Little Decorations using Polymer Clay irene lassus and marie-anne voituriez
Mini Makes Counter Pack
ISBN: 9781782212454
FREE counter pack display unit with an order for 36 assorted titles. Details • Measures: 31.5cm wide x 14.5cm deep x 31cm high • Displays titles face out, holds 36 books
Please contact Search Press for pre-packed counterpacks.
• One unit per customer unless by prior arrangement
www.searchpress.com | 125
INDEX 100 Beaded Flowers, Trinkets & Charms 62 100 Beaded Jewellery Designs 62 100 Bright & Colourful Granny Squares to Mix & Match 47 100 Colourful Ripple Stitches to Crochet 47 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet 47 100 Lace Flowers to Crochet 47 100 Little Crochet Gifts to Make 52, 124 100 Little Knitted Gifts to Make 52, 124 100 Little Sugar Decorations to Make 115, 124 100 Snowflakes to Crochet 47 100 to Make series 124 100 Traditional & Contemporary Quilt Blocks 14 1000 Cross Stitch Motifs 21 1000 Mini Cross Stitch Motifs 21 130 Little Quilt Blocks 14 130 New Iris Folded Cards to Make 111 150 Blocks to Knit & Crochet 47 150 Crochet Blocks 48 150 Scandinavian Knitting Designs 49 20 Floral Bags to Make 21 20 to Make series 117-122 200 Braids to Loop, Knot, Weave & Twist 62 200 Crochet Stitches 51 200 Fair Isle Designs 50 200 Questions Answered series 11 250 Knitting Stitches 51 30 Minute Artist series 93 30 Minute Crochet 46 30 Minute Jewellery 61 30 Minute Knits 46 30 Minute Sewing 9 30 Slippers to Knit and Felt 35, 108 30 Totes & Bags to Sew 9 3D Origami 108 460 Iris Folded Card to Make 111 50 Fabric Animals 9 50 Pincushions to Knit & Crochet 47 50 Ribbon Rosettes and Bows to Make 9 50 Templates for Cardmaking 109 500 Crochet Blocks 48 500 Quilt Blocks 14 500 Toys 48 55 Christmas Balls to Knit 35, 108 75 Birds, Butterflies & Beautiful Beasties to Knit & Crochet 47 75 Colourful Hexagons to Crochet 39 75 Crocheted Floral Blocks 47 75 Decorative Knots 62 75 Knitted Floral Blocks 47 75 Lace Crochet Motifs 47 75 Sugar Flowers 115 Abbygale Sews 9 Aboriginal Art Colouring Book, The 2 Aboriginal Designs 102 Abstract Nature 74 Abstracts in Acrylics, Ready to Paint 91 Abstracts, How to Paint 88 Abstracts: 50 Inspirational Projects 74 Abstracts: Techniques and Textures 74 Acrylic Painting, Art Answers 93 Acrylic Painting, Step-by-Step 89 Acrylics Artist's Bible, The 98 Acrylics Flower Painter's A-Z, The 73 Acrylics Unleased 72 Acrylics, Colour Mixing Guide 97 Adorable Teddy Bears to Knit 45 Airbrushing on Cakes, The Modern Cake Decorator 114 All About Acrylics 73 All New Compendium of Cardmaking Techniques, The 111 Alwyn's Top Tips for Watercolour Artists 94 Amazing Macramé 60 Angel & Fairy Colouring Book, The 2 Ancient Worlds, Modern Beads 55 Animals, Drawing Masterclass 86 Appliqué Art, The Textile Artist 26 Arm Knitting 36 Adorable Animal Knits for Little People 44 Art Answer series 93 Art Compendiums series 96 Art Deco Designs 102 Art Encyclopedias series 96 Art Handbooks series 92 Art in Felt & Stitch 30 Art Nouveau Colouring Book, The 2 Art Nouveau Designs 102 Art Nouveau Flower Designs 102
126 |
Art of Abstract Painting, The 74 Art of Beadweaving, The 61 Art of Drawing series, The 83 Art of Embroidered Butterflies, The 19 Art of Embroidered Flowers, The 21 Art of Felting & Ribbon Embroidery, The 26 Art of Papercutting, The 110 Art of Soldering for Jewellery Makers: Techniques and Projects, The 61 Art of Stitching on Metal, The 28 Art of Sumi-E, The 79 Atmospheric Landscapes in Acrylics 73 A-Z of Bead Embroidery 22 A-Z of Bird Portraits 73 A-Z of Crewel Embroidery 23 A-Z of Crochet 22, 52 A-Z of Embroidered Flowers 22 A-Z of Embroidery Motifs 23 A-Z of Embroidery Stitches 23 A-Z of Embroidery Stitches 2 23 A-Z of Flower Portraits 68 A-Z of Goldwork with Silk Embroidery 23 A-Z of Heirloom Sewing 23 A-Z of Knitting 22, 52 A-Z of Needlecraft series 22-23 A-Z of Needlepoint 23 A-Z of Quilting 22 A-Z of Ribbon Embroidery 23 A-Z of Sewing 22 A-Z of Sewing for Smockers 22 A-Z of Silk Ribbon Flowers, 19 A-Z of Smocking 23 A-Z of Stumpwork 23 A-Z of Thread Painting 23 A-Z of Whitework 23 A-Z of Wool Embroidery 22 Babes in the Wool 46 Babies & Children, How to Draw 84 Baby Booties and Socks 44 Baby Shoes to Crochet 44 Basic Drawing Techniques, Art Handbook 92 Bayeux Tapestry Embroiderer’s Story, The 21 Bead Embroidery, Essential Stitch Guide 24 Beautiful Braiding Made Easy 61 Beautiful Quilling Step-by-Step 111 Beading for the Absolute Beginner 59 Beginner's Guide to Airbrushing, A 81 Beginner's Guide to Enamelling 106 Beginner's Guide to Intarsia Knitting, A 41 Beginner's Guide to Knitting on a Loom, A 50 Beginner's Guide to Machine Sewing, A 10 Beginner's Guide to Mosaic 105 Beginner's Guide to Mountmellick Embroidery 21 Beginner's Guide to Needle Felting 30 Beginner's Guide to Silk Painting 18 Beginner's Guide to Silk Ribbon Embroidery 20 Big Chill-Out Colouring Book, The 1 Big Hook Rag Crochet 48 Billy Showell's Botanical Painting in Watercolour 68 Bird Art 79 Birds, How to Draw 85 Birds, Stitched Textiles 27 Blackwork Made Easy 20 Blackwork, Essential Stitch Guide 24 Boats & Harbours in Acrylic, What to Paint 89 Boho Bags 12 Borders & Motifs, Ready to Stitch 25 Botanical Drawing, Drawing Masterclass 86 Bracelets, Twenty to Make 121 Brazilian Jewellery, Mini Makes 125 Brush with Acrylics 67 Brush with Watercolour 67 Bumper Book of Crafty Activities 106 Bunting and Pennants, Twenty to Make 121 Button Jewellery, Twenty to Make 121 Canvaswork, Essential Stitch Guide 24 Cats & Kittens in Acrylics, Ready to Paint 90 Cats, How to Draw 85 Celebration Cake Pops, Twenty to Make 122 Celtic, Viking and Anglo-Saxon Embroidery 21 Celtic Calligraphy 99 Celtic Colouring Book, The 2 Celtic Designs 102
www.searchpress.com
Celtic Knots for Beaded Jewellery 62 Charlie's Top Tips for Watercolour Artists 94 Children's Sun Hats, Love to Sew 7 Chinese Brush Painted Flowers 79 Chinese Brush Painting 79 Chinese Colouring Book, The 2 Chinese Knots for Beaded Jewellery 62 Chinese, Celtic & Ornamental Knots for Beaded Jewellery 62 Chocolate Animals, Twenty to Make 116, 122 Christmas Colouring Book, The 2 Christmas Stockings, Love to Sew 7 Cicely Mary Barker's Flower Fairies in Ribbon Embroidery & Stumpwork 21 Clothed Figures, Drawing Masterclass 86 Clothing on Figures, The Art of Drawing 83 Coastal Landscapes, Ready to Paint 91 Colour Mixing Guides series 97 Coloured Pencil Artist's Bible, The 98 Colourful Crocheted Blankets 42 Colouring Book series 2 Compendium of Acrylic Painting Techniques 96 Compendium of Beading Techniques 61 Compendium of Cake Decorating Techniques 115 Compendium of Crochet Techniques 51 Compendium of Drawing Techniques 96 Compendium of Jewellery Making Techniques 61 Compendium of Knitting Techniques 51 Compendium of Mosaic Techniques 105 Compendium of Quilting Techniques 11 Compendium of Sewing Techniques 11 Compendium of Watercolour Techniques 96 Complete Book of Flower Designs, The 102 Complete Dressmaking Skills 11 Complete Guide to Calligraphy 99 Complete Guide to Life Drawing 80 Complete Guide to Making Wire Jewellery, The 61 Complete Guide to Mosaic Techniques 105 Complete Guide to Painting in Acrylics 73 Complete Machine Embroidery Manual, The 11 Complete Machine Quilting Manual, The 11 Complete Mosaic Handbook, The 105 Complete Oil Painter, The 75 Complete Guide to Drawing Animals 80 Complete Quilter, The 14 Cool Cake Toppers 116 Country Landscapes, Ready to Paint 67, 91 Craft a Creative Business 104 Craft, Show & Sell 104 Crafter's Guide to Papercutting, The 110 Crafter's Guide to Patterns, The 104 Crafter's Guide to Taking Great Photos, The 104 Crazy Garlands & Bunting, Love to Sew 7 Creative Acrylic Landscapes, Acrylics Tips and Techniques 95 Creative Batik 18 Creative Colour Knitting 37 Crewel Intentions 20 Crewel Twists 20 Crewelwork, Essential Stitch Guide 24 Crochet Block Bible, The 38 Crochet Flowers Step-by-Step 38 Crochet for the Absolute Beginner 52 Crochet from Start to Finish 51 Crochet Scandinavian Style 45 Crochet Snowflakes Step-by-Step 41 Crochet Workshop, The 51 Crocheted Beanies, Twenty to Make 120 Crocheted Bears, Twenty to Make 120 Crocheted Cushions 45 Crocheted Flowers, Twenty to Make 120 Crocheted Flowers to Wear, Twenty to Make 118 Crocheted Granny Squares, Twenty to Make 33, 120 Crocheted Hearts, Twenty to Make 119 Crocheted Mandalas, Twenty to Make 118 Crocheted Purses, Twenty to Make 119 Crocheted Scoodies 40 Cross-Stitch Garden, The 16 Cuddly Knitted Animals 46
Cute Creatures to Knit and Crochet 46 David Bellamy’s Complete Guide to Watercolour Painting 65 David Bellamy’s Mountains & Moorlands 65 David Bellamy’s Skies, Light & Atmosphere 65 David Bellamy’s Winter Landscapes 65 Decorated Cookies, Twenty to Make 122 Decorated Lettering 99 Decorating Christmas Cakes 115 Decorating Cupcakes & Cookies 116 Decorative Knots 61 Design Library series, The 102 Di van Niekerk's Roses in Silk and Organza Ribbon 20 Dinosaurs, How to Draw 85 Dogs & Puppies in Acrylics, Ready to Paint 90 Dogs, How to Draw 85 Dragons, How to Draw 85 Draw & Paint Fairies in Watercolour 102 Draw Action 100 Draw Flowers 80 Draw Manga 100 Draw Portraits 80 Drawing & Painting Animals with Expression 76 Drawing & Painting Cats 76 Drawing & Painting Portraits in Watercolour 69 Drawing & Painting Wild Animals 76 Drawing & Sketching, Art Answers 93 Drawing and Painting Flowers with Coloured Pencils 79 Drawing and Painting Horses 80 Drawing and Painting with Water Soluble Media 72 Drawing for Fantasy Artists 102 Drawing Hands & Feet, The Art of Drawing 83 Drawing Landscapes, Art Handbook 92 Drawing Light & Shade, The Art of Drawing 83 Drawing Masterclass series 86 Drawing Pets, The Art of Drawing 83 Drawing Portraits, The Art of Drawing 83 Drawing Techniques, How to Paint 88 Drawing Trees, Art Handbook 92 Drawing, Step-by-Step 89 Drawing: A Complete Guide 82 Dress Up Your Dolls 46 Easter Knits 35, 108 Easy Knitted Scarves, Twenty to Make 120 Easy Knitted Tea Cosies, Twenty to Make 120 Embroidered Art 20 Embroidered Portraits 21 Embroidered Treasures: Flowers 17 Embroidery for the Absolute Beginner 10 Embroidery on Paper for Cardmakers 110 Embroidery on Paper: Alphabet & Festive Motifs 0 Embroidery, 200 Questions Answered 11 Encaustic Art 81 Encaustic Art Project Book, The 81 Encyclopedia of Beading Techniques, The 62 Encyclopedia of Calligraphy Techniques, The 99 Encyclopedia of Cardmaking Techniques 111 Encyclopedia of Drawing Techniques, The 96 Encyclopedia of Mosaic Techniques, The 105 Encyclopedia of Oil Painting Techniques, The 96 Encyclopedia of Printing Techniques, The 105 Encyclopedia of Sewing Techniques, The 11 Encyclopedia of Wire Jewellery Making Techniques, The 62 Essential Stitch Guides series 24 Exotic Flowers, How to Draw 85 Exquisite Trims in Threads Crochet 47 Fabric Flowers, Twenty to Make 121 Fabric Jewellery, Mini Makes 125 Fabulous Felt 29 Fabulous Pompoms, Twenty to Make 119 Faces, How to Draw 85 Fairies, How to Draw 85 Fashion Dogs 46 Fashion Figures, How to Draw 85
Faux Fur Fun, Twenty to Make 119 Felt & Fibre Art, The Textile Artist 26 Felt Brooches, Twenty to Make 119 Felt Christmas Decorations, Twenty to Make 29, 121 Felt with Love 29 Figure Drawing: A Complete Guide 82 Figure Poses for Fashion Illustrators 8 Flower Colouring Book, The 2 Flower Designs 102 Flower Power Patchwork 9 Flower to Knit and Crochet 49 Flowers in Acrylics, How to Paint 88 Flowers in Acrylics, Ready to Paint 91 Flowers in Felt & Stitch 30 Flowers in Watercolour, Art Handbook 92 Flowers in Watercolour, How to Paint 88 Flowers in Watercolour, What to Paint 89 Flowers, Drawing Masterclass 86 Flowers, Fruit & Vegetables, The Art of Drawing 83 Flowers, How to Draw 85 Flowers, Ready to Stitch 25 Flowers, Stitched Textiles 27 Flowers, Trace & Paint 88 Fold, Cut & Curl 110 From Art to Stitch, The Textile Artist 26 From Sketch to Painting, Watercolour Tips and Techniques 95 Fun Feet 44 Fun Figures 115 Fun Hats 44 Fun with Fat Quarters 14 Garden Flowers, How to Draw 85 Geoff's Top Tips for Watercolour Artists 94 Glass Painted Projects, Twenty to Make 122 Glyn Macey's World of Acrylics 72 Goldwork 20 Goldwork, Essential Stitch Guide 24 Gothic Knits 46 Granny Square Flowers, Twenty to Make 118 Granny Squares 48 Granny Squares - All Shapes & Sizes 48 Great New Ways with Granny Squares 48 Half Yard Christmas 5 Half Yard Gifts 5 Half Yard Heaven 5 Half Yard Home 5 Half Yard Kids 4 Handbook of Crochet Stitches 51 Handbook of Indigo Dyeing, A 28 Handbook of Sewing Stitches 11 Handbook of Watercolour Landscapes Tips & Techniques 93 Handbook of Watercolour Tips & Techniques 93 Handbooks series 93 Handmade Baskets 106 Handmade Decorative Books 111 Hands and Feet, How to Draw 84 Hand-Stitched Crazy Patchwork 11 Hand-Stitched Flower Garden, The 15 Hanging Hearts, Love to Sew 7 Happy Crochet 40 Heads & Faces, The Art of Drawing 83 Heart & Flower Designs 102 Heritage of Colour, A 28 Hills & Mountains in Watercolour, What to Paint 89 Horses in Acrylics, Ready to Paint 90 Horses, How to Draw 85 How to Draw and Paint Fantasy Combat 102 How to Draw Animals 85 How to Draw Fantasy Creatures 85 How to Draw Flowers & Trees 85 How to Draw series 84-85 How to Knit and Crochet Blocks, Blankets & Throws 50 How to Make 50 Fabulous Flat Kumihimo Braids 56 How to Make Beautiful Buttons 9 How to Make Friendship Bracelets 62 How to Make Hammered Wire Jewellery 58 How to Make Little Needle-Felted Teddy Bears 29 How to Paint Flowers & Plants 69 How to Paint series 88 How to Paint Skies 69 How to Paint Water 70 How to See It, How to Draw It: The Perspective Workbook 78 How to Sew Beautiful Aprons 8
How to Sew Little Felt Animals 29 Human Form, The 80 Incredible Acrylics 73 Insects, How to Draw 85 Introduction to Drawing the Human Body, An 82 Introduction to Making Cloth Dolls 30 Iris Quilting 14 Irises in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 90 Irish Landscapes in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 90 Janet Whittle's Watercolour Flowers 72 Japanese Braiding 62 Japanese Fabric Flowers 9 Japanese Paper Embroidery 15 Jean Haines' Atmospheric Watercolours 65 Jean Haines Colour & Light in Watercolour 64 Jean Haines' World of Watercolour 65 Jelly Roll Scraps, Twenty to Make 13, 121 Jersey Yarn Creations 45 Joe Dowden's Complete Guide to Painting Water in Watercolour 70 Just Draw It! 80 Just Paint It! 80 Kew Book of Botanical Illustration, The 95 Kirigami 110 Knit Back in Time 50 Knit Me, Dress Me, Love Me 32 Knit Mittens for Every Season 42 Knit Scarves and Shawls Now 39 Knit the Nativity 46 Knit-and-Crochet Garden 35, 108 Knitted Baby Bootees, Twenty to Make 44, 120 Knitted Beanies, Twenty to Make 120 Knitted Bears, Twenty to Make 120 Knitted Birds 45 Knitted Boot Cuffs, Twenty to Make 120 Knitted Cats & Kittens 33 Knitted Charms, Twenty to Make 34, 118 Knitted Dogs & Puppies 33 Knitted Dolls 35, 108 Knitted Fairies 46 Knitted Flowers, Twenty to Make 120 Knitted Fruit & Vegetables 46 Knitted Headbands, Twenty to Make 119 Knitted Meerkats 33 Knitted Mug Hugs, Twenty to Make 121 Knitted Nursery Collection, The 43 Knitted Phone Sox, Twenty to Make 120 Knitted Pirates, Princesses, Witches, Wizards & Fairies 46 Knitted Rabbits 33 Knitted Snoods, Twenty to Make 118 Knitted Vegetables, Twenty to Make 120 Knitted Wrist Warmers, Twenty to Make 120 Knitting Double 50 Knitting for the Absolute Beginner 52 Knitting Scandinavian Style 35, 108 Knooking 45 Knotted Bead Jewellery 57 Lakes, Rivers & Streams in Acrylic, What to Paint 89 Landscapes in Acrylics, Art Handbook 92 Landscapes in Acrylics, Ready to Paint 91 Landscapes in Watercolour, Art Handbook 92 Landscapes in Watercolour, What to Paint 89 Landscapes, Drawing Masterclass 86 Landscapes, Stitched Textiles 27 Layer, Paint and Stitch, The Textile Artist 26 Learn to Knit Block by Block 48 Learn to Make Bead Jewellery 56 Learn to Spin with Anne Field 28 Leather & Bead Jewellery to Make 56 Leather Jewellery, Twenty to Make 54, 119 Let's Start Beading, Jewellery School 59 Liberty Cross Stitch 21 Life Drawing, Drawing Masterclass 86 Little Animals using Chenille Stems, Mini Makes 125 Little Bags & Purses, Love to Sew 7 Little Bears to Knit & Crochet 33 Little Christmas Decorations to Knit and Crochet 33 Little Decorations using Polymer Clay, Mini Makes 125 Little Flowers in Silk and Organza Ribbon 20 Little Quilts & Gifts from Jelly Roll Scraps 13 Little Ways to Learn Acrylics 73
Little Ways to Learn Watercolour 71 Living Willow Sculpture 106 London in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 91 Loom Knitted Throws 50 Loom Knitting for Babies & Toddlers 44, 50 Love to Sew series 6 Machine Embroidered Flowers, Woodlands and Landscapes: The Art of Alison Holt 21 Machine Embroidered Seascapes 21 Machine Embroidered Woodlands 21 Made in Paracord 55 Magic of Shetland Lace Knitting, The 49 Magical Shetland Lace Shawls to Knit 49 Make Your Own Ideabook with Arne & Carlos 35, 108 Making Cushion Covers 5 Making Fantasy Cloth Dolls 30 Mandalas to Crochet 40 Mandalas, How to Draw 84 Manga Animals, How to Draw 84, 101 Manga Boys, How to Draw 85, 101 Manga Chibis, How to Draw 84, 101 Manga Girls, How to Draw 85, 101 Manga Monsters, How to Draw 84, 101 Manga Now! How to Draw Action Figures 100 Manga Now! How to Draw Monsters & Mecha 100 Manga Your World 101 Manga: The Mega Guide 101 Maori Designs 102 Merry Christmas Sweaters to Knit 33 Metal Clay Animal Jewellery 54 Metal Clay Jewellery 54 Micro Macramé, Twenty to Make 121 Mini Bunting, Twenty to Make 121 Mini Christmas Crochet, Twenty to Make 33, 120 Mini Christmas Knits, Twenty to Make 33, 120 Mini Cross Stitch, Twenty to Make 121 Mini Cupcakes, Twenty to Make 119 Mini Knitted Christmas 32 Mini Knitted Ocean 34 Mini Knitted Safari 34 Mini Knitted Toys 34 Mini Knitted Woodland 34 Mini Makes series 125 Mini Mosaics, Twenty to Make 119 Mini Sugar Bags, Twenty to Make 116, 122 Mini Sugar Shoes, Twenty to Make 116, 122 Modern Cake Decorator series, The 114 Modern Decoupage, Twenty to Make 119 Modern Flower Painter, The 72 Modern Friendship Bracelets, Twenty to Make 121 Modern Needlepoint, Twenty to Make 118 Modern Sashiko 20 Monet, Ready to Paint The Masters 91 Monsters, How to Draw 85 Mug Rugs, Love to Sew 7 My Handmade Wedding 104 Napkin Folding, Mini Makes 125 Needle Felties, Twenty to Make 121 New Artist's Bibles series 98 New Encyclopedia of Crochet Techniques, The 51 New Encyclopedia of Jewellery Making Techniques, The 62 New Encyclopedia of Watercolour Techniques, The 96 New York in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 91 Oil Painter's Bible, The 98 Oil Painting, Step-by-Step 89 Oils, Colour Mixing Guide 97 Oils, How to Paint 88 Once Upon a Time… in Crochet 45 One-Patch Quilt, Twenty to Make 118 One-Piece Knits 37 Orchids in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 90 Origami 110 Origami Garden, The 110 Ornamental Knots for Beaded Jewellery 62 Overlocker Technique Manual, The 11 Painting Abstracts 74 Painting Acrylic Landscapes The East Way 67 Painting Boats & Harbours in Watercolour 66
Painting Flowers in Watercolour, 30 Minute Artist 93 Painting Flowers on Cakes, The Modern Cake Decorator 114 Painting Mood & Atmosphere, Watercolour Tips and Techniques 95 Painting Pastel Landscapes 75 Painting Step-by-Step series 89 Painting Successful Watercolours from Photographs 70 Painting Water in Watercolour, 30 Minute Artist 67, 93 Painting Watercolour Flowers from Photographs 72 Painting Watercolour Sea & Sky The Easy Way 66 Painting Watercolour Trees The Easy Way 66 Painting Watercolour Landscapes The Easy Way 67 Painting with Acrylics, Art Handbook 92 Painting with Oils, Art Handbook 92 Painting with Pastels 75 Painting with Pastels, Art Handbook 92 Painting with Pastels, Pastels Tips and Techniques 95 Painting with Watercolours, Art Handbook 92 Painting without Paint 77 Paint Yourself Calm 64 Paper Cut Cards 107 Paper Panda's Guide to Papercutting 109 Papercuts, Twenty to Make 109, 119 Papercutting for Special Occasions 110 Paris in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 91 Passion for Colour, A 28 Pastel Artist's Bible, The 75, 98 Pastel Colour Wheel Book, The 97 Pastel Painting, Step-by-Step 75, 89 Pastels Unleashed 75 Patchwork Bags, Love to Sew 7 Patchwork, 200 Questions Answered 11 Pattern Cutting for Kids' Clothing 8 Pattern Cutting Templates for Skirts & Dresses 8 Pedigree Dogs in Needle Felt 29 People in Action, How to Draw 84 People, How to Draw 85 Perspective, Art Handbook 92 Perspective, Depth and Distance, Watercolour Tips and Techniques 95 Perspective, Drawing Masterclass 86 Pewter Jewellery, Twenty to Make 121 Pincushions, Love to Sew 7 Piping on Cakes, The Modern Cake Decorator 114 Pixel Crochet 39 Polymer Clay Artist's Guide, The 106 Polymer Clay Buttons, Twenty to Make 122 Pompom Christmas, Twenty to Make 119 Pop Art 77 Portraits Painting, Art Answers 93 Portraits, Drawing Masterclass 86 Pride & Preju-Knits 36 Quick & Easy Patchwork, Love to Sew 6 Quick Icelandic Knits 49 Quilled Animals, Twenty to Make 119 Quilled Borders & Motifs 111 Quilling: Techniques and Inspiration 107 Quilt & Sew Country Style 9 Quilted Covers & Cosies, Love to Sew 5, 6 Quilted Flowers, Love to Sew 7 Quilting for the Absolute Beginner 10 Quilting on the Go 14 Raised Quilt & Stitch Techniques 17 Ray's Top Tips for Watercolour Artists 94 Ready to Paint series 90-91 Ready to Paint The Masters series 91 Ready to Stitch series 25 Realistic Abstracts 74 Resin Jewellery 60 Ribbon Embroidery & Stumpwork 16 Rock Art! 105 Romantic Lace Knitting 41 Romantic Motifs, Transfer & Stitch 25 Roses in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 90 Royal School of Needlework: Appliqué 24 Rustic Buildings & Barns in Watercolour 66 Scandinavian Christmas Stockings 49 Sea & Sky in Acrylics 73 Sea & Sky in Oils 74
Sea & Sky in Watercolour, Art Handbook 92 Search Press Guide to Painting Techniques, The 96 Sensational Sculpted Cakes 115 Sensational Sugar Animals 116 Sensational Sugar Fairies 116 Sew Brilliant Bags 4 Sew Bunting 5 Sew Jelly Roll Quilts & Gifts 13 Sew Useful 5 Sewing for the Absolute Beginner 10 Sewing Machine Accessory Bible, The 11 Shamballa Bracelets, Mini Makes 125 Shibori Designs & Techniques 28 Shibori Stitch Techniques 19 Silk Shading, Essential Stitch Guide 24 Silk Ribbon Flowers, Twenty to Make 118 Silversmithing for Jewellery Makers 61 Simple Cloth Daisy Dolls 30 Simple Patchwork Gifts, Love to Sew 7 Simple Recipes for Stylist Jewellery 62 Simple Statement Rings, Twenty to Make 118 Simply Modern Patchwork Bags 11 Simply Stunning Crocheted Bags 45 Sketching & Drawing Bible, The 98 Sketching People 78 Sketching People, The Art of Drawing 83 Skirts & Dresses for First Time Sewers 8 Small Beads, Big Jewellery 61 Sock Art 50 Start Origami 110 Start to Embroider 106 Start to Knit 106 Start to Paint series 87 Start to Paint with Acrylics 87 Start to Paint with Watercolours 87 Start to Quilt 106 Start to Stitch 106 Start to… series 106 Steampunk Jewellery, Twenty to Make 121 Steampunk Softies 30 Stencilling on Cakes, The Modern Cake Decorator 114 Stitch, Fibre, Metal & Mixed Media, The Textile Artist 26 Stitched Fabric Brooches, Twenty to Make 121 Stitched Postcards 28 Stitched Textiles series 27 Stitching Book, The 21 Stonesetting for Contemporary Jewellery Makers 61 Stress-Free Sewing 11 Studio Secrets: Millinery 28 Stumpwork Embroidery 19 Stumpwork Flowers 19 Stumpwork, Essential Stitch Guide 24 Stylish Accessories Knitted on a Hand Loom 50 Successful Jewellery Maker 58 Sugar Animals, Twenty to Make 116, 122 Sugar Birds, Twenty to Make 122 Sugar Brides & Grooms, Twenty to Make 119 Sugar Cats, Twenty to Make 116, 118 Sugar Christmas Decorations, Twenty to Make 122 Sugar Dogs, Twenty to Make 116, 122 Sugar Flowers, Twenty to Make 122 Sugar Scaries, Twenty to Make 116, 122 Sugar Wobblies, Twenty to Make 122 Super Pops 116 Tags & Toppers, Twenty to Make 122 Take Three Colours: Landscapes 70 Tangle Bay 1 Tangle Wood 1 Tapestry Weaving 28 Tasty Knits 46 Tatted Lace Accessories 20, 62 Tatted Snowflakes, Twenty to Make 119 Techniques of Traditional Icon Painting 81 Teddy Bears, Love to Sew 7 Terry Harrison's Complete Guide to Watercolour Landscapes 67 Terry Harrison's Watercolour Flowers in the Landscapes 67 Terry Harrison's Watercolour Secrets 66 Terry's Top Tips for Acrylics Artists 67, 94 Terry's Top Tips for Watercolour Artists 67, 94 Textile Artist series, The 26 Three-Dimensional Embroidery Stitches 21
Tiny Toys to Knit, Twenty to Make 34, 118 Tips and Techniques series 95 Top Tips series 94 Trace & Paint series 88 Transfer & Stitch series 25 Trees, Drawing Masterclass 86 Trees, How to Draw 85 Trees, Woodlands & Forests in Watercolour, What to Paint 89 Tulips in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 91 Turner, Ready to Paint The Masters 91 Twenty to Make series 117-122 Twist, Turn & Tie: 50 Japanese Braids 61 Understanding Human Form & Structure, The Art of Drawing 83 Understanding Perspective, The Art of Drawing 83 Urban Sketching 78 Using Cutters on Cakes, The Modern Cake Decorator 114 Van Gogh, Ready to Paint The Masters 91 Venice in Acrylics, Ready to Paint 91 Venice in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 91 Very British Baby Knits 44 Very Easy Guide to Fair Isle Knitting, The 49 Very Easy Guide to Using Your Sewing Machine, The 10 Vibrant Acrylics 72 Vibrant Flowers in Watercolour, Ready to Paint 90 Vibrant Oils 75 Vibrant Watercolours 71 Viking Knits & Ancient Ornaments 49 Vintage Purses to Make, Sew and Embroider 9 Vintage-Style Gifts for the Home, Love to Sew 7 Washi Style! 110 Washi Tape Cards, Twenty to Make 60, 119 Water in Watercolour, Art Handbook 92 Watercolour Artist's Bible, The 98 Watercolour Barns, Ready to Paint 67, 91 Watercolour Boats & Harbours, Ready to Paint 91 Watercolour Flower Artist's Bible, The 98 Watercolour Flower Painting, Step-byStep 89 Watercolour Flower Portraits 68 Watercolour Flowers, Ready to Paint 91 Watercolour for the Absolute Beginner 77 Watercolour Fruit & Vegetable Portraits 68 Watercolour Landscapes, Ready to Paint 67, 91 Watercolour Landscapes, Step-byStep 89 Watercolour Landscapes, Trace & Paint 88 Watercolour Painting, Step-by-Step 89 Watercolour Rivers & Streams, Ready to Paint 91 Watercolour Trees & Woodlands, Ready to Paint 91 Watercolour Washes, How to Paint 88 Watercolour, Colour Mixing Guide 97 Watercolour, Trace & Paint 88 Watercolours Unleashed 71 Watercolours, How to Paint 88 Wendy Tait's Watercolour Flowers 71 Wendy's Top Tips for Acrylics Artists 94 What to Paint series 89 Whitework, Essential Stitch Guide 24 Wild Animals in Acrylics, Ready to Paint 90 Wild Animals, How to Draw 85 Wild Animals, The Art of Drawing 83 Wild Flowers in Watercolour, Art Handbook 92 Wild Flowers, How to Draw 85 Wild Women, Twenty to Make 121 William Newton's Complete Guide to Watercolour Painting 72 Winsor & Newton's Colour Mixing Guide: Acrylics 97 Woman's Weekly Guide to Beading 57, 112 Woman's Weekly Guide to Crochet 43, 112 Woman's Weekly series 112 Wonderful Ways with Wax 81 Zakka-Style Gifts, Love to Sew 7 Zendoodle 2 Zentangles, How to Draw 84
www.searchpress.com | 127
COMING IN 2016 January
ill make ing a brand
THE KNITTED NURSERY COLLECTION 14 cuddly toys and colourful accessories for babies
Jem Weston
Bible
Bible
Marylin Scott
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Search Press
Matthew Brehm
Oil Painter’s
Marylin Scott
An essential reference for the practising artist
Search Press
Search Press
Paul Heaston
February
Unique exercises with more than 100 vanishing points to figure out
the
& Drawing
Search Press
SEARCH PRESS
51995
the
Sketching
Marylin Scott
Jem Weston
UK £9.99 US $19.95
78-1-78221-317-8
1782 213178
THE PERSPECTIVE WORKBOOK
Sketching & Drawing Bible
14 cuddly toys and colourful accessories for babies
d decorations your baby’s signs ranging ith matching matching a selection
HOW TO SEE IT, HOW TO DRAW IT: HOW TO SEE IT AND HOW TO DRAW IT: THE PERSPECTIVE WORKBOOK
N
the
THE KNITTED NURSERY COLLECTION
D
An essential (smaller spines)
(smaller spines)
reference for the practising artist
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press Search Press
SIMPLY MODERN
Watercolour
the
Search Press
Artist’s Bible
Search Press
Search Press PATCHWORK BAGS
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
(back cover alternative)
TEN STYLISH PATCHWORK BAGS IN A MODERN MODE
Marylin Scott Haafner Linssen
Hooked On Mandalas
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Search Press
Search Press
With step-bysteps for the beginner
An essential (smaller spines)
Mandalas to Crochet 30 Great Patterns
Janet Goddard
reference for the practising artist
All with large-format charts, full instructions and inspirational project ideas
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
earch Press Search Press
Lynne Chapma n
Search Press
£12.99
Clearly written and fun to read, this book is bursting with inspirational artwork and candid advice, which will improve your drawing skills and change the way you sketch forever.
Lynne Chapman has published 30 children’s books, all illustrated in pastels. She founded Urban Sketchers Yorkshire in 2010, and runs SketchCrawls every month. She has delivered Urban Sketching workshops all over the world. Lynne’s blog, “An Illustrator’s Life for Me!” at lynnechapman.blogspot.co.uk.
Solutions and best practice
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
(smaller spines)
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
Manga
(back cover alternative)
Search Press
(back cover alternative) LEONG
Try out all the different styles including Seinen, Josei, Shoujo, Shounen, Chibi and Kodomo with expert tips from award-winning manga artist Sonia Leong Take a photo and give it a manga makeover.
(back cover alternative)
ALSO AVAILABLE
HOW TO TURN YOUR PHOTOS INTO MANGA DRAWINGS
Manga Your World
Have you ever imagined yourself as a manga cartoon? Learn step-by-step how to turn your photos into manga drawings; injecting colour, energy and magic into everyday life. Draw your friends with superpowers, your beloved pooch in an adorable Kodomo style or yourself as a samurai!
Search Press
Your World
TURN YOUR OLD PHOTOGRAPHS INTO MANGA CREATIONS WITH THIS UNIQUE GUIDE
Sonia Leong is a professional comic artist and illustrator specialising in Manga. She has over eighty publications. Sonia was awarded “2008 Quick Picks for Reluctant Young Adult Readers” and “Best Books for Young Adults 2008” by the Young Adult Library Services Association. She was also the winner of Tokyopop’s first UK Rising Stars of Manga competition (2005/06) and Winner in NEO Magazine’s 2005 Manga Competition.
March
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
How to Draw: Manga Boys ISBN: 978-1-78221-125-9 £4.99
How to Draw: Manga Girls ISBN: 978-1-78221-126-6 £4.99
£12.99 SEARCH PRESS
www.searchpress.com SEARCH PRESS
OZ6282
£12.99
Hobo Bags nähen
Beate Schmitz
hter Landunterwegs
mmen: die
Beate Schmitz
eue Trend-
n sich zu-
Sonia Leong
Boho Bags sh
30 super-cute booties to crochet for babies and toddlers
15 bags to make
unique and styli
hen. Dabei ihn wird
toffe sind
ffe bilden
ltung, mit zu einem
iner Hobo.
82-6
Contributing Editor: Kristi Simpson
30*
gebunden
THE CROSS-STITCH GARDEN
MOSAIC HANDBOOK Projects • Techniques • Designs
cross-stitch motifs.
As the definitive mosaic guide, this practical resource book provides a step-by-step approach to making mosaics. Taking inspiration from the Byzantium era through to the present day, The Art of Mosaic is packed with good ideas and practical techniques. Transform your living space, both indoors and out, with wonderful creative projects, and make exciting and unusual gifts. Both easy to follow and foolproof, this is an instructive sourcebook for the amateur and professional alike. With four professional mosaicists as authors, each with their very own style and approach, there are projects for every taste and budget.
Paper Cut Cards
Emily Gregory
30 stunning handmade cards with eye-popping 3-D designs
There are designs for all your favourite flowers such as violas,
Each design in Paper Cut Cards has been created by one of these leading paper artists: •
Mary Beth Cryan
•
Sarah Dennis
•
Sabrina Giselle Acevedo
•
Lynn Hatzius
•
Tina Krauss
•
Freya Lines
•
Kyle Olmon
•
Ingrid Siliakus
•
Marthe Van Herk
•
Rosa Yoo
pansies, poppies and roses; and Kazuko’s projects will teach you how to use these motifs to create beautiful bags, pincushions, pillows, coasters, aprons, tea towels and more. There are helpful charts for all the motifs and each project includes step-by-step diagrams, making the designs perfect for
Kazuko Aoki
Search Press
UK £12.99 US $24.95
Search Press
EAN
SEARCH PRESS
9 781782 213864
WWW.SEARCHPRESS.COM Search Press
£12.99
Over 70 cross-stitch motifs and 20 stunning projects
embroiderers of all levels.
A beautiful collection of 30 pop-up cards to create, send and delight friends and loved ones. From intricate designs to ornamental decorations, here is everything you need to surprise and impress. ISBN 978-1-78221-386-4
The
Cross-Stitch Garden
Kazuko Aoki
SARAH KELLY
Search Press
81903 975978
more than 20 projects with over 70 individual
SARAH KELLY
BN 1-903975-97-2
Inspired by her love of wildflowers, Kazuko Aoki presents
THE COMPLETE
PAPER CUT CARDS
by-steps will guide any novice rafter to paper engineer. ue is followed by a selection nd templates, so crafters can r skills and become confident eate their own exciting gns.
April THE ART OF MOSAIC
just love crafting or you e something special for an per Cut Cards has the perfect u. The 30 inspirational r a range of card designs for eddings and celebrations, amental projects to put on e as gifts.
An urba n sketcher’s ma nual to drawing figures a nd faces
www.searchpress.com
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
sketching People
£00.00
www.searchpress.com (smaller spines)
www.searchpress.com
This book provides straightforward, practical help to give beginning sketchers the confidence and ability to draw all sorts of people in a variety of situations. With detailed advice on how to put together an Urban Sketching toolkit and the best media to choose for particular situations, it will teach you new ways of looking at your subject, and different techniques to help you draw more quickly and explore new styles.
Search Press
Search Press
(smaller spines)
Frieda Munro is a tutor, technician and designer based in London. She lectures in jewellery making and designing at Morley College and is a technician at Central St Martin’s, advising students on the best techniques and machinery to use in their designs. She also runs her own studio in south London. Check out her website at: http://friedamunro.com.
ISBN: 978-1-78221-382-6
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
£10.99
ISBN: 978-1-78221-387-1
www.searchpress.com
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Cat Horn
Jenny Townley
Cat Horn is a fibre jewellery designer running her Etsy shop, Cat Horn Accessory since 2009. Working in the New York fashion industry and her childhood love of jewellery making have inspired her to create fun, trendy and unique everyday jewellery. Cat also uses her knowledge of materials and diverse jewellery making techniques to create and teach jewellery making classes to new and experienced beaders alike.
£10.99 ISBN: 978-1-78221-390-1
30 cool projects for bracelets, pendants and more
to make
Successful Jewellery Maker
Lynne Chapma n
Experienced beaders will find more challenging projects that mix and match different techniques, as well as advice on how to design and create your own leather jewellery.
Leather & Bead Jewellery
Drawing people out in the world is exciting; there is an immediacy and honesty to the art you create, and each sketch contains a host of memories, not just of the individuals captured on the paper, but of the place and the moment in time that the sketch occupied. But it can also be a challenge: how do you spot people who are likely to stay still for you and how do you draw movement, for those occasions when they don’t?
Frieda Munro
Frieda Munro
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
There are plenty of wonderful images, tips and diagrams throughout to help you identify where you are going wrong, and what to do next.
make
Features clear step-by-step instructions for bead stringing, wire wrapping, braiding, weaving and macramé techniques, as well as fun projects to practise on.
Frieda Munro draws on her experience of jewellery making and teaching to cover every conceivable problem that a jewellery maker might face and offers creative solutions.
sketching People
Learn how to create beautiful beaded leather jewellery using simple stringing and knotting techniques. In no time you will be making fashion jewellery you will love to wear and show off.
Provides everything you need to know to get started including detailed instructions for all the core knots.
Jenny Townley is a self-taught micro macramé artist and jewellery designer. The versatility of micro macramé, its use of colour combinations and the texture of the various knots are what inspired her to take up the craft. See more of Jenny's jewellery at www.micromacrame.net
Cat Horn
hen it comes to jewellery making, sometimes things just don’t go to plan. Metals may not behave exactly as you expect, joints may suddenly detach or a slip of the hand has you thinking you have ruined your last three hours of work. But if you can work out how to fix these problems, making mistakes really is the best way to learn.
Every technique explained, for beginners up
Leather & Bead Jewellery to
Detailed step-by-step photographs and written instructions guide you every step of the way, and the finished projects are showcased with lovely styled photography.
W
25 superfine macramé projects to make
Jenny Townley
Explore the fabulous world of micro macramé with this collection of 25 jewellery projects. Create gorgeous bracelets, necklaces, pendants and earrings, ranging from simple knotting projects to more advanced patterns combining threads with beautiful beads.
Successful Jewellery Maker
Knotted Bead Jewellery
Knotted Bead Jewellery
(back cover alternative)
Successful Jewellery Maker
Search Press
rch Press
SEARCH PRESS
Emily Gregory The Cross Stitch Garden_COVER.indd 1
30/09/2015 10:17:18
May
Malcolm Rigby
Head of UK Sales Search Press Ltd Wellwood North Farm Road Tunbridge Wells Kent TN2 3DR M: +44 (0)7803 118670 E: Linda.Ayres@searchpress.com
T: +44 (0)1786 823183 M: +44 (0)7885 136636 E: north.link@btinternet.com
Mike Bicknell
Areas: Kent, Sussex
Ireland T: +353 (0)1 413 5830 F: +353 (0)1 413 5828 E: info@hillsart.ie W: www.hillsart.ie
T: +44 (0)2920 411363 M: +44 (0)7747 536755 E: oftheabove@ntlworld.com
Subjects: Art and General Crafts
Areas: Devon, Somerset, Dorset, Glos, Cornwall, Wilts, Bristol, Hereford & Worcs, South and Mid-Wales
T: +353 (0)1 429 5110 E: info@wmtrimmings.ie W: www.wmtrimmings.com
WM Trimmings
Subjects: Soft Crafts
BODY Using A, make a magic ring and work first 6 rounds as for head. Round 7: 1 sc tbl in each st around. Rounds 8–12: 1 sc in each st around. Round 13: [1 sc in each of next 4 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (30 sts) Rounds 14–18: 1 sc in each st around. Round 19: [1 sc in each of next 3 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (24 sts) Round 20: 1 sc in each st around. Fasten off, leaving long end for sewing. Stuff body and sew to head. Cut out belly lining from white felt and glue to body.
3-30
ARMS (MAKE 2) Using C, make a magic ring. Round 1: 6 sc into ring. (6 sts) Round 2: 2 sc in each st around. (12 sts) Round 3: 1 sc in each st around. Round 4: 1 sc tbl in each st around. Rounds 5–6: As round 3. Change to A. Rounds 7–8: As round 3. Round 9: [1 sc in each of next 4 sts, sc2tog] twice. (10 sts) Rounds 10–16: As round 3. Fasten off, leaving long end for sewing. Stuff lightly. Pinch open end together and sew shut. Attach to sides of body. Optional: After sewing all the parts together (arms, legs, and tail onto body), sew paws together in front of body for better posing and sitting.
103-111
Round 18: 2 sc in next st, 1 sc in each of next 30 sts, 2 sc in each of next 5 sts. (42 sts) Round 19: As round 2. Round 20: 1 sc in each of next 36 sts, 2 sc in each of next 6 sts. (48 sts) Rounds 21–30: As round 2. Round 31: [1 sc in each of next 6 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (42 sts) Round 32: [1 sc in each of next 5 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (36 sts) Round 33: [1 sc in each of next 4 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (30 sts) Round 34: [1 sc in each of next 3 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (24 sts) Begin stuffing tail. Round 35: [1 sc in each of next 2 sts, sc2tog] 6 times. (18 sts) Round 36: [1 sc in next 1 st, sc2tog] 6 times. (12 sts) Finish stuffing tail. Round 37: [Sc2tog] 6 times. (6 sts) Fasten off, leaving long end for sewing. Bring long end of A to right side between rounds 28 and 29 (nine rounds up from bottom of tail) and attach tail to back of fox.
LEGS (MAKE 2) Using C, make a magic ring and work first 6 rounds as for arms. Change to A. Rounds 7–13: As round 3. Round 14: [1 sc in each of next 4 sts, sc2tog] twice. (10 sts) Rounds 15–17: As round 3. Fasten off, leaving long end for sewing. Stuff lightly. Pinch open end together and sew shut. Attach to sides of body. TAIL Using B, make a magic ring. Round 1: 4 sc into ring. (4 sts) Round 2: 1 sc in each st around. Round 3: [1 sc in next st, 2 sc in next st] twice. (6 sts) Round 4: 2 sc in each st around. (12 sts) Round 5: As round 2. Round 6: As round 4. (18 sts) Round 7: As round 2. Round 8: 1 sc in each of next 3 sts, 2 sc in each of next 6 sts, 1 sc in each of next 9 sts. (24 sts) Rounds 9–11: As round 2. Round 12: 2 sc in each of next 2 sts, 1 sc in each of next 18 sts, 2 sc in each of next 4 sts. (30 sts) Round 13: As round 2. Round 14: 2 sc in each of next 2 sts, 1 sc in each of next 24 sts, 2 sc in each of next 4 sts. (36 sts) Rounds 15–17: As round 2. Change to A.
UK £8.99 US $17.95 ISBN 0 85532 992 0
A practical craft book from Search Press
112
the
Search PreSS
Classics
An essential reference for the practising artist
(back cover alternative)
Search Press
Search Press
Material Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Bast (Fb 257), Rosa (Fb 246) und Fresie (Fb 251), je 50 g 2 Rocaille-Perlen in Rosa, ∅ 2 mm 2 Nieten (vorzugsweise in Blümchenform), ∅ 7 mm Nähnadel und Nähgarn in Rosa
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie je 1 Sohle nach der Grundanleitung in Rosa und in Bast. Legen Sie die Sohlen links auf links aufeinander. Halten Sie die Arbeit so, dass Sie von oben auf die rosafarbene Sohle blicken, und häkeln Sie nun beide Sohle in Rosa mit 1 Rd Km zusammen (51/55/57 M).
Vorderer Teil der Sandale Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd bis zur 18./20./21. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M neu an. Es wird nun in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden.
5. R: 4/4/5 fM, 1 M abn (= 5/5/6 M). 6. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5/5/6 M). 7. R: 3/3/4 fM, 1 M abn (= 4/4/5 M). 8.–10. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 4/4/5 M). 11. R: 3/3/4 fM, 1 M zun (= 5/5/6 M). 12. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5/5/6 M). 13. R: 4/4/5 fM, 1 M zun (= 6/6/7 M). 14. R: 1 M zun, 5/5/6 fM (= 7/7/8 M). 15. R: 1 M zun, 5/5/6 fM, 1 M zun (= 9/9/10 M). 16. und 17. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9/9/10 M). Legen Sie die Arbeit jetzt so zusammen, dass die 1. M der 17. R auf der 29./31./32. M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd der Sohle aufliegt und häkeln Sie die beiden Teile mit 9/9/10 Km in Fresie zusammen.
Long ends for sewing to head
Round 13 stitches folded toward outside
2 changes face1 Color toward back
Riemchenballerinas 1. R: 1 fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben, je 1 fM in die nächsten 8/8/9 M (= 9/9/10 M). 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9/9/10 M). 3. R: 1 M abn, 5/5/6 fM, 1 M abn (= 7/7/8 M). Häkelnadel 2,5 mm 4. R: ONline 1 M abn,Linie 5/5/6 fM (= 6/6/7 M). 165 Sandy
Material
Baby Shoes to Crochet (Fb 84), 50 g Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50 g) in Sonne (Fb 208), Rest Nylonfaden in Gold und Türkis Nähnadel
der 9. Rd, je 1 fM in die nächsten 14/18/20 fM. 2. R: 1 M abn, 13/17/19 fM, je 1 fM in die 23 Lm der Lm-Kette (= 37/41/43 M). 3. R: 22 Km, 13/17/19 fM, 1 M abn (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
3
33
Hinweis Häkeln Sie in Jade eine Sohle nach der Grundanleitung und fahren Sie in derselben Farbe in Rd fort. Häkeln Sie am Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und am Ende 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. Wenden Sie die Arbeit nicht!
Rechtes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Türkis an der 31./33./34. M der 9. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter.
Lasche
Material
Lucia Forthmann
Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Bast (Fb 257), Sonne (Fb 208), Cyclam (Fb 114), Signalrot (Fb 115) und Mandarine (Fb 209), je 50 g
1. R: 15/19/21 fM, 24 Lm. 2. R: 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die nächsten 22 Lm, 13/17/19 fM, 1 M abn (= 37/41/43 M). 3. R: 1 M abn, 13/17/19 fM, 22 Km (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
1. Rd: 1 Relief-M hinten in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 2.–4 Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Fertigstellen (= 51/55/57 M). Diese Stiefel sind nicht nur richtig cool, sie halten auch Nähen Sie mit türkisfarbenem Nylon5. Rd: 47/51/53 fM, 2x 1 M abn So wird’s gemacht: richtig warm! Kein Wunder, dass jeder sie haben will. faden das eine Ende des Riemchens am (= 49/53/55 M). anderen Ende fest. Häkeln Sie für die 6. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Für ein Schühchen Schnalle in Sonne ein Rechteck aus Km (= 49/53/55 M). Häkeln Sie in Bast eine Sohle nach der auf das aufliegende Riemchenende und 7. Rd: 17/19/20 fM, 7x 1 M abn, Grundanleitung und häkeln Sie wie sticken Sie in Gold mit Rückstichen ein 18/20/21 fM (= 42/46/48 M). abn, 1 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 14/16/17 fM, hinteren M-Glied der 8. M der 11. R neu folgt in Rd weiter: 2,5 mm Häkelnadel Rechteck auf die gehäkelte Schnalle. 8. Rd: 40/44/46 fM, 1 M abn Schachenmayr original Cata1 M abn, arbeiten. 1 fM (= 33/37/39 M). an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: Den zweiten Schuh genauso (= 41/45/47 M). nia1 Relief-M (LL 125m/50g) 1. Rd: hinten in in Taupe jede M der 9. Rd: 15/17/18 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 8. Rd: 11/13/14 fM, 1 M abn, 3 M zus 1 Lm, Arbeit wenden. Häkelnadel 2,5 mm (Fb 254), Orchidee (Fb 222) 3 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 15/17/18 fM häkeln, 1 M abn, 15/17/18 fM 12. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln:Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Schachenmayr original Cataund Kaffee (Fb 162), je 50 g (= 37/41/43 M). 2. Rd: 1 Relief-Stb vorne in jede M der (= 29/33/ 35 M). 4 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder: und in Cyclam (Fb 114) und 125m/50g) in Zimt Faden sichern nia und (LL abschneiden. Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Silber (Fb 172), Rest 9. und 10. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor25/29/31 fM, 4 fM nur in das hintere In R weiterhäkeln. (Fb 383) und Bast (Fb 257),
Material
Material
je 50 g und in Crème (Fb 130), Rest 2 Holzknöpfe in Naturoptik, ∅ 20 mm
So wird’s gemacht:
1. Rd (nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln): 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/ 57 M). 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Bast, 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 3. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M), 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 4. Rd: 18/20/21 fM, 1 M abn, 5 fM, 1 M abn, 24/26/27 fM (= 49/53/55 M). Arbeit nicht wenden. 5. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 1 M abn, 1 fM, 1 M abn, 23/25/26 fM, 1 M abn (= 46/50/52 M). 6. Rd: 14/16/17 fM, 3x 1 M abn, 1 fM, 3x 1 M abn, 16/18/19 fM, 1 M abn, 1 fM (= 39/43/45 M). 7. Rd: 1 M abn, 11/13/14 fM, 2x 1 M
Zeichen Schlagen Sie in Hellblau 9 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 Km in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, 1 Km, 2 fM, 2 Stb, 2 Stb zushäkeln, 4 Lm, 1 Km in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen, 2 fM in 1 Lm, [1 fM, 1 hStb, 1 Stb ] in 1 Lm, 1 Km in die allererste Lm. Nähen Sie das Zeichen mit Vorstichen seitlich am Schuh fest.
Hinterer Schuhteil (Dicker Absatz) Schlingen Sie den Faden in Weiß am vorderen M-Glied der 38./42./44. M der 2. Rd des Schuhs neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: 1. R: 1 Km in dieselbe M, in die Sie angeschlungen haben, 2 fM, 2 hStb, 13 Stb, 2 hStb, 2 fM, 1 Km. Faden sichern und lang abschneiden. Nähen Sie mit dem lang abgeschnittenen Faden das Teil mit Vorstichen fest.
dieser angesagten Strandläufer, ob unifarben oder gestreift. 47
1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
2x 1 M abn (= 2 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
Schuhvorderteil
3–6 Monate 1. R (Oberseite): Schlagen Sie in Signalrot 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in 0–3 Monate die restlichen 19 Lm (= 20 M). 1. R (Oberseite): Schlagen Sie in Cyclam Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm 2. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). Yeehaw! Lasst uns wieFb-Wechsel echte Cowboys und -girls in den die restlichen 19 Lm (= 20 M). zu Cyclam. gehören zu jedem(= 20 M) Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. Sonnenuntergang reiten! 3. R:Diese 1 fMBoots in jede M der Vor-R. Ausflughäkeln: in den WildenFb-Wechsel Westen. zu Sonne. 2. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). 4.–14. R: Häkeln Sie die R 2 bis 12 Fb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. der Anleitung zur Größe 0-3 Monate. 3. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben Nach dieser Rdzu nicht mehr wenden. Fb-Wechsel Mandarine. je 1 fM in die nächsten 15/19/21 M. Fb-Wechsel zudas Kaffee. 4. R: Nur in vordere M-Glied häkeln: und6–9 Monate Faden und abschneiden. 10. Rd: in Nur in M dasder hintere M-Glied hä1 fM jede Vor-R (= 20 M). 1. Rsichern (Unterseite): Schlagen Sie in Sonne keln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 21 Lm an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm (= 31/35/37 M). 5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). Stern von der Nd aus gesehen und je 1 fM in die 1. Rd: Häkeln19 Lm Sie in Orchidee 6 fM in 11.–15. Rd: 1 fM jede M der Vor-Rd Fb-Wechsel zu in Sonne. restlichen (= 20 M). Magic-Ring (= 31/35/37 M). 6. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: einen Fb-Wechsel zu(= 6 fM). Signalrot. 2. Rd: 3 Lm, inM dieder 2. Vor-R Lm von(= 20 M). der 16. Rd:in 14/16/17 fM, 1 M zun, 15/17/ 1 fM jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). 2. R: 1 fM1 Km in jede Nd Fb-Wechsel aus gesehen, zu 1 fM in die nächsten Lm, 18 fM, 1 M zunzu(= 33/37/39 M). Fb-Wechsel Cyclam. Mandarine. 1 Km in die desvordere Magic-Rings, * 3 Lm, 17.7.und 18. Rd: in 2x jede1 M M der R: 1 M abn,1 fM 6 fM, abn, 3. R: Nur2.inMdas M-Glied häkeln: 1 Km in die 2. Lm Nd aus geseVor-Rd 6 fM, (= 33/37/39 M). 1 M abn (= 16 M). 1 fM in jede M von der der Vor-R (= 20 M). hen, 1 fM in die nächsten Lm, 1 Km in die 19. Rd: 5/6/6 fM, 1 M überspringen, Fb-Wechsel zu Madarine. Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. nächste M des Magic-Rings *, von * bis * 1 Stb, 4 Stb in 1 M, 1 Stb, 1 M über8. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: 4. R: fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 20 M). springen, 12/14/16 fM, 1 M überspringen, noch 3x wdh, 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 16 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. Faden sichern und abschneiden. 1 Stb, 4 Stb in 1 M, 1 Stb, 1 M überFb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. 5.–15. R: Häkeln Sie die R 2 bis 12 springen, 6/7/7 fM (= 35/39/41 M). 9. R: 1 M abn, 4 fM, 2x 1 M abn, der Anleitung zur Größe 0-3 Monate. Spore Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 4 fM, 1 M abn (= 12 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Beginnen Sie für den Stern der Spore 20. und 21. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. nicht mit einem Magic-Ring, häkeln Sie Vor-Rd (= 35/39/41 M). 10. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied Legen Sie das Vorderteil auf das Schühstattdessen eine Lm-Kette aus 6 Lm und Faden sichern und abschneiden. häkeln: 1 M abn, 2 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 2 fM, chen, sodass sich die letzte R an der Spitze schließen Sie den Ring mit 1 Km in die 1 M abn (= 8 M). befindet, und nähen Sie das Vorderteil mit Vordere Lasche erste Lm. Häkeln Sie danach die 2. Rd Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. Matratzenstichen an den verbliebenen 26/ Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R wie für den Stern (siehe oben), indem Sie 11. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 30/32 M der 2. Rd an. (Dabei nähen Sie 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! die Km in den Ring häkeln, sodass in der 4x 1 M abn (= 4 M). je 1 M der 2. Rd des Schühchens mit entSchlingen Sie den Faden in Orchidee am Mitte des Sterns eine Öffnung verbleibt. Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. weder 1 R-Ende des Vorderteils oder 1 M vorderen M-Glied der 12./14./16. M der 9. 12. R: nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: der letzten R zusammen.) Band Rd neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: Schlagen Sie in Cyclam 43/47/49 Lm an, 59 häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd 1. R: 1 fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeaus gesehen und je 1 fM in jede weitere schlungen haben, je 1 fM in die nächsten Lm (= 42/46/48 M). Führen Sie nun 4 M (= 5 M). das Band durch die Öffnung des silber2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 5 M). farbenen Sporensterns und nähen Sie die 3. R: 1 M zun, 3 fM, 1 M zun (= 7 M). Enden des Bandes mit 2 Überwendlings4. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 7 M). stichen zusammen. 5. R: 1 M abn, 3 fM, 1 M abn (= 5 M). 6. R: 1 M abn, 1 fM, 1 M abn (= 3 M). Fertigstellen Faden sichern und abschneiden. Nähen Sie den Stern mit orchideefarbeAbsatz nem Garn seitlich außen am Stiefel an. Zählen Sie die M bis zur 5./7./8. M der letz- Nähen Sie den Rand der vorderen Lasche ten Rd der Sohle ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit mit Vorstichen in Orchidee am Stiefel an. und schlingen Sie den Faden in Taupe an Stülpen Sie das Sporenband über die Öffder besagten M neu an. Häkeln Sie 1 fM in nung des Stiefels. Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm und die Arbeit wenden.
Rd (= 29/33/35 M), 1 Lm und Arbeit wenden. 11. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 29/33/35 M). Faden abschneiden und für das entsprechende Schühchen in der 12 R. weiterhäkeln. Es wird fortan nur noch in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R häkeln Sie 1 Lm und wenden die Arbeit.
Rechtes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Bast am vorderen M-Glied der 23./27./29. M der 11. R neu an und häkeln Sie wie folgt weiter: 1 Lm, Arbeit wenden. 12. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 4 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder: 25/29/31 fM, 4 fM nur in das vordere M-Glied (dieselben 4 M wie am Anfang der R) (= 33/37/39 M). 13.–16. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 33/37/39 M). 17. R: 31/35/37 fM, 1 M abn (= 32/36/38 M). 18. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 32/36/38 M). 19. R: 30/34/36 fM, 1 M abn (= 31/35/37 M). 20. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 31/35/37 M). 21. R: 1 M abn, 27/31/33 fM, 1 M abn (= 29/33/35 M). 22. R: 1 M abn, 25/29/31 fM, 1 M abn (= 27/31/33 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Linkes Schühchen Schlingen Sie den Faden in Bast am
Faden sichern und abschneiden.
M-Glied (dieselben 4 M wie am Anfang Schlingen Sie den Faden in Cyclam an der der R) (= 33/37/39 M). 37./41./43. M der Vor-Rd neu an. Es 13.–16. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R wird in R weitergehäkelt. Am Ende jeder So wird’s gemacht: 27 (= 33/37/39 M). R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden. 17. R: 1 M abn, 31/35/37 fM Für ein Schühchen 1. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: (= 32/36/38 M). Es wird in Rd gehäkelt. Häkeln Sie am Je 1 fM in die nächsten 25 M (= 25 M). 18. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und schließen Sie Fb-Wechsel zu Sonne. (= 32/36/38 M). die Rd mit 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. 2. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: Wenden Sie die Arbeit im Regelfall nicht, 19. R: 1 M abn, 30/36/38 fM 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). außer es wird explizit gefordert! (= 31/35/37 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Signalrot. Häkeln Sie in Taupe eine Sohle nach der 20. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R 3. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: Grundanleitung und häkeln Sie danach 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). (= 31/35/37 M). wie folgt in Rd weiter: 21. R: 1 M abn, 27/31/33 fM, 1 M abn Fb-Wechsel zu Mandarine. 4. R: Nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: (= 29/33/35 M). 1. Rd: 1 Relief-M hinten in jede M 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 25 M). 22. R: 1 M abn, 25/29/31 fM, 1 M abn der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Cyclam. 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 27/31/33 M). 5. R: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: (= 51/55/57 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Fb-Wechsel zu Orchidee. 3. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd
Fellumrandung (beide Schühchen) (= 51/55/57 M), wenden.
Schlingen Sie den Faden in Crème an der4. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd letzten M der 12. R neu an und umhäkeln(= 51/55/57 M), wenden. Sie den Rand des Schühchens, indem Sie5. Rd: 13/15/16 fM, 20 Stb, 18/20/ in jedes R-Ende bzw in jede M je 1 Tul- 21 fM (= 51/55/57 M), wenden. 6. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 10x 1 M abn, 12/ pen-M häkeln.
Fertigstellen
14/15 fM (= 41/45/47 M), wenden. 7. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 41/45/47 M), wenden.
Auf Höhe der 18. R den Knopf seitlich 8. Rd: 19/21/22 fM, 5x 1 M abn, festnähen. Die Schlinge auf gleicher Höhe 12/14/15 fM (= 36/40/42 M), wenden. am gegenüberliegenden Teil der seitlichen9. Rd: 11/13/14 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 1 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 13/15/16 fM, 1 M abn, Öffnung anhäkeln. Schlingen Sie dafür den Faden in Bast neu an und häkeln Sie 1 fM (= 31/35/37 M). 20 Lm. Fixieren Sie die Lm-Kette mit einer Km in dieselbe Stelle, an der Sie den Faden neu angeschlungen haben. Je nachdem, wie eng bzw. weit die Schuhöffnung sein soll, häkeln Sie weniger bzw. mehr Lm für die Schlinge.
39
September
SUgarcraft & cake decorating
Nose stitch Bring the tapestry needle to the front of the work at 1, take it through to the back at 2 to form a horizontal stitch, and then bring it through to the front again at 3 to start embroidering a triangle of vertical stitches.
PATTERN CUTTING
TEMPLATES 1
2
FOR
Skirts & dresses
3
All you need to
design, adapt & customise your clothes
31-52
October
117-122
www.andina.se
JEWellery & beadwork
Gill: +44 (0)7812 064527 Stewart: +44 (0)7540 705404 E: info@angelleurosales.com Areas: Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland, Iceland, France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Netherlands
Belsu Ic ve Dis Tic. Ltd. Sti. T: +90 216 495 26 36 F: +90 216 495 97 23 E: info@crafturk.com W: www.crafturk.com & www.belsu.com Area: Turkey
Eastern Europe & Africa
T: +44 (0)20 8672 1171 E: richard@wibx.co.uk
SEARCH PRESS
Pakistan
twenty to make
November Coloured Pencil Artist’s
the
Index 126-127
painting & drawing
Drawing Bible
the
Watercolour Flower Artist’s Bible
edited by Claire Waite Brown
Jane Strother
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Search Press
An essential reference for the practising artist
Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
www.searchpress.com
An essential reference for the practising artist
(smaller spines)
December
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
Publishers Representatives Tahir Lodhi T: +92 42 35292168 F: +92 42 35882651 E: tahirlodhi@gmail.com
Iran
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
63-102
Angell Eurosales Gill Angell & Stewart Siddall
Ward International Ltd Richard Ward
KNIT MITTENS
Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
T: +44(0)1202 896210 E: chris@pim-uk.com W: www.pim-uk.com
Infinite Art & Book Services Haruhiko Oguchi
Area: Japan
Middle East FOR EVERY SEASON
Chris Ashdown
Areas: Spain, Portugal, Gibraltar
T: +44 (0)20 7813 3507 F: +44 (0)20 7485 8462 E: tony.moggach@tonymoggach.com
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
Publishers International Marketing
T: 81 3 3469 5708 F: 81 3 3469 5708 E: haru@aw.catv.ne.jp
IMA Tony Moggach
113-116
Asia
T: +34 637027587 E: jenny@padovanibooks.com
Vorderer Schuhteil Schlingen Sie den Faden in Schwarz am vorderen M-Glied der 20./22./23. M der letzten Rd der Sohle neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Am Ende der R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! 1. R: 1 M abn, 2 fM, 1 M abn (= 4 M). 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 4 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Nähen Sie das Teil mit einigen Vorstichen am Schuh fest.
Cowboystiefel
Fell-Boots
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie in Zimt eine Sohle nach der Grundanleitung und fahren Sie zunächst in derselben Farbe in Rd fort. Häkeln Sie am Anfang jeder Rd 1 Lm und am Ende 1 Km in die erste M der Rd. Wenden Sie die Arbeit nicht, außer es wird explizit gefordert!
4.–6. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 11 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden.
Schlingen Sie den Faden in Türkis am hinteren M-Glied der 15. M der 11. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Häkeln Sie am Ende der R 1 Lm Schuhband und wenden Sie die Arbeit. Fädeln Sie mithilfe einer Sticknd das neon1. R: 1 M zun, 5 fM, 1 M zun (= 9 M). Dieses leichte sich für Sie und Ihn gleichergelbeSchuhwerk Garn wieeignet ein Schuhband an den 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R (= 9 M). maßen. Häkeln Sie Ihrem Liebling gleichdie ein Arbeit. ganzes Sortiment entsprechenden M durch 3. R: 1 M zun, 7 fM, 1 M zun (= 11 M).
Espadrilles
Grown-up Styles for Little Feet So wird’s gemacht:
zu Weiß, 1 M abn, 6 Stb, 1 M abn, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 19/21/22 fM (= 43/47/49 M). 8. Rd: 17/19/20 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß, 3x 1 M abn, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 20/22/23 fM (= 40/44/46 M). 9. Rd: 15/17/18 fM, 7 Stb, 18/20/21 fM (= 40/44/46 M). 10. Rd: 13/15/16 fM, 2x 1 M abn, 5 Stb, 2x 1 M abn, 14/16/17 fM (= 36/40/42 M). 11. Rd: 9/11/12 fM, 2 hStb in 1 M, 3 fM, 1 M abn, 7 fM, 1 M abn, 3 fM, 2 hStb in 1 M, 8/10/11 fM (= 36/40/42 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß. 12. Rd: 4 hStb, 5/7/8 fM, 2x 2 hStb in 1 M, 2x 1 M abn, nur in das vordere M-Glied häkeln: 7 fM, wieder in beide M-Glieder häkeln: 2x 1 M abn, 2x 2 hStb in 1 M, 5/7/8 fM, 3 hStb (= 36/40/42 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Schlingen Sie den Faden in Hellblau am vorderen M-Glied der 35./39./41. M der 12. Rd neu an und häkeln Sie in R weiter. Am Ende der R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden. 1.–4. R: 4 fM (= 4 M). Faden sichern und abschneiden. Falten Sie das gehäkelte Teil in der Mitte und nähen Sie die letzte R mit Überwendlingsstichen an der letzten Rd des Schuhs an.
43
1
3
Für ein Schühchen Häkeln Sie nach der Grundanleitung in Schwarz eine Sohle. Am Ende der Rd nehmen Sie einen Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß vor und häkeln wie folgt in Rd weiter: 1. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 2. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Schwarz. 3. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 51/55/57 M). 4. Rd: 3 Lm (zählen als 1. Stb), 2 Stb, [1 Stb und 1 hStb] in 1 M, 6/8/9 fM, 1 hStb, 2 Stb, 1 hStb, 18 fM, 1 hStb, 2 Stb, 1 hStb, 6/8/9 fM, [1 hStb und 1 Stb] in 1 M, 8 Stb. 1 Km in die 3 Lm des 1. Stb der Rd (= 53/57/59 M). 5. Rd: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-Rd (= 53/57/59 M). Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis. 6. Rd: Nur in das hintere M-Glied häkeln: 15/17/18 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Weiß, 3 fM, 6x 1 M abn, 3 fM, Fb-Wechsel zu Türkis, 16/18/19 fM, 2x 1 M abn (= 45/49/51 M). 7. Rd: 16/18/19 fM, Fb-Wechsel
Linkes Riemchen (A) 1. R: fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie angeschlungen haben, 1 fM in die nächste M (= 2 M). 2.–5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R Teil 1 (= 2 M). 1. R: Schlagen Sie in Fresie 6 Lm an. 6. R: 1 M zun, 1 fM (= 3 M). Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd Faden sichern und abschneiden. aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die restlichen Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen 4 Lm (= 5 M). Rd bis zur 5. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit 2.–28. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie (= 5 M). am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M Der den Babyschüchen mit goldig glitzernder Häkeln Sie die erste und letzte R mitKlassiker unter neu an. Schnalle und schickem Riemchen kommt in einem frechen Türkis Km zusammen. Faden sichern und daher. abschneiden. Rechtes Riemchen und Knöchelriemchen (B) Teil 2 1. R: fM in dieselbe M, in der Sie ange1. R: Schlagen Sie in Fresie 11 Lm an. schlungen haben, 1 fM in die nächste M Häkeln Sie 1 fM in die 2. Lm von der Nd (= 2 M). Riemchen aus gesehen, je 1 fM in die restlichen 2.–5. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R Linkes Schühchen 9 Lm (= 10 M). (= 2 M). 1. R: 23 Lm, 1 fM in die 31./33./34. M 2. R: 1 fM in jede M der Vor-R = 10 M). 6. R: 1 fM, 1 M zun (= 3 M).
Ear lining
2
So wird’s gemacht:
Rechtes Schühchen
Schleife
Belly lining
3 1
Material Häkelnadel 2,5 mm Schachenmayr original Catania (LL 125m/50g) in Schwarz (Fb 110), Weiß (Fb 106) und Hellblau (Fb 173), je 50 g und ONline Linie 165 Sandy (Fb 173), 50 g und ONline Linie 55 Montego (Fb 24) Sticknadel
Faden sichern und lang abschneiden. Wickeln Sie Teil 2 mittig um Teil 1, sodass eine Schleife entsteht, und nähen Sie in Fresie erst die Enden von Teil 2 mit Überwendlingsstichen zusammen und nähen Sie danach die Schleife mittig auf den vorderen Teil der Sandale.
Hinterer Teil der Sandale (Riemchen)
Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden! Zählen Sie die M der letzten rosafarbenen Rd bis zur 43./47./49. M ab, wenden Sie die Arbeit und schlingen Sie nun den Faden in Fresie am hinteren M-Glied dieser besagten M neu an.
Es wird in R gehäkelt. Am Ende jeder R 1 Lm häkeln und die Arbeit wenden.
SEARCH PRESS
BACK OF EARS
Laufen muss das Baby noch nicht können, um in diesen sportlichen Sneakers eine gute Figur abzugeben. Stylen Sie Ihre persönlichen Turnschuhe und setzen Sie mutige Farbakzente!
Turnschuhe Für herrlich warme Sommertage häkeln Sie Ihrem Schatz doch diese wunderbar luftigen Sandalen!
Riemchensandalen
Linkes und rechtes Schühchen
Gill & Macmillan Ltd Paul Neilan
For sales and marketing enquiries please contact: sales@searchpress.com marketing@searchpress.com
(back cover alternative)
Woman's Weekly
(smaller spines)
Areas: London and National Wholesalers
August
Från varmaste ull till skiraste silke; i den här charmiga stickboken bjuder Clara och Kamilla på 27 färgglada och unikt mönstrade vantar och halvvantar för alla årstider.
Ireland
Wellwood North Farm Road Tunbridge Wells Kent TN2 3DR
Jenny Padovani
reference for the practising artist
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
T: +44 (0)1225 478444 F: +44 (0)1225 478440 M: +44 (0)7725 812580 E: jamesw@manning-partnership.co.uk
An essential (smaller spines)
(smaller spines)
En modern stickbok för både nybörjare och de som längtar efter mer avancerade utmaningar, med vantar till både sommarfest, vinterbröllop, vardag och högtid.
2
T: +91-11-64712521, 43549145, 23243829 E: suritmaya@gmail.com
Areas: Cyprus, Greece, Italy
So wird’s gemacht:
knitting & crochet
Gabriele Kern
T: +39 0575 614338 E: penny@padovanibooks.com
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
En modern stickbok för både nybörjare och de som längtar efter mer avancerade utmaningar, med vantar till både sommarfest, vinterbröllop, vardag och högtid.
Search Press Ltd
INTARSIA KNITTING
Areas: National Accounts
James Wheeler
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO
Marylin Scott
www.andina.se
FRONT OF EARS
Maya Publishers Pvt Ltd Surit Mitra
Padovani Books Ltd Penny Padovani
the
edited by Claire Waite Brown
Search Press Search Press
Sewing, Needlecraft & Textiles
India
PS Publishers Services, Zegenhainer Strasse
Areas: Germany, Austria, Switzerland
by Daniella Taylor and Linda Williams 10 simple inspiring projects with easy to follow step-by-steps
Från varmaste ull till skiraste silke; i den här charmiga stickboken bjuder Clara och Kamilla på 27 färgglada och unikt mönstrade vantar och halvvantar för alla årstider.
T: +353 (0)1 500 9529 F: +353 (0)1 500 9599 E: pneilan@gillmacmillan.ie
Acrylic Artist’s Bible
Pastel Artist’s Bible
Painting with Wax Michael Bossom
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
VANTAR FÖR ALLA ÅRSTIDER
T: +44 (0)1225 478444 F: +44 (0)1225 478440 E: sales@manning-partnership.co.uk W: www.manning-partnership.co.uk
1-2
WORKING IN THE ROUND
This book is packed with new and exciting ideas. Experiment and have fun – and you will be amazed by what you can achieve!
53-62
UK BOOK TRADE The Manning Partnership Garry Manning & Roger Hibbert
78
Encaustic Art
Clara Falk | Kamilla Svanlund
Hills Art
Explore ways to use the bold, bright, pastel and metallic colours as the free flowing wax melts magically into beautiful images.
VANTAR FÖR ALLA ÅRSTIDER
Steve Nunn
T: +44 (0)7983 339728 E: rosie@searchpress.com
• wood and board • card and paper • foil and fabric
Search Press
Areas: Surrey, Hampshire, I.O.W.
Rosie Wisby
See how easy it is to transfer designs on to different surfaces:
Search Press
T: +44 (0)20 8979 4100 M: +44 (0)7958 593483 E: elisabethgunner3@gmail.com
Areas: N. Wales, Cheshire, Merseyside, Manchester, Yorks, Humberside, Lancs, Cumbria, Durham, North Lincs, Cleveland, Newcastle, Northumberland, I.O.M.
• vibrant flowers • colourful fantasy scenes • tranquil landscapes • abstract designs
Search Press
Lis Gunner
M: +44 (0)7809 544690 E: ward507@btinternet.com
July Learn Michael Bossom’s latest techniques and create stunning pictures:
Search Press
Areas: London, Herts, Essex, Beds, Bucks, Norfolk, Northants, Berks, Cambs, Suffolk
Neil Ward
Europe
T: +49 69 510 694 F: +49 69 510 695 E: Gabriele.Kern@publishersservices.de
search Press
M: +44 (0)7831 090866 E: mjbconsult@waitrose.com
Area: Scotland
General & papercrafts
Colouring Books
Michael BossoM
Areas: Notts, Derbys, Staffs, Shrops, Rutland, Lincs, West Midlands, Warwicks, Oxon, Leics
OVERSEAS
Complete Art and Craft Book Catalogue
The encausTic arT ProjecT Book
Linda Ayres
SALES REPRESENTATIVES AND AGENTS
June
Follow us on:
EAN
UK CRAFT TRADE
Search Press 2016
Contents
SALES REPRESENTATIVES AND AGENTS
Vijeh Nashr International Book & Journal Services T: +98 21 88 910 091 F: +98 21 88 910 430 E: info@vijehnashr.com W: www.vijehnashr.com
Mr. Fu Zheng Rance T: + 86 10 6301-6398 M: 86-13521555031 F: 86 10 6301 6398 E: rance980@aliyun.com Area: China
Edwin Makabenta T: 63 2 740 0346 M: 63 918 911 6384 E: edmak@pldtdsl.net Area: Philippines
Australia
Search Press Australia Amanda Foster T: 02 4732 3411 M: 0499 903 089 E: amanda@searchpress.com.au W: www.searchpress.com.au
New Zealand
David Bateman Ltd T: 415 7664 F: 415 8892 E: bryceg@bateman.co.nz
United States of America & Canada
Search Press USA Robert Woodcock T: +1 267 968-2981 F: +1 866 406-3688 E: Robert_W@searchpress.com W: www.searchpressusa.com
Latin America & Caribbean
IMA / Intermediaamericana Ltd David Williams T: +44 20 7274 7113 E: sales@intermediaamericana.com
Subjects: Crafts
Samin Far Company For full contact details visit our website: www.searchpress.com/contact-us
Disclaimer: Please note that all details including NYP cover designs are correct at time of going to press but are subject to change without notice.
Website: www.searchpress.com
Telephone: 01892 510850
Email: sales@searchpress.com
T: +98 21 77634400 F: +98 21 77634538 E: info@fineartpress.com Subject: Fine Art
For full contact details visit our website: www.searchpress.com/contact-us
For updates and more information visit www.searchpress.com
Search Press Ltd Wellwood, North Farm Road, Tunbridge Wells, Kent, TN2 3DR Tel: 01892 510850 Fax: 01892 515903 Email: sales@searchpress.com
www.searchpress.com
p.122
Photography from Sew Brilliant Bags by Debbie Shore, ISBN 978-178221-256-0 Photographer: Garie Hind
p.44
p.32
p.5
p.5
p.5
9781782211501 9781782210856 9781782212546
p.6
9781844488926
9781844484034 9781844489466 9781844485086
9781782213536 9781844489473
Back Cover: Photography from Mini Knitted Ocean by Sachiyo Ishii, ISBN 978-178221-232-4
p.5
9781782211082
p.120
9781844488193
p.82
p.5
9781782211471
p.77
p.121
9781782212218
p.52
9781844488674
p.33
9781782210818
9781782210399 9781844489435 9781782210740
p.95
p.47
9781782211563
p.119
2016
9781844488254
p.14
9781844488735
9781782210061 9781782210351
9781782210689
p.52
2015
p.1
9781782211563
p.29
p.26
9781844489022
p.7
9781844489985
p.70
9781782211488
9781782211495 9781782210207 9781782210672
p.71
p.121
9781782213468
p.26
p.34
p.65
Bestsellers
Search Press Complete Art and Craft Book Catalogue
WWW.SEARCHPRESS.COM
p.23
p.13
9781782210702
p.119
9781782211914
p.73
9781782211617
p.11
9781844488681
p.48
World's finest art and craft books since 1970
Search Press complete art and craft book catalogue 2016
Bestsellers